This commit is contained in:
romkazvo
2023-08-07 19:29:24 +08:00
commit 34d6c5d489
4832 changed files with 1389451 additions and 0 deletions

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,258 @@
/*=============================================================================
BmpImage.cpp : BMP image file format implementation.
Copyright (c) 2001 Crytek Studios. All Rights Reserved.
Revision history:
* Created by Khonich Andrey
=============================================================================*/
#include "RenderPCH.h"
#include "CImage.h"
#include "BmpImage.h"
#include "SHEndian.h"
//===========================================================================
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Some platforms require strict-alignment, which means that values of
// primitive types must be accessed at memory locations which are multiples
// of the size of those types. For instance, a 'long' can only be accessed
// at a memory location which is a multiple of four. Consequently, the
// following endian-conversion functions first copy the raw data into a
// variable of the proper data type using memcpy() prior to attempting to
// access it as the given type.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
static inline ushort us_endian (const byte* ptr)
{
short n;
memcpy(&n, ptr, sizeof(n));
return convert_endian(n);
}
static inline unsigned long ul_endian (const byte* ptr)
{
long n;
memcpy(&n, ptr, sizeof(n));
return convert_endian(n);
}
static inline long l_endian (const byte* ptr)
{
long n;
memcpy(&n, ptr, sizeof(n));
return convert_endian(n);
}
#define BFTYPE(x) us_endian((x) + 0)
#define BFSIZE(x) ul_endian((x) + 2)
#define BFOFFBITS(x) ul_endian((x) + 10)
#define BISIZE(x) ul_endian((x) + 14)
#define BIWIDTH(x) l_endian ((x) + 18)
#define BIHEIGHT(x) l_endian ((x) + 22)
#define BITCOUNT(x) us_endian((x) + 28)
#define BICOMP(x) ul_endian((x) + 30)
#define IMAGESIZE(x) ul_endian((x) + 34)
#define BICLRUSED(x) ul_endian((x) + 46)
#define BICLRIMP(x) ul_endian((x) + 50)
#define BIPALETTE(x) ((x) + 54)
// Type ID
#define BM "BM" // Windows 3.1x, 95, NT, ...
#define BA "BA" // OS/2 Bitmap Array
#define CI "CI" // OS/2 Color Icon
#define CP "CP" // OS/2 Color Pointer
#define IC "IC" // OS/2 Icon
#define PT "PT" // OS/2 Pointer
// Possible values for the header size
#define WinHSize 0x28
#define OS21xHSize 0x0C
#define OS22xHSize 0xF0
// Possible values for the BPP setting
#define Mono 1 // Monochrome bitmap
#define _16Color 4 // 16 color bitmap
#define _256Color 8 // 256 color bitmap
#define HIGHCOLOR 16 // 16bit (high color) bitmap
#define TRUECOLOR24 24 // 24bit (true color) bitmap
#define TRUECOLOR32 32 // 32bit (true color) bitmap
// Compression Types
#ifndef BI_RGB
#define BI_RGB 0 // none
#define BI_RLE8 1 // RLE 8-bit / pixel
#define BI_RLE4 2 // RLE 4-bit / pixel
#define BI_BITFIELDS 3 // Bitfields
#endif
//===========================================================================
void CImageBmpFile::mfLoadWindowsBitmap (byte* iBuffer, long iSize)
{
mfSet_dimensions (BIWIDTH(iBuffer), BIHEIGHT(iBuffer));
const int bmp_size = m_Width * m_Height;
m_eFormat = eIF_Bmp;
byte *iPtr = iBuffer + BFOFFBITS(iBuffer);
// The last scanline in BMP corresponds to the top line in the image
int buffer_y = m_Width * (m_Height - 1);
bool blip = false;
if (BITCOUNT(iBuffer) == _256Color && BICLRUSED(iBuffer))
{
mfSet_ImageSize(m_Width * m_Height);
byte *buffer = mfGet_image();
m_pPal = new SRGBPixel [256];
SRGBPixel *pwork = m_pPal;
byte *inpal = BIPALETTE(iBuffer);
mfSet_bps(8);
for (int color=0; color<256; color++, pwork++)
{
// Whacky BMP palette is in BGR order.
pwork->blue = *inpal++;
pwork->green = *inpal++;
pwork->red = *inpal++;
pwork->alpha = 255;
inpal++; // Skip unused byte.
}
if (BICOMP(iBuffer) == BI_RGB)
{
// Read the pixels from "top" to "bottom"
while (iPtr < iBuffer + iSize && buffer_y >= 0)
{
memcpy (buffer + buffer_y, iPtr, m_Width);
iPtr += m_Width;
buffer_y -= m_Width;
} /* endwhile */
}
else
if (BICOMP(iBuffer) == BI_RLE8)
{
// Decompress pixel data
byte rl, rl1, i; // runlength
byte clridx, clridx1; // colorindex
int buffer_x = 0;
while (iPtr < iBuffer + iSize && buffer_y >= 0)
{
rl = rl1 = *iPtr++;
clridx = clridx1 = *iPtr++;
if (rl == 0)
if (clridx == 0)
{
// new scanline
if (!blip)
{
// if we didnt already jumped to the new line, do it now
buffer_x = 0;
buffer_y -= m_Width;
}
continue;
}
else
if (clridx == 1)
// end of bitmap
break;
else
if (clridx == 2)
{
// next 2 bytes mean column- and scanline- offset
buffer_x += *iPtr++;
buffer_y -= (m_Width * (*iPtr++));
continue;
}
else
if (clridx > 2)
rl1 = clridx;
for ( i = 0; i < rl1; i++ )
{
if (!rl)
clridx1 = *iPtr++;
buffer [buffer_y + buffer_x] = clridx1;
if (++buffer_x >= m_Width)
{
buffer_x = 0;
buffer_y -= m_Width;
blip = true;
}
else
blip = false;
}
// pad in case rl == 0 and clridx in [3..255]
if (rl == 0 && (clridx & 0x01))
iPtr++;
}
}
return;
}
else
if (!BICLRUSED(iBuffer) && BITCOUNT(iBuffer) == TRUECOLOR24)
{
mfSet_ImageSize(m_Width * m_Height * 4);
mfSet_bps (24);
SRGBPixel *buffer = (SRGBPixel *)mfGet_image();
while (iPtr < iBuffer + iSize && buffer_y >= 0)
{
SRGBPixel *d = buffer + buffer_y;
for (int x = m_Width; x; x--)
{
d->blue = *iPtr++;
d->green = *iPtr++;
d->red = *iPtr++;
d->alpha = 255;
d++;
} /* endfor */
buffer_y -= m_Width;
}
return;
}
else
if (!BICLRUSED(iBuffer) && BITCOUNT(iBuffer) == TRUECOLOR32)
{
mfSet_ImageSize(m_Width * m_Height * 4);
mfSet_bps (32);
SRGBPixel *buffer = (SRGBPixel *)mfGet_image();
while (iPtr < iBuffer + iSize && buffer_y >= 0)
{
SRGBPixel *d = buffer + buffer_y;
for (int x = m_Width; x; x--)
{
d->blue = *iPtr++;
d->green = *iPtr++;
d->red = *iPtr++;
d->alpha = *iPtr++;
d++;
} /* endfor */
buffer_y -= m_Width;
}
return;
}
mfSet_error (eIFE_BadFormat, "Unknown BMP image format");
return;
}
CImageBmpFile::CImageBmpFile (byte* ptr, long filesize) : CImageFile ()
{
if ((memcmp (ptr, BM, 2) == 0) && BISIZE(ptr) == WinHSize)
mfLoadWindowsBitmap (ptr, filesize);
else
mfSet_error (eIFE_BadFormat, "Not a Windows BMP file");
return;
}
CImageBmpFile::~CImageBmpFile ()
{
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
#ifndef BMPIMAGE_H
#define BMPIMAGE_H
/**
* An ImageFile subclass for reading BMP files.
*/
class CImageBmpFile : public CImageFile
{
///
friend class CImageFile; // For constructor
private:
/// Read the BMP file from the buffer.
CImageBmpFile (byte* buf, long size);
void mfLoadWindowsBitmap (byte* ptr, long filesize);
public:
///
virtual ~CImageBmpFile ();
};
#endif

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
/*=============================================================================
CImage.cpp : Common Image class implementation.
Copyright (c) 2001 Crytek Studios. All Rights Reserved.
Revision history:
* Created by Khonich Andrey
=============================================================================*/
#include "RenderPCH.h"
#include "PcxImage.h"
#include "DDSImage.h"
#include "BmpImage.h"
#include "TgaImage.h"
#include "JpgImage.h"
#ifdef PS2
#include "XtfImage.h"
#endif
//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
EImFileError CImageFile::m_eError = eIFE_OK;
char CImageFile::m_Error_detail[256];
char CImageFile::m_CurFileName[128];
CImageFile::CImageFile ()
{
m_pByteImage = NULL;
m_pPal = NULL;
m_eError = eIFE_OK;
m_Error_detail[0] = 0;
m_eFormat = eIF_Unknown;
m_NumMips = 0;
m_Flags = 0;
m_ImgSize = 0;
m_Depth = 1;
}
CImageFile::~CImageFile ()
{
SAFE_DELETE_ARRAY(m_pByteImage);
SAFE_DELETE_ARRAY(m_pPal)
}
void CImageFile::mfSet_dimensions (int w, int h)
{
m_Width = w;
m_Height = h;
}
void CImageFile::mfSet_error (EImFileError error, char* detail)
{
CImageFile::m_eError = error;
if (detail)
strcpy (m_Error_detail, detail);
m_Error_detail[0] = 0;
}
void CImageFile::mfWrite_error (char* extra)
{
if (m_eError == eIFE_OK)
return;
char buf[1000];
int idx = 0;
if (extra)
idx += sprintf (buf+idx, "'%s': ", extra);
switch (m_eError)
{
case eIFE_OK:
return;
case eIFE_IOerror:
idx += sprintf (buf+idx, "IO error");
break;
case eIFE_OutOfMemory:
idx += sprintf (buf+idx, "Out of memory");
break;
case eIFE_BadFormat:
idx += sprintf (buf+idx, "Bad format");
break;
}
if (m_Error_detail[0])
sprintf (buf+idx, " (%s)!\n", m_Error_detail);
else
sprintf (buf+idx, "!\n");
iConsole->Exit ("%s", buf);
}
float gFOpenTime;
int nRejectFOpen;
int nAcceptFOpen;
CImageFile* CImageFile::mfLoad_file (char* szFileName)
{
double dTime0 = 0;
ticks(dTime0);
FILE* pRawFile = iSystem->GetIPak()->FOpen (szFileName, "rb");
unticks(dTime0);
gFOpenTime += (float)(dTime0*1000.0*g_SecondsPerCycle);
if (!pRawFile)
{
nRejectFOpen++;
return NULL;
}
nAcceptFOpen++;
strcpy(m_CurFileName, szFileName);
strlwr(m_CurFileName);
CImageFile* pImageFile = mfLoad_file (pRawFile);
if (pImageFile)
{
strcpy(pImageFile->m_FileName, m_CurFileName);
iSystem->GetIPak()->FClose (pRawFile);
}
else
iSystem->GetILog()->LogToFile("\002Warning: Cannot load texture %s, pImageFile format is invalid", szFileName);
return pImageFile;
}
CImageFile* CImageFile::mfLoad_file (FILE* fp)
{
iSystem->GetIPak()->FSeek (fp, 0, SEEK_END);
long size = iSystem->GetIPak()->FTell (fp);
iSystem->GetIPak()->FSeek (fp, 0, SEEK_SET);
CHK (byte* buf = new byte [size+1]);
iSystem->GetIPak()->FRead (buf, 1, size + 1, fp);
CImageFile* file = mfLoad_file (buf, size);
CHK (delete [] buf);
return file;
}
CImageFile* CImageFile::mfLoad_file (byte* buf, long size)
{
CImageFile* file = NULL;
CImageFile::m_eError = eIFE_OK;
// Catch NULL pointers (for example, when ZIP file is corrupt)
assert (buf);
const char *ext = GetExtension(m_CurFileName);
#ifdef PS2
// Try XTF first
if (!strcmp(ext, ".xtf"))
CHK (file = (CImageFile *)new CImageXtfFile (buf, (int)size));
#endif
// Try DDS first
if (!strcmp(ext, ".dds") || !strcmp(ext, ".ddn") || !strcmp(ext, ".ddp") || !strcmp(ext, ".ddt"))
CHK (file = (CImageFile *)new CImageDDSFile (buf, size));
// If failed, try BMP
if (!strcmp(ext, ".bmp"))
CHK (file = (CImageFile *)new CImageBmpFile (buf, size));
// If failed, try PCX
if (!strcmp(ext, ".pcx"))
CHK (file = (CImageFile *)new CImagePcxFile (buf, size));
#if !defined(NULL_RENDERER)
// Try JPG next
if (!strcmp(ext, ".jpg") || !strcmp(ext, ".jpeg"))
CHK (file = (CImageFile *)new CImageJpgFile (buf, size));
#endif
// As a last resort, try TGA
if (!strcmp(ext, ".tga"))
CHK (file = (CImageFile *)new CImageTgaFile (buf, size));
if (file && (CImageFile::mfGet_error () != eIFE_OK))
{
CHK (delete file);
file = NULL;
} /* endif */
return file;
}
//---------------------------------------------------------------------------

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
#ifndef CIMAGE_H
#define CIMAGE_H
#include <assert.h>
#define CHK(x) x
#define SH_LITTLE_ENDIAN
// The mask for extracting just R/G/B from an ulong or SRGBPixel
#ifdef SH_BIG_ENDIAN
# define RGB_MASK 0xffffff00
#else
# define RGB_MASK 0x00ffffff
#endif
/**
* An RGB pixel.
*/
struct SRGBPixel
{
uchar blue, green, red, alpha;
SRGBPixel () /* : red(0), green(0), blue(0), alpha(255) {} */
{ *(unsigned long *)this = (unsigned long)~RGB_MASK; }
SRGBPixel (int r, int g, int b) : red (r), green (g), blue (b), alpha (255) {}
bool eq (const SRGBPixel& p) const { return ((*(unsigned long *)this) & RGB_MASK) == ((*(unsigned long *)&p) & RGB_MASK); }
/// Get the pixel intensity
int Intensity () { return (red + green + blue) / 3; }
};
/**
* An RGB palette entry with statistics information.
*/
struct SRGBPalEntry
{
uchar red, green, blue;
long count;
};
/**
* Possible errors for CImageFile::mfGet_error.
*/
enum EImFileError { eIFE_OK = 0, eIFE_IOerror, eIFE_OutOfMemory, eIFE_BadFormat };
/**
* Eye sensivity to different color components, from NTSC grayscale equation.
* The coefficients are multiplied by 100 and rounded towards nearest integer,
* to facilitate integer math. The squared coefficients are also multiplied
* by 100 and rounded to nearest integer (thus 173 == 1.73, 242 == 2.42 etc).
*/
/// Red component sensivity
#define R_COEF 173
/// Green component sensivity
#define G_COEF 242
/// Blue component sensivity
#define B_COEF 107
/// Eye sensivity to different color components, squared
/// Red component sensivity, squared
#define R_COEF_SQ 299
/// Green component sensivity, squared
#define G_COEF_SQ 587
/// Blue component sensivity, squared
#define B_COEF_SQ 114
#define FIM_NORMALMAP 1
#define FIM_DSDT 2
/**
* An abstract class implementing an image loader. For every image
* type supported, a subclass should be created for loading that image
* type and ImageFile::load_file should be extended to recognize that
* image format.
*/
class CImageFile
{
friend class CImageDDSFile;
friend class CImageCCTFile;
friend class CImageBmpFile;
friend class CImagePcxFile;
friend class CImageJpgFile;
friend class CTexMan;
private:
/// Width of image.
int m_Width;
/// Height of image.
int m_Height;
/// Depth of image.
int m_Depth;
int m_Bps;
int m_ImgSize;
int m_NumMips;
int m_Flags;
/// The image data.
union
{
SRGBPixel* m_pPixImage;
byte* m_pByteImage;
};
/// Last error code.
static EImFileError m_eError;
/// Last error detail information.
static char m_Error_detail[256];
protected:
EImFormat m_eFormat;
SRGBPixel* m_pPal;
/**
* Constructor is private since this object can only be
* created by load_file.
*/
CImageFile ();
/**
* Before failing, a ImageFile subclass should call set_error to
* set the code and detail.
*/
static void mfSet_error (EImFileError error, char* detail = NULL);
/**
* Set the width and height. This will also allocate the 'image'
* buffer to hold the bitmap.
*/
void mfSet_dimensions (int w, int h);
public:
static char m_CurFileName[128];
char m_FileName[128];
///
virtual ~CImageFile ();
///
int mfGet_width () { return m_Width; }
///
int mfGet_height () { return m_Height; }
///
int mfGet_depth () { return m_Depth; }
///
byte* mfGet_image ()
{
if (!m_pByteImage)
{
if (m_ImgSize)
m_pByteImage = new byte [m_ImgSize];
}
return m_pByteImage;
}
///
SRGBPixel* mfGet_palette () { return m_pPal; }
int mfGet_bps () { return m_Bps; }
void mfSet_bps(int b) { m_Bps = b; }
void mfSet_ImageSize (int Size) {m_ImgSize = Size;}
int mfGet_ImageSize () {return m_ImgSize;}
EImFormat mfGetFormat() { return m_eFormat; }
void mfSet_numMips (int num) { m_NumMips = num; }
int mfGet_numMips (void) { return m_NumMips; }
void mfSet_Flags (int Flags) { m_Flags |= Flags; }
int mfGet_Flags () { return m_Flags; }
///
static EImFileError mfGet_error () { return m_eError; }
///
static char* mfGet_error_detail () { return m_Error_detail ? m_Error_detail : (char *)""; }
/// Write a message describing the error on screen.
static void mfWrite_error (char* extra);
/**
* Load the file given the filename.
* This routine will open the file and call load_file (FILE*).
*/
static CImageFile* mfLoad_file (char* filename);
/**
* Load the file given a file pointer.
* This routine will read from the file pointer and call load_file (UByte*, long).
*/
static CImageFile* mfLoad_file (FILE* fp);
/**
* Load the file from a buffer.
* This routine will try to recognize the image file type and then
* created an appropriate ImageFile subclass.
*/
static CImageFile* mfLoad_file (byte* buf, long size);
};
#include "Quantize.h"
#include "Inv_cmap.h"
#endif

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,339 @@
/*=============================================================================
DDSImage.cpp : DDS image file format implementation.
Copyright (c) 2001 Crytek Studios. All Rights Reserved.
Revision history:
* Created by Khonich Andrey
=============================================================================*/
#include "RenderPCH.h"
#include "CImage.h"
#include "DDSImage.h"
/* needed for DirectX's DDSURFACEDESC2 structure definition */
#if !defined(_XBOX) && !defined(PS2) && !defined(LINUX)
#include <ddraw.h>
#else
#define FOURCC_DXT1 (MAKEFOURCC('D','X','T','1'))
#define FOURCC_DXT2 (MAKEFOURCC('D','X','T','2'))
#define FOURCC_DXT3 (MAKEFOURCC('D','X','T','3'))
#define FOURCC_DXT4 (MAKEFOURCC('D','X','T','4'))
#define FOURCC_DXT5 (MAKEFOURCC('D','X','T','5'))
#endif
#include "dds.h"
#if defined(LINUX)
#include "ILog.h"
#endif
//===========================================================================
static int sDDSSize(int sx, int sy, EImFormat eF )
{
switch (eF)
{
case eIF_DXT1:
case eIF_DXT3:
case eIF_DXT5:
{
int blockSize = (eF == eIF_DXT1) ? 8 : 16;
return ((sx+3)/4)*((sy+3)/4)*blockSize;
}
break;
case eIF_DDS_LUMINANCE:
return sx * sy;
break;
case eIF_DDS_RGB8:
case eIF_DDS_SIGNED_RGB8:
return sx*sy*3;
break;
case eIF_DDS_RGBA8:
return sx*sy*4;
break;
case eIF_DDS_RGBA4:
return sx*sy*2;
break;
case eIF_DDS_DSDT:
return sx*sy*3;
break;
default:
assert(0);
}
return 0;
}
int CImageDDSFile::mfSizeWithMips(int filesize, int sx, int sy, int nMips)
{
int nSize = 0;
for (int i=0; i<nMips; i++)
{
assert(sx || sy);
if (!sx)
sx = 1;
if (!sy)
sy = 1;
nSize += sDDSSize(sx, sy, m_eFormat);
sx >>= 1;
sy >>= 1;
}
assert((int)(filesize-sizeof(DDS_HEADER)-4) >= nSize);
return nSize;
}
static FILE *sFILELog;
CImageDDSFile::CImageDDSFile (byte* ptr, long filesize) : CImageFile ()
{
int sx, sy;
int numMips;
DWORD dwMagic;
DDS_HEADER *ddsh;
dwMagic = *(DWORD *)ptr;
ptr += sizeof(DWORD);
if (dwMagic != MAKEFOURCC('D','D','S',' '))
{
mfSet_error (eIFE_BadFormat, "Not a DDS file");
return;
}
ddsh = (DDS_HEADER *)ptr;
ptr += sizeof(DDS_HEADER);
if (ddsh->dwSize != sizeof(DDS_HEADER))
{
mfSet_error (eIFE_BadFormat, "Unknown DDS file header");
return;
}
sx = ddsh->dwWidth;
sy = ddsh->dwHeight;
numMips = ddsh->dwMipMapCount;
if (numMips == 0)
numMips = 1;
if (ddsh->ddspf.dwFourCC == FOURCC_DXT1)
m_eFormat = eIF_DXT1;
else
if (ddsh->ddspf.dwFourCC == FOURCC_DXT3)
m_eFormat = eIF_DXT3;
else
if (ddsh->ddspf.dwFourCC == FOURCC_DXT5)
m_eFormat = eIF_DXT5;
else
if (ddsh->ddspf.dwFlags == DDS_RGBA && ddsh->ddspf.dwRGBBitCount == 32 && ddsh->ddspf.dwABitMask == 0xff000000)
m_eFormat = eIF_DDS_RGBA8;
else
if (ddsh->ddspf.dwFlags == DDS_RGBA && ddsh->ddspf.dwRGBBitCount == 16)
m_eFormat = eIF_DDS_RGBA4;
else
if (ddsh->ddspf.dwFlags == DDS_RGB && ddsh->ddspf.dwRGBBitCount == 24)
m_eFormat = eIF_DDS_RGB8;
else
if (ddsh->ddspf.dwFlags == DDS_RGB && ddsh->ddspf.dwRGBBitCount == 32)
m_eFormat = eIF_DDS_RGBA8;
else
if (ddsh->ddspf.dwFlags == DDS_LUMINANCE && ddsh->ddspf.dwRGBBitCount == 8)
m_eFormat = eIF_DDS_LUMINANCE;
else
{
mfSet_error (eIFE_BadFormat, "Unknown DDS image format");
return;
}
mfSet_numMips(numMips);
const char *ext = GetExtension(m_CurFileName);
if ((ddsh->dwReserved1[0] & DDS_RESF1_NORMALMAP) ||
!stricmp(ext, ".ddn") || !stricmp(ext, ".ddp") ||
(strlen(m_CurFileName)>4 && (strstr(m_CurFileName, "_ddn") || strstr(m_CurFileName, "_ddp"))))
mfSet_Flags(FIM_NORMALMAP);
else
if ((ddsh->dwReserved1[0] & DDS_RESF1_DSDT) ||
!stricmp(ext, ".ddt") ||
(strlen(m_CurFileName)>4 && strstr(m_CurFileName, "_ddt")))
{
mfSet_Flags(FIM_DSDT);
m_eFormat = eIF_DDS_DSDT;
}
int nDepth = ddsh->dwDepth;
if (nDepth <= 0)
nDepth = 1;
m_Width = sx;
m_Height = sy;
m_Depth = nDepth;
SAFE_DELETE_ARRAY(m_pByteImage);
int size = filesize - sizeof(DDS_HEADER) - 4;
if (m_eFormat == eIF_DDS_DSDT || m_eFormat == eIF_DDS_RGB8)
{
size = mfSizeWithMips(filesize, sx, sy, numMips);
size = size/3*4*nDepth;
}
mfSet_ImageSize(size);
mfGet_image();
int nOffsSrc = 0;
int nOffsDst = 0;
for (int dpt=0; dpt<nDepth; dpt++)
{
if (m_eFormat == eIF_DXT1 || m_eFormat == eIF_DXT3 || m_eFormat == eIF_DXT5)
{
int size = mfSizeWithMips(filesize, sx, sy, numMips);
cryMemcpy(&m_pByteImage[nOffsDst], &ptr[nOffsSrc], size);
nOffsSrc += size;
nOffsDst += size;
}
else
if (m_eFormat == eIF_DDS_LUMINANCE)
{
int size = mfSizeWithMips(filesize, sx, sy, numMips);
cryMemcpy(&m_pByteImage[nOffsDst], &ptr[nOffsSrc], size);
nOffsSrc += size;
nOffsDst += size;
}
else
if (m_eFormat == eIF_DDS_RGBA8 || m_eFormat == eIF_DDS_RGBA4)
{
int size = mfSizeWithMips(filesize, sx, sy, numMips);
cryMemcpy(&m_pByteImage[nOffsDst], &ptr[nOffsSrc], size);
nOffsSrc += size;
nOffsDst += size;
}
else
if (m_eFormat == eIF_DDS_RGB8)
{
int size = mfSizeWithMips(filesize, sx, sy, numMips);
int n = size/3;
int sizeDst = n * 4;
for (int i=0; i<n; i++)
{
m_pByteImage[i*4+nOffsDst+0] = ptr[i*3+nOffsSrc+0];
m_pByteImage[i*4+nOffsDst+1] = ptr[i*3+nOffsSrc+1];
m_pByteImage[i*4+nOffsDst+2] = ptr[i*3+nOffsSrc+2];
m_pByteImage[i*4+nOffsDst+3] = 255;
}
nOffsSrc += size;
nOffsDst += sizeDst;
if (CRenderer::CV_r_logusedtextures == 10 && (m_Flags & FIM_NORMALMAP))
{
if (!sFILELog)
sFILELog = fopen("LogBumpTexturesNoAlpha.txt", "w");
if (sFILELog)
{
fprintf(sFILELog, "%s\n", m_CurFileName);
fflush(sFILELog);
}
}
}
else
if (m_eFormat == eIF_DDS_DSDT)
{
int size = mfSizeWithMips(filesize, sx, sy, numMips);
int n = size/3;
int sizeDst = n * 4;
for (int i=0; i<n; i++)
{
m_pByteImage[i*4+nOffsDst+0] = ptr[i*3+nOffsSrc+2];
m_pByteImage[i*4+nOffsDst+1] = ptr[i*3+nOffsSrc+1];
m_pByteImage[i*4+nOffsDst+2] = ptr[i*3+nOffsSrc+0];
m_pByteImage[i*4+nOffsDst+3] = 255;
}
nOffsSrc += size;
nOffsDst += sizeDst;
}
}
}
CImageDDSFile::~CImageDDSFile ()
{
}
void WriteDDS(byte *dat, int wdt, int hgt, int Size, const char *name, EImFormat eF, int NumMips)
{
DWORD dwMagic;
DDS_HEADER ddsh;
memset(&ddsh, 0, sizeof(ddsh));
FILE *fp = fxopen(name, "wb");
if (!fp)
return;
dwMagic = MAKEFOURCC('D','D','S',' ');
fwrite(&dwMagic, 1, sizeof(DWORD), fp);
ddsh.dwSize = sizeof(DDS_HEADER);
ddsh.dwWidth = wdt;
ddsh.dwHeight = hgt;
ddsh.dwMipMapCount = NumMips;
if (!NumMips)
ddsh.dwMipMapCount = 1;
ddsh.dwHeaderFlags = DDS_HEADER_FLAGS_TEXTURE | DDS_HEADER_FLAGS_MIPMAP;
ddsh.dwSurfaceFlags = DDS_SURFACE_FLAGS_TEXTURE | DDS_SURFACE_FLAGS_MIPMAP;
size_t len = strlen(name);
if (len > 4)
{
if (!stricmp(&name[len-4], ".ddn"))
ddsh.dwReserved1[0] = DDS_RESF1_NORMALMAP;
else
if (!stricmp(&name[len-4], ".ddt"))
ddsh.dwReserved1[0] = DDS_RESF1_DSDT;
}
switch (eF)
{
case eIF_DXT1:
ddsh.ddspf = DDSPF_DXT1;
break;
case eIF_DXT3:
ddsh.ddspf = DDSPF_DXT3;
break;
case eIF_DXT5:
ddsh.ddspf = DDSPF_DXT5;
break;
case eIF_DDS_RGB8:
case eIF_DDS_SIGNED_RGB8:
case eIF_DDS_DSDT:
ddsh.ddspf = DDSPF_R8G8B8;
break;
case eIF_DDS_RGBA8:
ddsh.ddspf = DDSPF_A8R8G8B8;
break;
default:
assert(0);
return;
}
fwrite(&ddsh, 1, sizeof(ddsh), fp);
byte *data = NULL;
if (eF == eIF_DDS_RGB8 || eF == eIF_DDS_SIGNED_RGB8 || eF == eIF_DDS_DSDT)
{
data = new byte[Size];
int n = Size / 3;
for (int i=0; i<n; i++)
{
data[i*3+0] = dat[i*3+2];
data[i*3+1] = dat[i*3+1];
data[i*3+2] = dat[i*3+0];
}
fwrite(data, 1, Size, fp);
}
else
if (eF == eIF_DDS_RGBA8)
{
data = new byte[Size];
int n = Size / 4;
for (int i=0; i<n; i++)
{
data[i*4+0] = dat[i*4+2];
data[i*4+1] = dat[i*4+1];
data[i*4+2] = dat[i*4+0];
data[i*4+3] = dat[i*4+3];
}
}
else
fwrite(dat, 1, Size, fp);
SAFE_DELETE_ARRAY(data);
fclose (fp);
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
#ifndef DDSIMAGE_H
#define DDSIMAGE_H
/**
* An ImageFile subclass for reading DDS files.
*/
class CImageDDSFile : public CImageFile
{
///
friend class CImageFile; // For constructor
private:
public:
/// Read the DDS file from the buffer.
CImageDDSFile (byte* buf, long size);
int mfSizeWithMips(int filesize, int sx, int sy, int numMips);
///
virtual ~CImageDDSFile ();
};
void WriteDDS(byte *dat, int wdt, int hgt, int Size, char *name, EImFormat eF, int NumMips);
#endif

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,210 @@
/*********************************************************************NVMH2****
File: Image_DXTC.h
Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 NVIDIA Corporation
Copyright (C) 2002, Ubi Soft Milan
Tiziano Sardone
Comments:
A class to load and decompress DXT textures to 32-bit raw image data format.
.RAW output files can be loaded into photoshop by specifying the resolution
and 4 color channels of 8-bit, interleaved.
A few approaches to block decompression are in place and a simple code timing
function is called. Output of timing test is saved to a local .txt file.
TiZ: some modification to adapt the code to run under PS2.
******************************************************************************/
#if !defined(AFX_IMAGE_DXTC_H__4B89D8D0_7857_11D4_9630_00A0C996DE3D__INCLUDED_)
#define AFX_IMAGE_DXTC_H__4B89D8D0_7857_11D4_9630_00A0C996DE3D__INCLUDED_
#if _MSC_VER > 1000
#pragma once
#endif // _MSC_VER > 1000
#ifdef WIN32
#include <d3d.h>
#endif
#ifdef PS2
/////////////////////////////////////
// should be in ddraw.h
#ifndef MAKEFOURCC
#define MAKEFOURCC(ch0, ch1, ch2, ch3) \
((DWORD)(BYTE)(ch0) | ((DWORD)(BYTE)(ch1) << 8) | \
((DWORD)(BYTE)(ch2) << 16) | ((DWORD)(BYTE)(ch3) << 24 ))
#endif //defined(MAKEFOURCC)
#endif
struct TimingInfo; // defined in Image_DXTC.cpp
#define byte unsigned char
#define BYTE unsigned char
//#ifndef PS2
#define WORD unsigned short
#define DWORD unsigned int
#define LONG unsigned int
#define LPVOID void*
#define VOID void
#define CHAR char
#define LARGE_INTEGER int
//#endif
enum PixFormat
{
PF_ARGB,
PF_DXT1,
PF_DXT2,
PF_DXT3,
PF_DXT4,
PF_DXT5,
PF_UNKNOWN,
};
#define COMPRESSED_S3TC_DXT1 PF_DXT1
typedef struct _DDSCAPS2 {
DWORD dwCaps;
DWORD dwCaps2;
DWORD dwCaps3;
DWORD dwCaps4;
} DDSCAPS2, *LPDDSCAPS2;
typedef struct _DDPIXELFORMAT {
DWORD dwSize;
DWORD dwFlags;
DWORD dwFourCC;
union {
DWORD dwRGBBitCount;
DWORD dwYUVBitCount;
DWORD dwZBufferBitDepth;
DWORD dwAlphaBitDepth;
DWORD dwLuminanceBitCount;
DWORD dwBumpBitCount;
DWORD dwPrivateFormatBitCount;
} ;
union {
DWORD dwRBitMask;
DWORD dwYBitMask;
DWORD dwStencilBitDepth;
DWORD dwLuminanceBitMask;
DWORD dwBumpDuBitMask;
DWORD dwOperations;
} ;
union {
DWORD dwGBitMask;
DWORD dwUBitMask;
DWORD dwZBitMask;
DWORD dwBumpDvBitMask;
struct {
WORD wFlipMSTypes;
WORD wBltMSTypes;
} MultiSampleCaps;
} ;
union {
DWORD dwBBitMask;
DWORD dwVBitMask;
DWORD dwStencilBitMask;
DWORD dwBumpLuminanceBitMask;
} ;
union {
DWORD dwRGBAlphaBitMask;
DWORD dwYUVAlphaBitMask;
DWORD dwLuminanceAlphaBitMask;
DWORD dwRGBZBitMask;
DWORD dwYUVZBitMask;
} ;
} DDPIXELFORMAT, *LPDDPIXELFORMAT;
typedef struct _DDCOLORKEY{
DWORD dwColorSpaceLowValue;
DWORD dwColorSpaceHighValue;
} DDCOLORKEY, *LPDDCOLORKEY;
typedef struct _DDSURFACEDESC2 {
DWORD dwSize;
DWORD dwFlags;
DWORD dwHeight;
DWORD dwWidth;
union
{
LONG lPitch;
DWORD dwLinearSize;
} DUMMYUNIONNAMEN_1;
DWORD dwBackBufferCount;
union
{
DWORD dwMipMapCount;
DWORD dwRefreshRate;
} DUMMYUNIONNAMEN_2;
DWORD dwAlphaBitDepth;
DWORD dwReserved;
LPVOID lpSurface;
DDCOLORKEY ddckCKDestOverlay;
DDCOLORKEY ddckCKDestBlt;
DDCOLORKEY ddckCKSrcOverlay;
DDCOLORKEY ddckCKSrcBlt;
DDPIXELFORMAT ddpfPixelFormat;
DDSCAPS2 ddsCaps;
DWORD dwTextureStage;
} DDSURFACEDESC2, *LPDDSURFACEDESC2;
class Image_DXTC
{
public:
unsigned char * m_pCompBytes; // compressed image bytes
unsigned char * m_pDecompBytes;
int m_nCompSize;
int m_nCompLineSz;
char m_strFormat[256];
PixFormat m_CompFormat;
DDSURFACEDESC2 m_DDSD; // read from dds file
bool m_bMipTexture; // texture has mipmaps?
int m_nWidth; // in pixels of uncompressed image
int m_nHeight;
bool LoadFromFile( char * filename ); // true if success
VOID DecodePixelFormat( CHAR* strPixelFormat, DDPIXELFORMAT* pddpf );
void AllocateDecompBytes();
void Decompress();
void DecompressDXT1();
void DecompressDXT2();
void DecompressDXT3();
void DecompressDXT4();
void DecompressDXT5();
void SaveAsRaw8888(const char *name); // save decompressed bits
void SaveAsRaw888(const char *name); // save decompressed bits
void RunTimingSession(); // run a few methods & time the code
// must use dxt5 texture
void Time_Decomp5_01( int ntimes, TimingInfo * info );
void Time_Decomp5_02( int ntimes, TimingInfo * info );
void Time_Decomp5_03( int ntimes, TimingInfo * info );
void Time_Decomp5_04( int ntimes, TimingInfo * info );
Image_DXTC();
virtual ~Image_DXTC();
};
#endif // !defined(AFX_IMAGE_DXTC_H__4B89D8D0_7857_11D4_9630_00A0C996DE3D__INCLUDED_)

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
#ifndef GIFIMAGE_H
#define GIFIMAGE_H
/**
* An ImageFile subclass for reading GIF files.
*/
class CImageGifFile : public CImageFile
{
///
friend class CImageFile; // For constructor
private:
/// Read the GIF file from the buffer.
CImageGifFile (byte* buf, long size);
public:
///
virtual ~CImageGifFile ();
};
#endif

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
/*
Copyright (C) 1998 by Tor Andersson and Jorrit Tyberghein
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
*/
/* !!! not standard... written by Tor Andersson !!!
* get data from memory buffer instead of from file
* assumes that the entire file is in one large block of memory
*
*/
/* this is not a core library module, so it doesn't define JPEG_INTERNALS */
#include "Jpeg6/jinclude.h"
#include "Jpeg6/jpeglib.h"
#include "Jpeg6/jerror.h"
/* Expanded data source object for stdio input */
typedef struct {
struct jpeg_source_mgr pub; /* public fields */
FILE * infile; /* source stream */
JOCTET * buffer; /* start of buffer */
boolean start_of_file; /* have we gotten any data yet? */
} my_source_mgr;
typedef my_source_mgr * my_src_ptr;
/*
* Initialize source --- called by jpeg_read_header
* before any data is actually read.
*/
static void
init_source (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_src_ptr src = (my_src_ptr) cinfo->src;
/* We reset the empty-input-file flag for each image,
* but we don't clear the input buffer.
* This is correct behavior for reading a series of images from one source.
*/
src->start_of_file = TRUE;
}
/*
* Fill the input buffer --- called whenever buffer is emptied.
* should never happen :)
*/
static boolean
fill_input_buffer (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
/* no-op */
return TRUE;
}
/*
* Skip data --- used to skip over a potentially large amount of
* uninteresting data (such as an APPn marker).
*/
static void
skip_input_data (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, long num_bytes)
{
my_src_ptr src = (my_src_ptr) cinfo->src;
if (num_bytes > 0) {
src->pub.next_input_byte += (size_t) num_bytes;
src->pub.bytes_in_buffer -= (size_t) num_bytes;
}
}
/*
* Terminate source --- called by jpeg_finish_decompress
* after all data has been read. Often a no-op.
*
* NB: *not* called by jpeg_abort or jpeg_destroy; surrounding
* application must deal with any cleanup that should happen even
* for error exit.
*/
static void
term_source (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
/* no work necessary here */
}
/*
* Prepare for input from mem buffer.
* Leaves buffer untouched.
*/
void
my_jpeg_memory_src (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, char * inbfr, int len)
{
my_src_ptr src;
/* The source object and input buffer are made permanent so that a series
* of JPEG images can be read from the same file by calling jpeg_stdio_src
* only before the first one. (If we discarded the buffer at the end of
* one image, we'd likely lose the start of the next one.)
* This makes it unsafe to use this manager and a different source
* manager serially with the same JPEG object. Caveat programmer.
*/
if (cinfo->src == NULL) { /* first time for this JPEG object? */
cinfo->src = (struct jpeg_source_mgr *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_PERMANENT,
SIZEOF(my_source_mgr));
src = (my_src_ptr) cinfo->src;
src->buffer = (JOCTET *) inbfr;
}
src = (my_src_ptr) cinfo->src;
src->pub.init_source = init_source;
src->pub.fill_input_buffer = fill_input_buffer;
src->pub.skip_input_data = skip_input_data;
src->pub.resync_to_restart = my_jpeg_resync_to_restart; /* use default method */
src->pub.term_source = term_source;
src->infile = 0L;
src->pub.bytes_in_buffer = len; /*!!! sets to entire file len */
src->pub.next_input_byte = (JOCTET *)inbfr; /*!!! at start of buffer */
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,430 @@
/*=============================================================================
JpgImage.cpp : JPG image file format implementation.
Copyright (c) 2001 Crytek Studios. All Rights Reserved.
Revision history:
* Created by Khonich Andrey
=============================================================================*/
#include "RenderPCH.h"
#include "CImage.h"
#include "JpgImage.h"
#if !defined(WIN64) && !defined(LINUX)
#if defined(PS2)
#include "jpeglib.h"
#include "PS2GDriver.h"
#else
extern "C" {
#include "ijl.h"
}
#endif
/* ==== Constructor ==== */
CImageJpgFile::~CImageJpgFile () {
/* do nothing */
}
CImageJpgFile::CImageJpgFile (byte* ptr, long filesize) : CImageFile ()
{
#ifdef PS2
struct jpeg_decompress_struct cinfo;
u_char *pImage=NULL;
pImage=(u_char *)PS2GDRV_LoadJpegImage(mCurFileName, cinfo);
if(pImage)
{
m_eFormat = eIF_Jpg;
mfSet_bps(32);
mfSet_dimensions (cinfo.image_width,cinfo.image_height);
mfSet_ImageSize(m_Width * m_Height * 4);
SRGBPixel *pixels = mfGet_image ();
u_char *pix=pImage;
for(int j=0; j<cinfo.image_height; j++)
{
for(int i=0; i<cinfo.image_width; i++)
{
pixels[0].red=*pix++;
pixels[0].green=*pix++;
pixels[0].blue=*pix++;
pixels[0].alpha=255;
pixels++;
}
}
delete [] pImage;
}
else
{
mfSet_error (eIFE_BadFormat,"Cannot read JPEG file header");
return;
}
#else
JPEG_CORE_PROPERTIES image;
ZeroStruct( image );
SRGBPixel *pixels;
m_eFormat = eIF_Jpg;
if( ijlInit( &image ) != IJL_OK )
{
mfSet_error (eIFE_BadFormat,"Cannot initialize Intel JPEG library");
return;
}
image.JPGBytes = ptr;
image.JPGSizeBytes = filesize;
if( ijlRead( &image, IJL_JBUFF_READPARAMS ) != IJL_OK )
{
mfSet_error (eIFE_BadFormat,"Cannot read JPEG file header");
return;
}
// Set the JPG color space ... this will always be
// somewhat of an educated guess at best because JPEG
// is "color blind" (i.e., nothing in the bit stream
// tells you what color space the data was encoded from).
// However, in this example we assume that we are
// reading JFIF files which means that 3 channel images
// are in the YCbCr color space and 1 channel images are
// in the Y color space.
switch(image.JPGChannels)
{
case 1:
image.JPGColor = IJL_G;
image.DIBChannels = 3;
image.DIBColor = IJL_RGB;
mfSet_bps(24);
break;
case 3:
image.JPGColor = IJL_YCBCR;
image.DIBChannels = 3;
image.DIBColor = IJL_RGB;
mfSet_bps(24);
break;
case 4:
image.JPGColor = IJL_YCBCRA_FPX;
image.DIBChannels = 4;
image.DIBColor = IJL_RGBA_FPX;
mfSet_bps(32);
break;
default:
// This catches everything else, but no
// color twist will be performed by the IJL.
image.DIBColor = (IJL_COLOR)IJL_OTHER;
image.JPGColor = (IJL_COLOR)IJL_OTHER;
image.DIBChannels = image.JPGChannels;
break;
}
image.DIBWidth = image.JPGWidth;
image.DIBHeight = image.JPGHeight;
image.DIBPadBytes = IJL_DIB_PAD_BYTES(image.DIBWidth,image.DIBChannels);
mfSet_dimensions (image.DIBWidth, image.DIBHeight);
mfSet_ImageSize(m_Width * m_Height * 4);
pixels = (SRGBPixel *)mfGet_image ();
int imageSize = (image.DIBWidth * image.DIBChannels + image.DIBPadBytes) * image.DIBHeight;
byte *imageData = new BYTE[ imageSize ];
if( imageData == NULL )
{
mfSet_error (eIFE_OutOfMemory,"Cannot allocate memory for image");
ijlFree( &image );
return;
}
image.DIBBytes = imageData;
if( ijlRead( &image, IJL_JBUFF_READWHOLEIMAGE ) != IJL_OK )
{
mfSet_error (eIFE_IOerror,"Cannot read image data");
ijlFree( &image );
return;
}
if( ijlFree( &image ) != IJL_OK )
{
mfSet_error (eIFE_IOerror,"Cannot free Intel(R) JPEG library");
return;
}
byte *src = imageData;
int width = image.DIBWidth;
int height = image.DIBHeight;
int pad = IJL_DIB_PAD_BYTES(width,4);
if (image.DIBColor == IJL_RGBA_FPX)
{
int line_width = image.DIBWidth * 4 + pad;
for(int i=0; i<height; i++)
{
src = imageData + line_width*i;
for(int j=0; j<width; j++)
{
pixels->red = src[0];
pixels->green = src[1];
pixels->blue = src[2];
pixels->alpha = src[3];
pixels++;
src += 4;
}
}
}
else
{
SRGBPixel *pix = pixels;
int line_width = image.DIBWidth * 3 + pad;
for(int i=0; i<height; i++)
{
src = imageData + line_width*i;
for(int j=0; j<width; j++)
{
pixels->red = src[0];
pixels->green = src[1];
pixels->blue = src[2];
pixels->alpha = 255;
pixels++;
src += 3;
}
}
}
delete [] imageData;
/* And we're done! */
#endif //PS2
}
#endif // WIN64
#ifdef WIN64
extern "C"
{
#include "Jpeg6/Jpeglib.h"
#include "Jmemsrc.c" // include buffer source input code
}
#include <setjmp.h>
/* ==== Error mgmnt ==== */
static char jpg_err_msg[256];
struct my_error_mgr {
struct jpeg_error_mgr pub; /* "public" fields */
jmp_buf setjmp_buffer; /* for return to caller */
};
typedef struct my_error_mgr *my_error_ptr;
static void my_error_exit (j_common_ptr cinfo)
{
char errmsg [256];
/* cinfo->err really points to a my_error_mgr struct, so coerce pointer */
my_error_ptr myerr = (my_error_ptr) cinfo->err;
/* Always display the message. */
/* We could postpone this until after returning, if we chose. */
(*cinfo->err->format_message) (cinfo,errmsg);
strcpy (jpg_err_msg,errmsg);
/* Return control to the setjmp point */
longjmp(myerr->setjmp_buffer, 1);
}
/* ==== Constructor ==== */
CImageJpgFile::~CImageJpgFile () {
/* do nothing */
}
CImageJpgFile::CImageJpgFile (byte* ptr, long filesize) : CImageFile () {
struct jpeg_decompress_struct cinfo;
struct my_error_mgr jerr;
JSAMPARRAY buffer; /* Output row buffer */
int row_stride; /* physical row width in output buffer */
int bufp;
int i;
SRGBPixel *pixels;
m_eFormat = eIF_Jpg;
/* ==== Step 1: allocate and initialize JPEG decompression object */
/* We set up the normal JPEG error routines, then override error_exit. */
cinfo.err = my_jpeg_std_error(&jerr.pub);
jerr.pub.error_exit = my_error_exit;
if (setjmp(jerr.setjmp_buffer)) {
my_jpeg_destroy_decompress(&cinfo);
mfSet_error (eIFE_BadFormat,jpg_err_msg);
return;
}
/* Now we can initialize the JPEG decompression object. */
my_jpeg_create_decompress(&cinfo);
/* ==== Step 2: specify data source (memory buffer, in this case) */
my_jpeg_memory_src(&cinfo, (char *)ptr, filesize);
/* ==== Step 3: read file parameters with jpeg_read_header() */
(void) my_jpeg_read_header(&cinfo, TRUE);
/* ==== Step 4: set parameters for decompression */
/* In this example, we don't need to change any of the defaults set by
* jpeg_read_header(), so we do nothing here.
*/
/* ==== Step 5: Start decompressor */
(void) my_jpeg_start_decompress(&cinfo);
/* We may need to do some setup of our own at this point before reading
* the data. After jpeg_start_decompress() we have the correct scaled
* output image dimensions available, as well as the output colormap
* if we asked for color quantization.
* In this example, we need to make an output work buffer of the right size.
*/
mfSet_dimensions (cinfo.output_width, cinfo.output_height);
mfSet_ImageSize(cinfo.output_width * cinfo.output_height * 4);
pixels = (SRGBPixel *)mfGet_image();
bufp = 0;
/* JSAMPLEs per row in output buffer */
row_stride = cinfo.output_width * cinfo.output_components;
/* Make a one-row-high sample array that will go away when done with image */
buffer = (*cinfo.mem->alloc_sarray)
((j_common_ptr) &cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE, row_stride, 1);
/* ==== Step 6: while (scan lines remain to be read) */
/* jpeg_read_scanlines(...); */
/* Here we use the library's state variable cinfo.output_scanline as the
* loop counter, so that we don't have to keep track ourselves.
*/
while (cinfo.output_scanline < cinfo.output_height) {
/* jpeg_read_scanlines expects an array of pointers to scanlines.
* Here the array is only one element long, but you could ask for
* more than one scanline at a time if that's more convenient.
*/
(void) my_jpeg_read_scanlines(&cinfo, buffer, 1);
/* Assume put_scanline_someplace wants a pointer and sample count. */
/* put_scanline_someplace(buffer[0], row_stride); */
if (cinfo.output_components == 1)
{ /* grey scale */
for (i=0;i<row_stride;i++)
{
pixels[bufp].red = buffer[0][i];
pixels[bufp].green = buffer[0][i];
pixels[bufp].blue = buffer[0][i];
pixels[bufp].alpha = 255;
bufp ++;
}
}
else
if (cinfo.output_components == 3)
{ /* rgb triplets */
for (i = 0; i < (int)cinfo.output_width; i++)
{
pixels[bufp].red = buffer[0][i*3+0];
pixels[bufp].green = buffer[0][i*3+1];
pixels[bufp].blue = buffer[0][i*3+2];
pixels[bufp].alpha = 255;
bufp ++;
}
}
else
{
for (i = 0; i < (int)cinfo.output_width; i++)
{
pixels[bufp].red = buffer[0][i*4+0];
pixels[bufp].green = buffer[0][i*4+1];
pixels[bufp].blue = buffer[0][i*4+2];
pixels[bufp].alpha = 255;
bufp ++;
}
}
}
/* ==== Step 7: Finish decompression */
(void) my_jpeg_finish_decompress(&cinfo);
/* We can ignore the return value since suspension is not possible
* with the buffer data source.
*/
/* ==== Step 8: Release JPEG decompression object */
/* This is an important step since it will release a good deal of memory. */
my_jpeg_destroy_decompress(&cinfo);
/* At this point you may want to check to see whether any corrupt-data
* warnings occurred (test whether jerr.pub.num_warnings is nonzero).
*/
/* And we're done! */
}
#endif //WIN64
void WriteJPG(byte *dat, int wdt, int hgt, char *name)
{
#if !defined(PS2) && !defined(WIN64) && !defined(NULL_RENDERER)
JPEG_CORE_PROPERTIES image;
ZeroMemory( &image, sizeof( JPEG_CORE_PROPERTIES ) );
if( ijlInit( &image ) != IJL_OK )
return;
byte *data = new byte [wdt*hgt*3];
for (int i=0; i<wdt*hgt; i++)
{
data[i*3+0] = dat[i*4+0];
data[i*3+1] = dat[i*4+1];
data[i*3+2] = dat[i*4+2];
}
// Setup DIB
image.DIBWidth = wdt;
image.DIBHeight = hgt;
image.DIBBytes = data;
image.DIBPadBytes = 0; //IJL_DIB_PAD_BYTES(image.DIBWidth,3);
// Setup JPEG
image.JPGFile = name;
image.JPGWidth = wdt;
image.JPGHeight = hgt;
image.jquality = 100;
image.DIBColor = IJL_RGB;
if( ijlWrite( &image, IJL_JFILE_WRITEWHOLEIMAGE ) != IJL_OK )
{
delete [] data;
return;
}
if( ijlFree( &image ) != IJL_OK )
{
delete [] data;
return;
}
delete [] data;
#else
OutputDebugString("Not Implemented");
#endif //!defined(PS2) && !defined(WIN64)
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
#ifndef JPGIMAGE_H
#define JPGIMAGE_H
/**
* An ImageFile subclass for reading JPG files.<p>
* This implementation needs libjpeg to read JFIF files.
*/
class CImageJpgFile : public CImageFile
{
///
friend class CImageFile; // For constructor
private:
/// Read the JPG file from the buffer.
CImageJpgFile (byte* buf, long size);
public:
///
virtual ~CImageJpgFile ();
};
#endif //JPGIMAGE_H

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
/*=============================================================================
JpgImage.cpp : JPG image file format implementation.
Copyright (c) 2001 Crytek Studios. All Rights Reserved.
Revision history:
* Created by Khonich Andrey
=============================================================================*/
#if !defined(LINUX)
#include "stdafx.h"
#include "CImage.h"
#include "JpgImage.h"
extern "C"
{
#include "Jpeg6/Jpeglib.h"
#include "Jmemsrc.c" // include buffer source input code
}
#include <setjmp.h>
/* ==== Error mgmnt ==== */
static char jpg_err_msg[256];
struct my_error_mgr {
struct jpeg_error_mgr pub; /* "public" fields */
jmp_buf setjmp_buffer; /* for return to caller */
};
typedef struct my_error_mgr *my_error_ptr;
static void my_error_exit (j_common_ptr cinfo)
{
char errmsg [256];
/* cinfo->err really points to a my_error_mgr struct, so coerce pointer */
my_error_ptr myerr = (my_error_ptr) cinfo->err;
/* Always display the message. */
/* We could postpone this until after returning, if we chose. */
(*cinfo->err->format_message) (cinfo,errmsg);
strcpy (jpg_err_msg,errmsg);
/* Return control to the setjmp point */
longjmp(myerr->setjmp_buffer, 1);
}
/* ==== Constructor ==== */
CImageJpgFile::~CImageJpgFile () {
/* do nothing */
}
CImageJpgFile::CImageJpgFile (byte* ptr, long filesize) : CImageFile () {
struct jpeg_decompress_struct cinfo;
struct my_error_mgr jerr;
JSAMPARRAY buffer; /* Output row buffer */
int row_stride; /* physical row width in output buffer */
int bufp;
int i;
SRGBPixel *pixels;
m_eFormat = eIF_Jpg;
/* ==== Step 1: allocate and initialize JPEG decompression object */
/* We set up the normal JPEG error routines, then override error_exit. */
cinfo.err = my_jpeg_std_error(&jerr.pub);
jerr.pub.error_exit = my_error_exit;
if (setjmp(jerr.setjmp_buffer)) {
my_jpeg_destroy_decompress(&cinfo);
mfSet_error (eIFE_BadFormat,jpg_err_msg);
return;
}
/* Now we can initialize the JPEG decompression object. */
my_jpeg_create_decompress(&cinfo);
/* ==== Step 2: specify data source (memory buffer, in this case) */
my_jpeg_memory_src(&cinfo, (char *)ptr, filesize);
/* ==== Step 3: read file parameters with jpeg_read_header() */
(void) my_jpeg_read_header(&cinfo, TRUE);
/* ==== Step 4: set parameters for decompression */
/* In this example, we don't need to change any of the defaults set by
* jpeg_read_header(), so we do nothing here.
*/
/* ==== Step 5: Start decompressor */
(void) my_jpeg_start_decompress(&cinfo);
/* We may need to do some setup of our own at this point before reading
* the data. After jpeg_start_decompress() we have the correct scaled
* output image dimensions available, as well as the output colormap
* if we asked for color quantization.
* In this example, we need to make an output work buffer of the right size.
*/
mfSet_dimensions (cinfo.output_width, cinfo.output_height);
mfSet_ImageSize(cinfo.output_width * cinfo.output_height * 4);
pixels = (SRGBPixel *)mfGet_image();
bufp = 0;
/* JSAMPLEs per row in output buffer */
row_stride = cinfo.output_width * cinfo.output_components;
/* Make a one-row-high sample array that will go away when done with image */
buffer = (*cinfo.mem->alloc_sarray)
((j_common_ptr) &cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE, row_stride, 1);
/* ==== Step 6: while (scan lines remain to be read) */
/* jpeg_read_scanlines(...); */
/* Here we use the library's state variable cinfo.output_scanline as the
* loop counter, so that we don't have to keep track ourselves.
*/
while (cinfo.output_scanline < cinfo.output_height) {
/* jpeg_read_scanlines expects an array of pointers to scanlines.
* Here the array is only one element long, but you could ask for
* more than one scanline at a time if that's more convenient.
*/
(void) my_jpeg_read_scanlines(&cinfo, buffer, 1);
/* Assume put_scanline_someplace wants a pointer and sample count. */
/* put_scanline_someplace(buffer[0], row_stride); */
if (cinfo.output_components == 1)
{ /* grey scale */
for (i=0;i<row_stride;i++)
{
pixels[bufp].red = buffer[0][i];
pixels[bufp].green = buffer[0][i];
pixels[bufp].blue = buffer[0][i];
pixels[bufp].alpha = 255;
bufp ++;
}
}
else
if (cinfo.output_components == 3)
{ /* rgb triplets */
for (i = 0; i < (int)cinfo.output_width; i++)
{
pixels[bufp].red = buffer[0][i*3+0];
pixels[bufp].green = buffer[0][i*3+1];
pixels[bufp].blue = buffer[0][i*3+2];
pixels[bufp].alpha = 255;
bufp ++;
}
}
else
{
for (i = 0; i < (int)cinfo.output_width; i++)
{
pixels[bufp].red = buffer[0][i*4+0];
pixels[bufp].green = buffer[0][i*4+1];
pixels[bufp].blue = buffer[0][i*4+2];
pixels[bufp].alpha = 255;
bufp ++;
}
}
}
/* ==== Step 7: Finish decompression */
(void) my_jpeg_finish_decompress(&cinfo);
/* We can ignore the return value since suspension is not possible
* with the buffer data source.
*/
/* ==== Step 8: Release JPEG decompression object */
/* This is an important step since it will release a good deal of memory. */
my_jpeg_destroy_decompress(&cinfo);
/* At this point you may want to check to see whether any corrupt-data
* warnings occurred (test whether jerr.pub.num_warnings is nonzero).
*/
/* And we're done! */
}
#endif

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
/*=============================================================================
PcxImage.cpp : PCX image file format implementation.
Copyright (c) 2001 Crytek Studios. All Rights Reserved.
Revision history:
* Created by Khonich Andrey
=============================================================================*/
#include "RenderPCH.h"
#include "CImage.h"
#include "PcxImage.h"
#if defined(LINUX)
#include "ILog.h"
#endif
typedef struct
{
char manufacturer;
char version;
char encoding;
char bits_per_pixel;
short xmin;
short ymin;
short xmax;
short ymax;
short hres;
short vres;
byte palette[48];
char reserved;
char color_planes;
short bytes_per_line;
short palette_type;
char filler[58];
byte data;
} pcx_header;
CImagePcxFile::~CImagePcxFile ()
{
}
CImagePcxFile::CImagePcxFile (byte* ptr, long filesize) : CImageFile ()
{
pcx_header *pcx;
byte* raw, *p, dat;
int x, y, runLength;
int sx, sy;
//
// parse the PCX file
//
pcx = (pcx_header *)ptr;
raw = &pcx->data;
if (pcx->manufacturer != 0x0a
|| pcx->version != 5
|| pcx->encoding != 1
|| pcx->bits_per_pixel != 8
|| pcx->xmax >= 640
|| pcx->ymax >= 480)
{
mfSet_error (eIFE_BadFormat, "not a PCX file");
return;
}
sx=pcx->xmax+1;
sy=pcx->ymax+1;
m_eFormat = eIF_Pcx;
/* Read in global colormap. */
CHK (m_pPal = new SRGBPixel [256]);
p = (byte *)pcx + filesize - 768;
int i;
for (i=0; i<256; i++)
{
m_pPal[i].red = p[0];
m_pPal[i].green = p[1];
m_pPal[i].blue = p[2];
m_pPal[i].alpha = 255;
p += 3;
}
// Set the dimensions which will also allocate the image data
// buffer.
mfSet_dimensions (sx, sy);
mfSet_ImageSize(m_Width * m_Height);
byte *IndexImage = mfGet_image ();
p = IndexImage;
i = 0;
for (y=0 ; y<=pcx->ymax ; y++, p += pcx->xmax+1)
{
for (x=0 ; x<=pcx->xmax ; )
{
dat = *raw++;
if((dat & 0xC0) == 0xC0)
{
runLength = dat & 0x3F;
dat = *raw++;
}
else
runLength = 1;
while(runLength-- > 0)
{
p[x++] = dat;
}
}
}
}
void WritePCX (char *name, byte *data, byte *pal, int width, int height)
{
int i, j, len;
pcx_header *pcx;
byte *pack;
FILE *fp;
pcx = (pcx_header*)malloc (width*height*2+1000);
pcx->manufacturer = 10; // Some programs complains if this is 0
pcx->version = 5;
pcx->encoding = 1;
pcx->bits_per_pixel = 8;
pcx->xmin = 0;
pcx->ymin = 0;
pcx->xmax = width - 1;
pcx->ymax = height - 1;
pcx->hres = width;
pcx->vres = height;
memset (pcx->palette, 0, sizeof(pcx->palette));
pcx->color_planes = 1;
pcx->bytes_per_line = width;
pcx->palette_type = 2;
memset (pcx->filler, 0, sizeof(pcx->filler));
pack = &(pcx->data);
for (i=0; i<height; i++)
{
for (j=0; j<width; j++)
{
if ((*data & 0xc0) != 0xc0)
*pack++ = *data++;
else
{
*pack++ = 0xc1;
*pack++ = *data++;
}
}
// data += width;
}
*pack++ = 0x0c;
for (i=0; i<768; i++)
*pack++ = *pal++;
len = pack - (byte *)pcx;
fp = fxopen (name, "wb");
if (!fp)
return;
fwrite (pcx, len, 1, fp);
fclose (fp);
free (pcx);
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
#ifndef PCXIMAGE_H
#define PCXIMAGE_H
/**
* An ImageFile subclass for reading PCX files.
*/
class CImagePcxFile : public CImageFile
{
///
friend class CImageFile; // For constructor
private:
/// Read the PCX file from the buffer.
CImagePcxFile (byte* buf, long size);
public:
///
virtual ~CImagePcxFile ();
};
#endif

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,737 @@
/*=============================================================================
PcxImage.cpp : PCX image file format implementation.
Copyright (c) 2001 Crytek Studios. All Rights Reserved.
Revision history:
* Created by Khonich Andrey
=============================================================================*/
#include "RenderPCH.h"
#include "CImage.h"
#define HIST_R_BITS 5
#define HIST_G_BITS 6
#define HIST_B_BITS 5
// Amount to shift left R value to get max (hist_r, hist_g, hist_b)
#define HIST_SHIFT_R 1
#define HIST_SHIFT_G 0
#define HIST_SHIFT_B 1
#define HIST_R_MAX (1 << HIST_R_BITS)
#define HIST_G_MAX (1 << HIST_G_BITS)
#define HIST_B_MAX (1 << HIST_B_BITS)
#ifdef SH_LITTLE_ENDIAN
# define R_BIT 0
# define G_BIT 8
# define B_BIT 16
#else
# define R_BIT 24
# define G_BIT 16
# define B_BIT 8
#endif
// Compute masks for effectively separating R,G and B components from a unsigned long.
// For a little-endian machine they are respectively
// 0x000000f8, 0x0000fc00 and 0x00f80000
// For a big-endian machine they are respectively
// 0xf8000000, 0x00fc0000 and 0x0000f800
#define R_MASK ((HIST_R_MAX - 1) << (R_BIT + 8 - HIST_R_BITS))
#define G_MASK ((HIST_G_MAX - 1) << (G_BIT + 8 - HIST_G_BITS))
#define B_MASK ((HIST_B_MAX - 1) << (B_BIT + 8 - HIST_B_BITS))
// The following macro extract the respective color components from a unsigned long
// and transform them into a index in the histogram.
#define INDEX_R(l) ((l & R_MASK) >> (R_BIT + 8 - HIST_R_BITS))
#define INDEX_G(l) ((l & G_MASK) >> (G_BIT + 8 - HIST_G_BITS - HIST_R_BITS))
#define INDEX_B(l) ((l & B_MASK) >> (B_BIT + 8 - HIST_B_BITS - HIST_G_BITS - HIST_R_BITS))
// Calculate index into histogram for given R,G,B components
#define INDEX(r,g,b) (r + (g << HIST_R_BITS) + (b << (HIST_R_BITS + HIST_G_BITS)))
// The storage for color usage histogram
static ushort *hist = NULL;
// Total number of colors that were used to create the histogram
static unsigned hist_pixels;
/*
* A box in color space.
* Both minimal and maximal component bounds are inclusive, that is, the bounds
* Rm = 0, Rx = 255 means the box covers the entire R component range.
* <p>
* This structure is meant to be highly fast, thus only atomic operations
* are implemented for it. After some operations the box may be left in a
* invalid state, thus take care.
*/
struct shColorBox
{
// The minimal and maximal R
byte Rm,Rx;
// The minimal and maximal G
byte Gm,Gx;
// The minimal and maximal B
byte Bm,Bx;
// Color box volume
unsigned Volume;
// Number of pixels in this box
unsigned PixelCount;
// Number of non-zero different color values in this box
unsigned ColorCount;
// Useful function
static inline unsigned Sqr (int x)
{ return x * x; }
// Set box to given bounds
void Set (byte rm, byte rx, byte gm, byte gx, byte bm, byte bx)
{ Rm = rm; Rx = rx; Gm = gm; Gx = gx; Bm = bm; Bx = bx; }
// Compute the volume of box
void ComputeVolume ()
{
// We compute the length of the diagonal of the box rather than the
// proper volume. This also has the side effect that a long narrow
// box looks more "voluminous" thus its more probably that it will
// be split rather than a relatively cubic one.
Volume = Sqr (Rx - Rm) * (R_COEF_SQ << HIST_SHIFT_R) +
Sqr (Gx - Gm) * (G_COEF_SQ << HIST_SHIFT_G) +
Sqr (Bx - Bm) * (B_COEF_SQ << HIST_SHIFT_B);
}
// Count number of non-zero colors within this box
void CountPixels ()
{
PixelCount = ColorCount = 0;
for (int b = Bm; b <= Bx; b++)
for (int g = Gm; g <= Gx; g++)
{
ushort *hp = &hist [INDEX (Rm, g, b)];
for (int r = Rx - Rm; r >= 0; r--, hp++)
if (*hp)
{
PixelCount += *hp;
ColorCount++;
} /* endif */
} /* endfor */
}
// Move Rm up until we find pixels that contain this value
bool ShrinkRm ()
{
byte iRm = Rm;
for (; Rm <= Rx; Rm++)
for (byte b = Bm; b <= Bx; b++)
{
ushort *hp = &hist [INDEX (Rm, Gm, b)];
for (int g = Gx - Gm; g >= 0; g--, hp += HIST_R_MAX)
if (*hp) return (Rm != iRm);
}
return (Rm != iRm);
}
// Move Rx down until we find pixels that contain this value
bool ShrinkRx ()
{
byte iRx = Rx;
for (; Rx >= Rm; Rx--)
for (byte b = Bm; b <= Bx; b++)
{
ushort *hp = &hist [INDEX (Rx, Gm, b)];
for (int g = Gx - Gm; g >= 0; g--, hp += HIST_R_MAX)
if (*hp) return (Rx != iRx);
}
return (Rx != iRx);
}
// Move Gm up until we find pixels that contain this value
bool ShrinkGm ()
{
byte iGm = Gm;
for (; Gm <= Gx; Gm++)
for (byte b = Bm; b <= Bx; b++)
{
ushort *hp = &hist [INDEX (Rm, Gm, b)];
for (int r = Rx - Rm; r >= 0; r--, hp++)
if (*hp) return (Gm != iGm);
}
return (Gm != iGm);
}
// Move Gx down until we find pixels that contain this value
bool ShrinkGx ()
{
byte iGx = Gx;
for (; Gx >= Gm; Gx--)
for (byte b = Bm; b <= Bx; b++)
{
ushort *hp = &hist [INDEX (Rm, Gx, b)];
for (int r = Rx - Rm; r >= 0; r--, hp++)
if (*hp) return (Gx != iGx);
}
return (Gx != iGx);
}
// Move Bm up until we find pixels that contain this value
bool ShrinkBm ()
{
byte iBm = Bm;
for (; Bm <= Bx; Bm++)
for (byte g = Gm; g <= Gx; g++)
{
ushort *hp = &hist [INDEX (Rm, g, Bm)];
for (int r = Rx - Rm; r >= 0; r--, hp++)
if (*hp) return (Bm != iBm);
}
return (Bm != iBm);
}
// Move Bx down until we find pixels that contain this value
bool ShrinkBx ()
{
byte iBx = Bx;
for (; Bx >= Bm; Bx--)
for (byte g = Gm; g <= Gx; g++)
{
ushort *hp = &hist [INDEX (Rm, g, Bx)];
for (int r = Rx - Rm; r >= 0; r--, hp++)
if (*hp) return (Bx != iBx);
}
return (Bx != iBx);
}
// Shrink box: move min/max bounds until we hit an existing color
void Shrink ()
{
ShrinkRm (); ShrinkRx ();
ShrinkGm (); ShrinkGx ();
ShrinkBm (); ShrinkBx ();
}
/**
* Compute the mean color for this box.
* The computation is performed by taking into account each color's
* weight, i.e. number of pixels with this color. Thus resulting palette
* is biased towards most often used colors.
*/
void GetMeanColor (SRGBPixel &color)
{
unsigned rs = 0, gs = 0, bs = 0;
unsigned count = 0;
for (int b = Bm; b <= Bx; b++)
for (int g = Gm; g <= Gx; g++)
{
ushort *hp = &hist [INDEX (Rm, g, b)];
for (int r = Rm; r <= Rx; r++, hp++)
if (*hp)
{
unsigned pixc = *hp;
count += pixc;
rs += pixc * r;
gs += pixc * g;
bs += pixc * b;
} /* endif */
} /* endfor */
// In some extreme cases (textures with zero pixels or
// single-color textures with 1 transparent color)
// we can end here with count == 0; avoid division by zero
if (!count)
{
color = SRGBPixel (0, 0, 0);
return;
}
color.red = ((rs + count / 2) << (8 - HIST_R_BITS)) / count;
color.green = ((gs + count / 2) << (8 - HIST_G_BITS)) / count;
color.blue = ((bs + count / 2) << (8 - HIST_B_BITS)) / count;
}
void FillInverseCMap (byte *icmap, byte index)
{
int Rcount = Rx - Rm + 1;
for (int b = Bm; b <= Bx; b++)
for (int g = Gm; g <= Gx; g++)
memset (&icmap [INDEX (Rm, g, b)], index, Rcount);
}
};
// The storage for color space boxes
static shColorBox *box = NULL;
// Number of valid color boxes
static int boxcount;
// The storage for color indices
static byte *color_index = NULL;
static int __cdecl compare_boxes (const void *i1, const void *i2)
{
int count1 = box [*(byte *)i1].PixelCount;
int count2 = box [*(byte *)i2].PixelCount;
return (count1 > count2) ? -1 : (count1 == count2) ? 0 : +1;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------- The API ------//
// The state of quantization variables
static enum
{
// Uninitialized: initial state
qsNone,
// Counting color frequencies
qsCount,
// Remapping input images to output
qsRemap
} qState = qsNone;
void shQuantizeBegin ()
{
// Clean up, if previous quantization sequence was not finished
shQuantizeEnd ();
// First, allocate the histogram
hist = new ushort [HIST_R_MAX * HIST_G_MAX * HIST_B_MAX];
memset (hist, 0, HIST_R_MAX * HIST_G_MAX * HIST_B_MAX * sizeof (ushort));
hist_pixels = 0;
qState = qsCount;
}
void shQuantizeEnd ()
{
delete [] color_index; color_index = NULL;
delete [] box; box = NULL;
delete [] hist; hist = NULL;
}
void shQuantizeCount (SRGBPixel *image, int pixels, SRGBPixel *transp)
{
// Sanity check
if (!pixels || qState != qsCount)
return;
hist_pixels += pixels;
// Now, count all colors in image
unsigned long *src = (unsigned long *)image;
if (transp)
{
unsigned long tc = (*(unsigned long *)transp) & RGB_MASK;
while (pixels--)
{
unsigned long pix = *src++;
if (tc != (pix & RGB_MASK))
{
ushort &pa = hist [INDEX_R (pix) + INDEX_G (pix) + INDEX_B (pix)];
// do not permit overflow here; stick to MAX_ushort
if (!++pa) --pa;
}
}
}
else
while (pixels--)
{
unsigned long pix = *src++;
ushort &pa = hist [INDEX_R (pix) + INDEX_G (pix) + INDEX_B (pix)];
// do not permit overflow here; stick to MAX_ushort
if (!++pa) --pa;
}
}
void shQuantizeBias (SRGBPixel *colors, int count, int weight)
{
// Sanity check
if (!count || qState != qsCount)
return;
unsigned delta;
if (hist_pixels < (0xffffffff / 100))
delta = ((hist_pixels + 1) * weight / (100 * count));
else
delta = ((hist_pixels / count + 1) * weight) / 100;
if (delta > 0xffff)
delta = 0xffff;
else if (!delta)
return;
// Now, count all colors in image
unsigned long *src = (unsigned long *)colors;
while (count--)
{
unsigned long pix = *src++;
ushort &pa = hist [INDEX_R (pix) + INDEX_G (pix) + INDEX_B (pix)];
// do not permit overflow here; stick to MAX_ushort
if (unsigned (pa) + delta > 0xffff) pa = 0xffff; else pa += delta;
}
}
void shQuantizePalette (SRGBPixel *&outpalette, int &maxcolors, SRGBPixel *transp)
{
// Sanity check
if (qState != qsCount || !maxcolors)
return;
// Good. Now we create the array of color space boxes.
box = new shColorBox [maxcolors];
box [0].Set (0, HIST_R_MAX - 1, 0, HIST_G_MAX - 1, 0, HIST_B_MAX - 1);
box [0].Shrink ();
box [0].ComputeVolume ();
box [0].CountPixels ();
boxcount = 1;
if (transp)
maxcolors--;
// Loop until we have enough boxes (or we're out of pixels)
while (boxcount < maxcolors)
{
// Find the box that should be split
// We're making this decision the following way:
// - first half of palette we prefer to split boxes that are
// most populated with different colors.
// - the rest of palette we prefer to split largest boxes.
int bi, bestbox = -1;
unsigned bestrating = 0;
if (boxcount < maxcolors / 2)
{
for (bi = 0; bi < boxcount; bi++)
if (bestrating < box [bi].ColorCount)
{
bestrating = box [bi].ColorCount;
bestbox = bi;
}
}
else
{
for (bi = 0; bi < boxcount; bi++)
if (bestrating < box [bi].Volume)
{
bestrating = box [bi].Volume;
bestbox = bi;
}
}
// Out of splittable boxes?
if (bestrating <= 1)
break;
shColorBox &srcbox = box [bestbox];
shColorBox &dstbox = box [boxcount++];
dstbox = srcbox;
// Decide along which of R/G/B axis to split the box
int rlen = (dstbox.Rx - dstbox.Rm) * (R_COEF << HIST_SHIFT_R);
int glen = (dstbox.Gx - dstbox.Gm) * (G_COEF << HIST_SHIFT_G);
int blen = (dstbox.Bx - dstbox.Bm) * (B_COEF << HIST_SHIFT_B);
enum { axisR, axisG, axisB } axis =
(glen < rlen) ?
((rlen < blen) ? axisB : axisR) :
((glen < blen) ? axisB : axisG);
//
// We split each box into two by the plane that goes through given color
// component (one of R,G,B as choosen above). Any of resulting split boxes
// possibly can become smaller if we move one of the five its faces (the
// sixth face sure can't move because it was checked before - the one that
// is opposed to the just-created new face, in the place of split).
// Here goes some ASCII art:
//
// C G K The initial color box ABCD-IJKL was split by a
// *-------*-------* plane and two boxes ABCD-EFGH and EFGH-IJKL
// /| /| /| were created. The boxes cannot be shrinked
// B/ | F/ | J/ | by moving faces ABCD and IJKL (because the
// *-------*-------* | boxes were previously adjusted and any surface
// | *----|--*----|--* passes through at least one used color).
// | /D | /H | /L Now we also see that if the left box
// |/ |/ |/ can be shrinked by moving face, say, ABFE
// *-------*-------* towards DCGH, it is impossible for the right
// A E I box to be shrinked by moving EFJI towards HGKL,
// because the previous whole face ABJI is known
// to pass through at least one used color (and if it is not in the ABFE
// are, then it is surely in the EFJI area). We can say the same about
// the DCGH/HGKL, BCGF/FGKJ and ADHE/EHLI pairs.
//
switch (axis)
{
case axisR:
srcbox.Rx = (srcbox.Rm + srcbox.Rx) / 2;
dstbox.Rm = srcbox.Rx + 1;
srcbox.ShrinkRx ();
dstbox.ShrinkRm ();
if (!srcbox.ShrinkGm ())
dstbox.ShrinkGm ();
if (!srcbox.ShrinkGx ())
dstbox.ShrinkGx ();
if (!srcbox.ShrinkBm ())
dstbox.ShrinkBm ();
if (!srcbox.ShrinkBx ())
dstbox.ShrinkBx ();
break;
case axisG:
srcbox.Gx = (srcbox.Gm + srcbox.Gx) / 2;
dstbox.Gm = srcbox.Gx + 1;
srcbox.ShrinkGx ();
dstbox.ShrinkGm ();
if (!srcbox.ShrinkRm ())
dstbox.ShrinkRm ();
if (!srcbox.ShrinkRx ())
dstbox.ShrinkRx ();
if (!srcbox.ShrinkBm ())
dstbox.ShrinkBm ();
if (!srcbox.ShrinkBx ())
dstbox.ShrinkBx ();
break;
case axisB:
srcbox.Bx = (srcbox.Bm + srcbox.Bx) / 2;
dstbox.Bm = srcbox.Bx + 1;
srcbox.ShrinkBx ();
dstbox.ShrinkBm ();
if (!srcbox.ShrinkRm ())
dstbox.ShrinkRm ();
if (!srcbox.ShrinkRx ())
dstbox.ShrinkRx ();
if (!srcbox.ShrinkGm ())
dstbox.ShrinkGm ();
if (!srcbox.ShrinkGx ())
dstbox.ShrinkGx ();
break;
} /* endswitch */
dstbox.CountPixels ();
srcbox.PixelCount -= dstbox.PixelCount;
srcbox.ColorCount -= dstbox.ColorCount;
srcbox.ComputeVolume ();
dstbox.ComputeVolume ();
} /* endwhile */
// Either we're out of splittable boxes, or we have palsize boxes.
// Assign successive palette indices to all boxes
int count, delta = transp ? 1 : 0;
color_index = new byte [boxcount + delta];
for (count = 0; count < boxcount; count++)
color_index [count] = count;
// Sort palette indices by usage (a side bonus to quantization)
qsort (color_index, boxcount, sizeof (byte), compare_boxes);
// Allocate the palette, if not already allocated
if (!outpalette)
outpalette = new SRGBPixel [maxcolors + delta];
// Fill the unused colormap entries with zeros
memset (&outpalette [boxcount + delta], 0,
(maxcolors - boxcount) * sizeof (SRGBPixel));
// Now compute the mean color for each box
for (count = 0; count < boxcount; count++)
box [color_index [count]].GetMeanColor (outpalette [count + delta]);
// If we have a transparent color, set colormap entry 0 to it
if (delta)
{
for (count = boxcount; count; count--)
color_index [count] = color_index [count - 1] + 1;
color_index [0] = 0;
outpalette [0] = SRGBPixel (0, 0, 0);
}
maxcolors = boxcount + delta;
}
void shQuantizeRemap (SRGBPixel *image, int pixels,
byte *&outimage, SRGBPixel *transp)
{
// Sanity check
if (qState != qsCount && qState != qsRemap)
return;
int count;
// We will re-use the histogram memory for a inverse colormap. However, we
// will need just a byte per element, so we'll assign the address of
// histogram memory block to a pointer of suitable type, and the second
// half of histogram storage remains unused.
byte *icmap = (byte *)hist;
int delta = transp ? 1 : 0;
if (qState == qsCount)
{
// Now, fill inverse colormap with color indices
for (count = 0; count < boxcount; count++)
box [color_index [count + delta] - delta].FillInverseCMap (icmap, count + delta);
qState = qsRemap;
}
// Allocate the picture and the palette
if (!outimage) outimage = new byte [pixels];
unsigned long *src = (unsigned long *)image;
byte *dst = outimage;
count = pixels;
if (transp)
{
unsigned long tc = (*(unsigned long *)transp) & RGB_MASK;
while (count--)
{
unsigned long pix = *src++;
if (tc == (pix & RGB_MASK))
*dst++ = 0;
else
*dst++ = icmap [INDEX_R (pix) + INDEX_G (pix) + INDEX_B (pix)];
}
}
else
while (count--)
{
unsigned long pix = *src++;
*dst++ = icmap [INDEX_R (pix) + INDEX_G (pix) + INDEX_B (pix)];
}
}
void shQuantizeRemapDither (SRGBPixel *image, int pixels, int pixperline,
SRGBPixel *palette, int colors, byte *&outimage, SRGBPixel *transp)
{
// Sanity check
if (qState != qsCount && qState != qsRemap)
return;
int count;
// We will re-use the histogram memory for a inverse colormap. However, we
// will need just a byte per element, so we'll assign the address of
// histogram memory block to a pointer of suitable type, and the second
// half of histogram storage remains unused.
byte *icmap = (byte *)hist;
int delta = transp ? 1 : 0;
if (qState == qsCount)
{
// Build an inverse colormap (since during dithering we can get color
// indices that did not existed in the original image)
shInverseColormap (colors - delta, palette + delta,
HIST_R_BITS, HIST_G_BITS, HIST_B_BITS, icmap);
if (transp)
for (int i = 0; i < HIST_R_MAX * HIST_G_MAX * HIST_B_MAX; i++)
icmap [i]++;
qState = qsRemap;
}
// Allocate the picture and the palette
if (!outimage) outimage = new byte [pixels];
SRGBPixel *src = image;
byte *dst = outimage;
count = pixels;
int *fserr = (int *)malloc (2 * 3 * (pixperline + 2) * sizeof (int));
memset (fserr, 0, 3 * (pixperline + 2) * sizeof (int));
// odd/even row
unsigned char odd = 0;
while (count > 0)
{
// The alogorithm implements the widely-known and used Floyd-Steinberg
// error distribution - based dithering. The errors are distributed with
// the following weights to the surrounding pixels:
//
// (here) 7/16
// 3/16 5/16 1/16
//
// Even lines are traversed left to right, odd lines backwards.
SRGBPixel *cursrc;
byte *curdst;
int *curerr, *nexterr;
int dir;
if (odd)
{
cursrc = src + pixperline - 1;
curdst = dst + pixperline - 1;
curerr = fserr + 2 * 3 * (pixperline + 2) - 6;
nexterr = fserr + 3 * (pixperline + 2) - 3;
dir = -1;
}
else
{
cursrc = src;
curdst = dst;
curerr = fserr + 3;
nexterr = fserr + 3 * (pixperline + 2);
dir = 1;
}
int dir3 = dir * 3;
// We will keep the errors for pixels (x+1, y) in the variable "err10",
// the error for the pixel right below us (x, y + 1) in "err01", and
// the error at (x + 1, y + 1) in "err11". The error for the pixel at
// (x - 1, y + 1) will be flushed into the errors array. This way, we
// will have just one memory read and one memory write per pixel.
// Well, in fact we have much more (x86 is terribly lacking registers)
// but anyway they go through the cache.
int err10r = 0, err01r = 0, err11r = 0;
int err10g = 0, err01g = 0, err11g = 0;
int err10b = 0, err01b = 0, err11b = 0;
for (int fspix = pixperline; fspix; fspix--,
cursrc += dir, curdst += dir,
curerr += dir3, nexterr += dir3)
{
SRGBPixel srcpix = *cursrc;
if (transp && transp->eq (srcpix))
{
*curdst = 0;
err10r = err10g = err10b = 0;
nexterr [0] = err01r; nexterr [1] = err01g; nexterr [2] = err01b;
err01r = err11r; err01g = err11g; err01b = err11b;
err11r = err11g = err11b = 0;
continue;
}
int r = srcpix.red + ((err10r + curerr [0]) / 16);
if (r < 0) r = 0; if (r > 255) r = 255;
int g = srcpix.green + ((err10g + curerr [1]) / 16);
if (g < 0) g = 0; if (g > 255) g = 255;
int b = srcpix.blue + ((err10b + curerr [2]) / 16);
if (b < 0) b = 0; if (b > 255) b = 255;
byte pix = icmap [((r >> (8 - HIST_R_BITS)) << (HIST_G_BITS + HIST_B_BITS)) |
((g >> (8 - HIST_G_BITS)) << HIST_B_BITS) |
((b >> (8 - HIST_B_BITS)))];
*curdst = pix;
SRGBPixel realcolor = palette [pix];
err10r = r - realcolor.red;
nexterr [0] = err01r + err10r * 3; // * 3
err01r = err11r + err10r * 5; // * 5
err11r = err10r; // * 1
err10r *= 7; // * 7
err10g = g - realcolor.green;
nexterr [1] = err01g + err10g * 3; // * 3
err01g = err11g + err10g * 5; // * 5
err11g = err10g; // * 1
err10g *= 7; // * 7
err10b = b - realcolor.blue;
nexterr [2] = err01b + err10b * 3; // * 3
err01b = err11b + err10b * 5; // * 5
err11b = err10b; // * 1
err10b *= 7; // * 7
}
// flush cached errors into error array
nexterr [0] = err01r;
nexterr [1] = err01g;
nexterr [2] = err01b;
src += pixperline;
dst += pixperline;
odd ^= 1;
count -= pixperline;
}
free(fserr);
}
void shQuantizeRGB (SRGBPixel *image, int pixels, int pixperline,
byte *&outimage, SRGBPixel *&outpalette, int &maxcolors, bool dither)
{
shQuantizeBegin ();
shQuantizeCount (image, pixels);
shQuantizePalette (outpalette, maxcolors);
if (dither)
shQuantizeRemapDither (image, pixels, pixperline, outpalette, maxcolors, outimage);
else
shQuantizeRemap (image, pixels, outimage);
shQuantizeEnd ();
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
#ifndef __QUANTIZE_H__
#define __QUANTIZE_H__
extern void shQuantizeRGB (SRGBPixel *image, int pixels, int pixperline,
byte *&outimage, SRGBPixel *&outpalette, int &maxcolors, bool dither);
/// Begin quantization
extern void shQuantizeBegin ();
/// Finish quantization
extern void shQuantizeEnd ();
/// Count the colors in a image and update the color histogram
extern void shQuantizeCount (SRGBPixel *image, int pixels,
SRGBPixel *transp = NULL);
/// Bias the color histogram towards given colors (weight = 0..100)
extern void shQuantizeBias (SRGBPixel *colors, int count, int weight);
/// Compute the optimal palette for all images passed to QuantizeCount()
extern void shQuantizePalette (SRGBPixel *&outpalette, int &maxcolors,
SRGBPixel *transp = NULL);
/// Remap a image to the palette computed by shQuantizePalette()
extern void shQuantizeRemap (SRGBPixel *image, int pixels,
byte *&outimage, SRGBPixel *transp = NULL);
/// Same but apply Floyd-Steinberg dithering for nicer (but slower) results
extern void shQuantizeRemapDither (SRGBPixel *image, int pixels, int pixperline,
SRGBPixel *palette, int colors, byte *&outimage, SRGBPixel *transp = NULL);
#endif // __QUANTIZE_H__

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,216 @@
#ifndef __SHENDIAN_H__
#define __SHENDIAN_H__
#define CS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
/*
* This is a bit of overkill but if you're sure your CPU doesn't require
* strict alignment add your CPU to the !defined below to get slightly
* smaller and faster code in some cases.
*/
#if !defined (PROC_INTEL)
# define PROC_NEEDS_STRICT_ALIGNMENT
#endif
struct swap_4
{
unsigned char b1, b2, b3, b4;
};
#ifdef CS_BIG_ENDIAN
# define big_endian_long(x) x
# define big_endian_short(x) x
# define big_endian_float(x) x
#else
/// Convert a long from big-endian to machine format
static inline unsigned long big_endian_long (unsigned long l)
{ return (l >> 24) | ((l >> 8) & 0xff00) | ((l << 8) & 0xff0000) | (l << 24); }
/// Convert a short from big-endian to machine format
static inline ushort big_endian_short (ushort s)
{ return (s >> 8) | (s << 8); }
/// Convert a big-endian floating-point number to machine format
//@@WARNING: Should be removed -- use float2long instead
static inline float big_endian_float (float f)
{
unsigned char tmp;
swap_4 *pf = (swap_4 *)&f;
tmp = pf->b1; pf->b1 = pf->b4; pf->b4 = tmp;
tmp = pf->b2; pf->b2 = pf->b3; pf->b3 = tmp;
return f;
}
#endif // CS_BIG_ENDIAN
#ifdef CS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
# define little_endian_long(x) x
# define little_endian_short(x) x
# define little_endian_float(x) x
#else
/// Convert a long from little-endian to machine format
static inline unsigned long little_endian_long (unsigned long l)
{ return (l >> 24) | ((l >> 8) & 0xff00) | ((l << 8) & 0xff0000) | (l << 24); }
/// Convert a short from little-endian to machine format
static inline ushort little_endian_short (ushort s)
{ return (s >> 8) | (s << 8); }
/// Convert a little-endian floating-point number to machine format
static inline float little_endian_float (float f)
{
unsigned char tmp;
swap_4 *pf = (swap_4 *)&f;
tmp = pf->b1; pf->b1 = pf->b4; pf->b4 = tmp;
tmp = pf->b2; pf->b2 = pf->b3; pf->b3 = tmp;
return f;
}
#endif // CS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
/*
To be able to painlessly transfer files betwen platforms, we should
avoid using native floating-point format. Here are a couple of routines
that are guaranteed to work on all platforms.
The floating point is converted to a fixed 1.7.25 bits format
(one bit sign, 7 bits exponent, 25 bits mantissa) and back,
so that we can binary store floating-point number without
cross-platform problems. If you wonder why 1+7+25 = 33 while we
only have 32 bits, we'll ommit the most significant bit of mantissa
since it is always 1 (we use normalized numbers). This increases the
precision twice.
*/
/// Convert a float to a cross-platform 32-bit format (no endianess adjustments!)
static inline long float2long (float f)
{
int exp;
long mant = QRound ((float)frexp (f, &exp) * (float)0x1000000);
long sign = mant & 0x80000000;
if (mant < 0) mant = -mant;
if (exp > 63) exp = 63; else if (exp < -64) exp = -64;
return sign | ((exp & 0x7f) << 24) | (mant & 0xffffff);
}
/// Convert a 32-bit cross-platform float to native format (no endianess adjustments!)
static inline float long2float (long l)
{
int exp = (l >> 24) & 0x7f;
if (exp & 0x40) exp = exp | ~0x7f;
float mant = float (l & 0x00ffffff) / 0x1000000;
if (l & 0x80000000) mant = -mant;
return (float)ldexp (mant, exp);
}
/**
* The following routines are used for converting floating-point numbers
* into 16-bit shorts and back. This is useful for low-precision data.
* They use the 1.4.12 format. The range of numbers that can be represented
* in this format is from 2^-8 to 2^7. The precision for numbers near to
* 2^-8 (0.00390625) is near 0.000001, for numbers near 2^7 (128) is near 0.03.
*/
/// Convert a float to a cross-platform 16-bit format (no endianess adjustments!)
static inline short float2short (float f)
{
int exp;
long mant = QRound ((float)frexp (f, &exp) * (float)0x1000);
long sign = mant & 0x8000;
if (mant < 0) mant = -mant;
if (exp > 7) mant = 0x7ff, exp = 7; else if (exp < -8) mant = 0, exp = -8;
return (short)(sign | ((exp & 0xf) << 11) | (mant & 0x7ff));
}
/// Convert a 16-bit cross-platform float to native format (no endianess adjustments!)
static inline float short2float (short s)
{
int exp = (s >> 11) & 0xf;
if (exp & 0x8) exp = exp | ~0xf;
float mant = float ((s & 0x07ff) | 0x0800) / 0x1000;
if (s & 0x8000) mant = -mant;
return (float)ldexp (mant, exp);
}
/// Swap the bytes in a unsigned long value.
static inline unsigned long convert_endian (unsigned long l)
{ return little_endian_long (l); }
/// Swap the bytes in a long value.
static inline long convert_endian (long l)
{ return little_endian_long (l); }
/// Swap the bytes in a int value.
static inline int convert_endian (int i)
{ return little_endian_long (i); }
/// Swap the bytes in a short value.
static inline ushort convert_endian (ushort s)
{ return little_endian_short (s); }
/// Swap the bytes in a float value.
static inline float convert_endian (float f)
{ return little_endian_float (f); }
/// Read a little-endian short from address
inline ushort get_le_short (void *buff)
{
#ifdef PROC_NEEDS_STRICT_ALIGNMENT
ushort s; memcpy (&s, buff, sizeof (s));
return little_endian_short (s);
#else
return little_endian_short (*(ushort *)buff);
#endif
}
/// Read a little-endian long from address
inline unsigned long get_le_long (void *buff)
{
#ifdef PROC_NEEDS_STRICT_ALIGNMENT
unsigned long l; memcpy (&l, buff, sizeof (l));
return little_endian_long (l);
#else
return little_endian_long (*(unsigned long *)buff);
#endif
}
/// Read a little-endian 32-bit float from address
inline float get_le_float32 (void *buff)
{ unsigned long l = get_le_long (buff); return long2float (l); }
/// Read a little-endian 16-bit float from address
inline float get_le_float16 (void *buff)
{ ushort s = get_le_short (buff); return short2float (s); }
/// Set a little-endian short on a address
inline void set_le_short (void *buff, ushort s)
{
#ifdef PROC_NEEDS_STRICT_ALIGNMENT
s = little_endian_short (s);
memcpy (buff, &s, sizeof (s));
#else
*((ushort *)buff) = little_endian_short (s);
#endif
}
/// Set a little-endian long on a address
inline void set_le_long (void *buff, unsigned long l)
{
#ifdef PROC_NEEDS_STRICT_ALIGNMENT
l = little_endian_long (l);
memcpy (buff, &l, sizeof (l));
#else
*((unsigned long *)buff) = little_endian_long (l);
#endif
}
/// Set a little-endian 32-bit float on a address
inline void set_le_float32 (void *buff, float f)
{ set_le_long (buff, float2long (f)); }
/// Set a little-endian 16-bit float on a address
inline void set_le_float16 (void *buff, float f)
{ set_le_short (buff, float2short (f)); }
#endif // __SHENDIAN_H__

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,553 @@
/*=============================================================================
TgaImage.cpp : TGA image file format implementation.
Copyright (c) 2001 Crytek Studios. All Rights Reserved.
Revision history:
* Created by Khonich Andrey
=============================================================================*/
#include "RenderPCH.h"
#include "CImage.h"
#include "TgaImage.h"
#define MAXCOLORS 16384
static int mapped, rlencoded;
static SRGBPixel ColorMap[MAXCOLORS];
static int RLE_count = 0, RLE_flag = 0;
static void readtga ( byte*& ptr, struct SImageHeader* tgaP );
static void get_map_entry ( byte*& ptr, SRGBPixel* Value, int Size );
static void get_pixel ( byte*& ptr, SRGBPixel* dest, int Size );
static byte getbyte ( byte*& ptr );
CImageTgaFile::~CImageTgaFile ()
{
}
CImageTgaFile::CImageTgaFile (byte* ptr, long filesize) : CImageFile ()
{
(void)filesize;
struct SImageHeader tga_head;
int i;
unsigned int temp1, temp2;
int rows, cols, row, col, realrow, truerow, baserow;
int maxval;
SRGBPixel *pixels;
/* @@@ to do: Add TGA format detection */
/* Read the Targa file header. */
readtga (ptr, &tga_head);
rows = ( (int) tga_head.Height_lo ) + ( (int) tga_head.Height_hi ) * 256;
cols = ( (int) tga_head.Width_lo ) + ( (int) tga_head.Width_hi ) * 256;
m_eFormat = eIF_Tga;
switch ( tga_head.ImgType )
{
case TGA_Map:
case TGA_RGB:
case TGA_Mono:
case TGA_RLEMap:
case TGA_RLERGB:
case TGA_RLEMono:
break;
default:
mfSet_error (eIFE_BadFormat, "Unknown Targa image type");
return;
}
if ( tga_head.ImgType == TGA_Map ||
tga_head.ImgType == TGA_RLEMap ||
tga_head.ImgType == TGA_CompMap ||
tga_head.ImgType == TGA_CompMap4 )
{ /* Color-mapped image */
if ( tga_head.CoMapType != 1 )
{
mfSet_error (eIFE_BadFormat, "Mapped image with bad color map type");
return;
}
mapped = 1;
/* Figure maxval from CoSize. */
switch ( tga_head.CoSize )
{
case 8:
case 24:
case 32:
maxval = 255;
break;
case 15:
case 16:
maxval = 31;
break;
default:
mfSet_error (eIFE_BadFormat, "Unknown colormap pixel size");
return;
}
}
else
{ /* Not colormap, so figure maxval from PixelSize. */
mapped = 0;
switch ( tga_head.PixelSize )
{
case 8:
case 24:
case 32:
maxval = 255;
break;
case 15:
case 16:
maxval = 31;
break;
default:
mfSet_error (eIFE_BadFormat, "Unknown pixel size");
return;
}
}
mfSet_bps(tga_head.PixelSize);
/* If required, read the color map information. */
if ( tga_head.CoMapType != 0 )
{
temp1 = tga_head.Index_lo + tga_head.Index_hi * 256;
temp2 = tga_head.Length_lo + tga_head.Length_hi * 256;
if ( ( temp1 + temp2 + 1 ) >= MAXCOLORS )
{
mfSet_error (eIFE_BadFormat, "Too many colors in colormap");
return;
}
for ( i = temp1; i < (int)( temp1 + temp2 ); ++i )
get_map_entry( ptr, &ColorMap[i], (int) tga_head.CoSize );
}
/* Check run-length encoding. */
if ( tga_head.ImgType == TGA_RLEMap || tga_head.ImgType == TGA_RLERGB || tga_head.ImgType == TGA_RLEMono )
rlencoded = 1;
else
rlencoded = 0;
/* Read the Targa file body and convert to portable format. */
mfSet_dimensions (cols, rows);
mfSet_ImageSize(cols * rows * 4);
pixels = (SRGBPixel *)mfGet_image();
truerow = 0;
baserow = 0;
for ( row = 0; row < rows; ++row )
{
realrow = truerow;
if ( tga_head.OrgBit == 0 )
realrow = rows - realrow - 1;
for ( col = 0; col < cols; ++col )
get_pixel( ptr, &(pixels[realrow*cols+col]), (int) tga_head.PixelSize );
if ( tga_head.IntrLve == TGA_IL_Four )
truerow += 4;
else
if ( tga_head.IntrLve == TGA_IL_Two )
truerow += 2;
else
++truerow;
if ( truerow >= rows )
truerow = ++baserow;
}
}
static void readtga (byte*& ptr, SImageHeader* tgaP)
{
byte flags;
tgaP->IDLength = getbyte( ptr );
tgaP->CoMapType = getbyte( ptr );
tgaP->ImgType = getbyte( ptr );
tgaP->Index_lo = getbyte( ptr );
tgaP->Index_hi = getbyte( ptr );
tgaP->Length_lo = getbyte( ptr );
tgaP->Length_hi = getbyte( ptr );
tgaP->CoSize = getbyte( ptr );
tgaP->X_org_lo = getbyte( ptr );
tgaP->X_org_hi = getbyte( ptr );
tgaP->Y_org_lo = getbyte( ptr );
tgaP->Y_org_hi = getbyte( ptr );
tgaP->Width_lo = getbyte( ptr );
tgaP->Width_hi = getbyte( ptr );
tgaP->Height_lo = getbyte( ptr );
tgaP->Height_hi = getbyte( ptr );
tgaP->PixelSize = getbyte( ptr );
flags = getbyte( ptr );
tgaP->AttBits = flags & 0xf;
tgaP->Rsrvd = ( flags & 0x10 ) >> 4;
tgaP->OrgBit = ( flags & 0x20 ) >> 5;
tgaP->IntrLve = ( flags & 0xc0 ) >> 6;
if ( tgaP->IDLength != 0 )
ptr += tgaP->IDLength;
}
static void get_map_entry (byte*& ptr, SRGBPixel* Value, int Size)
{
byte j, k, r, g, b;
r=g=b=0; /* get rid of 'might be used uninited' warning */
/* Read appropriate number of bytes, break into rgb & put in map. */
switch ( Size )
{
case 8: /* Grey scale, read and triplicate. */
r = g = b = getbyte( ptr );
break;
case 16: /* 5 bits each of red green and blue. */
case 15: /* Watch for byte order. */
j = getbyte( ptr );
k = getbyte( ptr );
r = ( k & 0x7C ) >> 2;
g = ( ( k & 0x03 ) << 3 ) + ( ( j & 0xE0 ) >> 5 );
b = j & 0x1F;
break;
case 32:
case 24: /* 8 bits each of blue green and red. */
b = getbyte( ptr );
g = getbyte( ptr );
r = getbyte( ptr );
if ( Size == 32 )
(void) getbyte( ptr ); /* Read alpha byte & throw away. */
break;
default:
//mfSet_error (eIFE_BadFormat, "Unknown colormap pixel size");
return;
}
Value->red=r; Value->green=g; Value->blue=b;
}
static void get_pixel (byte*& ptr, SRGBPixel* dest, int Size)
{
static int Red, Grn, Blu, Alpha;
byte j, k;
static unsigned int l;
if (Size != 32)
Alpha = 255;
/* Check if run length encoded. */
if ( rlencoded )
{
if ( RLE_count == 0 )
{ /* Have to restart run. */
byte i;
i = getbyte( ptr );
RLE_flag = ( i & 0x80 );
if ( RLE_flag == 0 )
/* Stream of unencoded pixels. */
RLE_count = i + 1;
else
/* Single pixel replicated. */
RLE_count = i - 127;
/* Decrement count & get pixel. */
--RLE_count;
}
else
{ /* Have already read count & (at least) first pixel. */
--RLE_count;
if ( RLE_flag != 0 )
/* Replicated pixels. */
goto PixEncode;
}
}
/* Read appropriate number of bytes, break into RGB. */
switch ( Size )
{
case 8: /* Grey scale, read and triplicate. */
Red = Grn = Blu = l = getbyte( ptr );
break;
case 16: /* 5 bits each of red green and blue. */
case 15: /* Watch byte order. */
j = getbyte( ptr );
k = getbyte( ptr );
l = ( (unsigned int) k << 8 ) + j;
Red = ( k & 0x7C ) >> 2;
Grn = ( ( k & 0x03 ) << 3 ) + ( ( j & 0xE0 ) >> 5 );
Blu = j & 0x1F;
break;
case 32:
case 24: /* 8 bits each of blue green and red. */
Blu = getbyte( ptr );
Grn = getbyte( ptr );
Red = getbyte( ptr );
if ( Size == 32 )
Alpha = getbyte( ptr ); /* Read alpha byte & throw away. */
l = 0;
break;
default:
//mfSet_error (eIFE_BadFormat, "Unknown pixel size");
return;
}
PixEncode:
if ( mapped )
*dest = ColorMap[l];
else
{
dest->red=Red;dest->green=Grn;dest->blue=Blu;
dest->alpha = Alpha;
}
}
static byte getbyte (byte*& ptr)
{
byte c = *ptr++;
return c;
}
//=============================================================
#if !defined(LINUX)
#include <io.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#endif
static FILE *sFileData;
static int src_bits_per_pixel;
static void bwrite(unsigned char data)
{
fputc(data, sFileData);
}
void wwrite(unsigned short data)
{
unsigned char h, l;
l = data & 0xFF;
h = data >> 8;
bwrite(l);
bwrite(h);
}
static void WritePixel(int depth, unsigned long a, unsigned long r, unsigned long g, unsigned long b)
{
DWORD color16;
switch(depth)
{
case 32:
bwrite((byte)b); // b
bwrite((byte)g); // g
bwrite((byte)r); // r
bwrite((byte)a); // a
break;
case 24:
bwrite((byte)b); // b
bwrite((byte)g); // g
bwrite((byte)r); // r
break;
case 16:
r >>= 3;
g >>= 3;
b >>= 3;
r &= 0x1F;
g &= 0x1F;
b &= 0x1F;
color16 = (r << 10) | (g << 5) | b;
wwrite((unsigned short)color16);
break;
}
}
static void GetPixel(unsigned char * data, int depth, unsigned long &a, unsigned long &r, unsigned long &g, unsigned long &b)
{
switch(depth)
{
case 32:
r = *data++;
g = *data++;
b = *data++;
a = *data++;
break;
case 24:
r = *data++;
g = *data++;
b = *data++;
a = 0xFF;
break;
default:
assert(0);
break;
}
}
void WriteTGA8(byte *data8, int width, int height, char *filename)
{
unsigned char * data32 = new unsigned char [width*height*4];
for(int i=0; i<width*height; i++)
{
data32[i*4+0] = data8[i];
data32[i*4+1] = data8[i];
data32[i*4+2] = data8[i];
data32[i*4+3] = 255;
}
WriteTGA(data32, width, height, filename, 32);
delete [] data32;
}
void WriteTGA(byte *data, int width, int height, char *filename, int dest_bits_per_pixel)
{
#ifndef PS2
int i;
unsigned long r,g,b,a;
src_bits_per_pixel = 32;
if ((sFileData = fopen(filename, "wb")) == NULL)
return;
//mdesc |= LR; // left right
//m_desc |= UL_TGA_BT; // top
int id_length = 0;
int x_org = 0;
int y_org = 0;
int desc = 0;
// 32 bpp
int cm_index = 0;
int cm_length = 0;
int cm_entry_size = 0;
int color_map_type = 0;
int type = 2;
bwrite(id_length);
bwrite(color_map_type);
bwrite(type);
wwrite(cm_index);
wwrite(cm_length);
bwrite(cm_entry_size);
wwrite(x_org);
wwrite(y_org);
wwrite((unsigned short) width);
wwrite((unsigned short) height);
bwrite( dest_bits_per_pixel );
bwrite(desc);
int hxw = height * width;
int right = 0;
int top = 1;
DWORD * temp_dp = (DWORD*) data; // data = input pointer
DWORD * swap = 0;
if( !top )
{
assert( src_bits_per_pixel == 32 );
swap = (DWORD *) new DWORD[ hxw ];
// copy whole image data to swap buffer
cryMemcpy(swap, temp_dp, hxw * sizeof( DWORD ));
DWORD * src, * dest;
for (i = 0; i < height; i++)
{
// copy lines from old into new buffer
src = & temp_dp[ ( height - i - 1) * width ];
dest = & swap[ i * width ];
cryMemcpy(dest, src, width * sizeof(DWORD) );
}
// use the swapped area in further processing & to write out the data
data = (unsigned char *)swap;
}
UINT src_bytes_per_pixel = src_bits_per_pixel / 8;
UINT size_in_bytes = hxw * src_bytes_per_pixel;
if( src_bits_per_pixel == dest_bits_per_pixel)
{
fwrite(data, hxw, src_bytes_per_pixel, sFileData);
}
else
{
for (i = 0; i < hxw; i++)
{
GetPixel( data, src_bits_per_pixel, a, b, g, r);
WritePixel( dest_bits_per_pixel, a, b, g, r);
data += src_bytes_per_pixel;
}
}
fclose(sFileData);
SAFE_DELETE_ARRAY(swap);
#else
OutputDebugString("Not Implemented");
#endif
}
void BlurImage8(byte * pImage, int nSize, int nPassesNum)
{
#define DATA_TMP(_x,_y) (pTemp [(_x)+nSize*(_y)])
#define DATA_IMG(_x,_y) (pImage[(_x)+nSize*(_y)])
byte * pTemp = new byte [nSize*nSize];
for(int nPass=0; nPass<nPassesNum; nPass++)
{
cryMemcpy(pTemp,pImage,nSize*nSize);
for(int x=1; x<nSize-1; x++)
for(int y=1; y<nSize-1; y++)
{
float fVal = 0;
fVal += DATA_TMP(x,y);
fVal += DATA_TMP(x+1,y+1);
fVal += DATA_TMP(x-1,y+1);
fVal += DATA_TMP(x+1,y-1);
fVal += DATA_TMP(x-1,y-1);
DATA_IMG(x,y) = uchar(fVal*0.2f);
}
}
delete [] pTemp;
#undef DATA_IMG
#undef DATA_TMP
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
#ifndef TGAIMAGE_H
#define TGAIMAGE_H
/**
* An ImageFile subclass for reading TGA files.
*/
class CImageTgaFile : public CImageFile
{
///
friend class CImageFile; // For constructor
private:
/// Read the TGA file from the buffer.
CImageTgaFile (byte* buf, long size);
public:
///
virtual ~CImageTgaFile ();
};
/* Header definition. */
struct SImageHeader {
unsigned char IDLength; /* length of Identifier String */
unsigned char CoMapType; /* 0 = no map */
unsigned char ImgType; /* image type (see below for values) */
unsigned char Index_lo, Index_hi; /* index of first color map entry */
unsigned char Length_lo, Length_hi; /* number of entries in color map */
unsigned char CoSize; /* size of color map entry (15,16,24,32) */
unsigned char X_org_lo, X_org_hi; /* x origin of image */
unsigned char Y_org_lo, Y_org_hi; /* y origin of image */
unsigned char Width_lo, Width_hi; /* width of image */
unsigned char Height_lo, Height_hi; /* height of image */
unsigned char PixelSize; /* pixel size (8,16,24,32) */
unsigned char AttBits; /* 4 bits, number of attribute bits per pixel */
unsigned char Rsrvd; /* 1 bit, reserved */
unsigned char OrgBit; /* 1 bit, origin: 0=lower left, 1=upper left */
unsigned char IntrLve; /* 2 bits, interleaving flag */
};
typedef char ImageIDField[256];
/* Definitions for image types. */
#define TGA_Null 0
#define TGA_Map 1
#define TGA_RGB 2
#define TGA_Mono 3
#define TGA_RLEMap 9
#define TGA_RLERGB 10
#define TGA_RLEMono 11
#define TGA_CompMap 32
#define TGA_CompMap4 33
/* Definitions for interleave flag. */
#define TGA_IL_None 0
#define TGA_IL_Two 1
#define TGA_IL_Four 2
#endif

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,185 @@
#if !defined(LINUX)
#include "XtfImage.h"
CImageXtfFile::CImageXtfFile(byte* ptr, long filesize)
{
/* SXtfHeader *pMyTexture = (SXtfHeader *)ptr;
u_char *pRawData = ptr+sizeof(SXtfHeader);
//Check type
if(pMyTexture->Type!=XTF_FILE_TYPE)
{
mfSet_error(eIFE_BadFormat,"File Type Error");
}
//Check version
if(pMyTexture->Version!=XTF_FILE_VERSION)
{
mfSet_error(eIFE_BadFormat,"File Version Error");
}
mfSet_dimensions(pMyTexture->Info.m_Width,pMyTexture->Info.m_Height);
//Set the image raw data
SRGBPixel *CurImage = mfGet_image();
memcpy(CurImage,MyTexture->Info.m_pData32,MyTexture->Info.m_Width*MyTexture->Info.m_Height*2);
mfSet_Flags(MyTexture->Info.Flags);
*/
OutputDebugString("Constructor non supported");
mfSet_error(eIFE_BadFormat,"");
}
CImageXtfFile::~CImageXtfFile ()
{
}
bool CImageXtfFile::CImageXtfFileSave(const char *name, STexPic *pTexture)
{
#ifdef DEBUG
SXtfHeader MyTexture;
FILE *MyFile;
char NewName[255];
if(name)
{
strcpy(NewName,name);
if(NewName[strlen(NewName)-4]=='.')
NewName[strlen(NewName)-4]='\0';
else
if(NewName[strlen(NewName)-3]=='.')
NewName[strlen(NewName)-3]='\0';
}
else
{
memset(NewName,0,255);
int PathLength=strlen(pTexture->m_Pak);
int i=0;
while((i<PathLength) && pTexture->m_Pak[i]!='.' )
{
NewName[i]=pTexture->m_Pak[i];
i++;
}
if (pTexture->m_Pak[i]=='.')
{
while((i>=0) && pTexture->m_Pak[i]!='\\' )
{
i--;
}
NewName[i]=0;
}
strcat(NewName,"\\");
strcat(NewName,pTexture->m_Name);
}
strcat(NewName,".xtf");
MyFile=fopen(NewName,"w");
if(!MyFile)
return false;
MyTexture.Type = XTF_FILE_TYPE;
MyTexture.Version = XTF_FILE_VERSION;
MyTexture.Info = *pTexture;
fwrite(&MyTexture,sizeof(SXtfHeader),1,MyFile);
fwrite((const void *)pTexture->m_pData32,pTexture->m_Width*pTexture->m_Height*2,1,MyFile);
fclose(MyFile);
return true;
#endif
return false;
}
bool CImageXtfFile::CImageXtfFileSave(const char *name, u_char *pTexture, u_int dimx, u_int dimy)
{
#ifdef DEBUG
SXtfHeader MyTexture;
FILE *MyFile;
char NewName[255];
strcpy(NewName,name);
NewName[strlen(NewName)-4]='\0';
strcat(NewName,".xtf");
MyFile=fopen(NewName,"w");
if(!MyFile)
return false;
MyTexture.Type = XTF_FILE_TYPE;
MyTexture.Version = XTF_FILE_VERSION;
MyTexture.Info.m_Width=dimx;
MyTexture.Info.m_Height=dimy;
MyTexture.Info.m_pData32=pTexture;
fwrite(&MyTexture,sizeof(SXtfHeader),1,MyFile);
fwrite((const void *)MyTexture.Info.m_pData32,MyTexture.Info.m_Width*MyTexture.Info.m_Height*2,1,MyFile);
fclose(MyFile);
return true;
#endif
return false;
}
///Load the texture in .xtf file format
STexPic* CImageXtfFile::CImageXtfFileLoad (const char *FileName)
{
FILE *TextureFile;
SXtfHeader *MyTexture;
STexPic *pTexturePic;
u_char *pRawData;
TextureFile=fopen(FileName,"r");
if(!TextureFile)
{
mfSet_error(eIFE_BadFormat,"File Not Found");
return NULL;
}
u_int FileSize=CXFile::GetLength(FileName);
MyTexture = new SXtfHeader;
pRawData = new u_char[FileSize-sizeof(SXtfHeader)];
fread(MyTexture,sizeof(SXtfHeader),1,TextureFile);
fread(pRawData,FileSize-sizeof(SXtfHeader),1,TextureFile);
//Check type
if(MyTexture->Type!=XTF_FILE_TYPE)
{
delete MyTexture;
fclose(TextureFile);
mfSet_error(eIFE_BadFormat,"File Type Error");
return NULL;
}
//Check version
if(MyTexture->Version!=XTF_FILE_VERSION)
{
delete MyTexture;
fclose(TextureFile);
mfSet_error(eIFE_BadFormat,"File Version Error");
return NULL;
}
MyTexture->Info.m_pData32=pRawData;
fclose(TextureFile);
mfSet_error(eIFE_OK,"");
pTexturePic = new STexPic;
*pTexturePic = MyTexture->Info;
pTexturePic->m_WidthReal=MyTexture->Info.m_Width;
pTexturePic->m_HeightReal=MyTexture->Info.m_Height;
delete MyTexture;
return pTexturePic;
}
#endif

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
/*
**----------------------------------------------------------------------------
**
** Xtf File load/save for PS2
**
** (C) 2002, Ubi Soft
**
** Author: Tiziano Sardone
**----------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#ifndef XTFIMAGE_H
#define XTFIMAGE_H
#define XTF_FILE_TYPE 0xABBA ///<file type
#define XTF_FILE_VERSION 0x0001 ///<file version
///Xtf file format
typedef struct _SXtfHeader
{
u_short Type; ///<File version
u_short Version; ///<File version
STexPic Info; ///<Texture information
u_char Pad __attribute__ ( ( aligned( 16 ) ) );
}SXtfHeader;
/**
* An ImageFile subclass for reading XTF files.
*/
class CImageXtfFile : public CImageFile
{
///
friend class CImageFile; // For constructor
SXtfHeader XtfFile;
private:
CImageXtfFile (void);
CImageXtfFile(byte* ptr, long filesize);
static bool CImageXtfFileSave(const char *name, STexPic *pTexture);
static bool CImageXtfFileSave(const char *name, u_char *pTexture, u_int dimx, u_int dimy);
/// Read the XTF file
static STexPic* CImageXtfFileLoad (const char *Filename);
public:
///
virtual ~CImageXtfFile ();
};
#endif

Binary file not shown.

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
// dds.h
//
// This header defines constants and structures that are useful when parsing
// DDS files. DDS files were originally designed to use several structures
// and constants that are native to DirectDraw and are defined in ddraw.h,
// such as DDSURFACEDESC2 and DDSCAPS2. This file defines similar
// (compatible) constants and structures so that one can use DDS files
// without needing to include ddraw.h.
#ifndef _DDS_H_
#define _DDS_H_
struct DDS_PIXELFORMAT
{
DWORD dwSize;
DWORD dwFlags;
DWORD dwFourCC;
DWORD dwRGBBitCount;
DWORD dwRBitMask;
DWORD dwGBitMask;
DWORD dwBBitMask;
DWORD dwABitMask;
};
#define DDS_FOURCC 0x00000004 // DDPF_FOURCC
#define DDS_RGB 0x00000040 // DDPF_RGB
#define DDS_LUMINANCE 0x00020000 // DDPF_LUMINANCE
#define DDS_RGBA 0x00000041 // DDPF_RGB | DDPF_ALPHAPIXELS
const DDS_PIXELFORMAT DDSPF_DXT1 =
{ sizeof(DDS_PIXELFORMAT), DDS_FOURCC, MAKEFOURCC('D','X','T','1'), 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
const DDS_PIXELFORMAT DDSPF_DXT2 =
{ sizeof(DDS_PIXELFORMAT), DDS_FOURCC, MAKEFOURCC('D','X','T','2'), 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
const DDS_PIXELFORMAT DDSPF_DXT3 =
{ sizeof(DDS_PIXELFORMAT), DDS_FOURCC, MAKEFOURCC('D','X','T','3'), 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
const DDS_PIXELFORMAT DDSPF_DXT4 =
{ sizeof(DDS_PIXELFORMAT), DDS_FOURCC, MAKEFOURCC('D','X','T','4'), 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
const DDS_PIXELFORMAT DDSPF_DXT5 =
{ sizeof(DDS_PIXELFORMAT), DDS_FOURCC, MAKEFOURCC('D','X','T','5'), 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
const DDS_PIXELFORMAT DDSPF_A8R8G8B8 =
{ sizeof(DDS_PIXELFORMAT), DDS_RGBA, 0, 32, 0x00ff0000, 0x0000ff00, 0x000000ff, 0xff000000 };
const DDS_PIXELFORMAT DDSPF_A1R5G5B5 =
{ sizeof(DDS_PIXELFORMAT), DDS_RGBA, 0, 16, 0x00007c00, 0x000003e0, 0x0000001f, 0x00008000 };
const DDS_PIXELFORMAT DDSPF_A4R4G4B4 =
{ sizeof(DDS_PIXELFORMAT), DDS_RGBA, 0, 16, 0x0000f000, 0x000000f0, 0x0000000f, 0x0000f000 };
const DDS_PIXELFORMAT DDSPF_R8G8B8 =
{ sizeof(DDS_PIXELFORMAT), DDS_RGB, 0, 24, 0x00ff0000, 0x0000ff00, 0x000000ff, 0x00000000 };
const DDS_PIXELFORMAT DDSPF_R5G6B5 =
{ sizeof(DDS_PIXELFORMAT), DDS_RGB, 0, 16, 0x0000f800, 0x000007e0, 0x0000001f, 0x00000000 };
#define DDS_HEADER_FLAGS_TEXTURE 0x00001007 // DDSD_CAPS | DDSD_HEIGHT | DDSD_WIDTH | DDSD_PIXELFORMAT
#define DDS_HEADER_FLAGS_MIPMAP 0x00020000 // DDSD_MIPMAPCOUNT
#define DDS_HEADER_FLAGS_VOLUME 0x00800000 // DDSD_DEPTH
#define DDS_HEADER_FLAGS_PITCH 0x00000008 // DDSD_PITCH
#define DDS_HEADER_FLAGS_LINEARSIZE 0x00080000 // DDSD_LINEARSIZE
#define DDS_SURFACE_FLAGS_TEXTURE 0x00001000 // DDSCAPS_TEXTURE
#define DDS_SURFACE_FLAGS_MIPMAP 0x00400008 // DDSCAPS_COMPLEX | DDSCAPS_MIPMAP
#define DDS_SURFACE_FLAGS_CUBEMAP 0x00000008 // DDSCAPS_COMPLEX
#define DDS_CUBEMAP_POSITIVEX 0x00000600 // DDSCAPS2_CUBEMAP | DDSCAPS2_CUBEMAP_POSITIVEX
#define DDS_CUBEMAP_NEGATIVEX 0x00000a00 // DDSCAPS2_CUBEMAP | DDSCAPS2_CUBEMAP_NEGATIVEX
#define DDS_CUBEMAP_POSITIVEY 0x00001200 // DDSCAPS2_CUBEMAP | DDSCAPS2_CUBEMAP_POSITIVEY
#define DDS_CUBEMAP_NEGATIVEY 0x00002200 // DDSCAPS2_CUBEMAP | DDSCAPS2_CUBEMAP_NEGATIVEY
#define DDS_CUBEMAP_POSITIVEZ 0x00004200 // DDSCAPS2_CUBEMAP | DDSCAPS2_CUBEMAP_POSITIVEZ
#define DDS_CUBEMAP_NEGATIVEZ 0x00008200 // DDSCAPS2_CUBEMAP | DDSCAPS2_CUBEMAP_NEGATIVEZ
#define DDS_CUBEMAP_ALLFACES ( DDS_CUBEMAP_POSITIVEX | DDS_CUBEMAP_NEGATIVEX |\
DDS_CUBEMAP_POSITIVEY | DDS_CUBEMAP_NEGATIVEY |\
DDS_CUBEMAP_POSITIVEZ | DDS_CUBEMAP_NEGATIVEZ )
#define DDS_FLAGS_VOLUME 0x00200000 // DDSCAPS2_VOLUME
#define DDS_RESF1_NORMALMAP 0x01000000
#define DDS_RESF1_DSDT 0x02000000
struct DDS_HEADER
{
DWORD dwSize;
DWORD dwHeaderFlags;
DWORD dwHeight;
DWORD dwWidth;
DWORD dwPitchOrLinearSize;
DWORD dwDepth; // only if DDS_HEADER_FLAGS_VOLUME is set in dwHeaderFlags
DWORD dwMipMapCount;
DWORD dwReserved1[11];
DDS_PIXELFORMAT ddspf;
DWORD dwSurfaceFlags;
DWORD dwCubemapFlags;
DWORD dwReserved2[3];
};
#endif

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,454 @@
/*=============================================================================
inv_cmap.cpp :
Copyright (c) 2001 Crytek Studios. All Rights Reserved.
Revision history:
* Created by Honitch Andrey
=============================================================================*/
#include "RenderPCH.h"
#include "CImage.h"
static int bcenter, gcenter, rcenter;
static long gdist, rdist, cdist;
static long cbinc, cginc, crinc;
static unsigned long *gdp, *rdp, *cdp;
static unsigned char *grgbp, *rrgbp, *crgbp;
static long gstride, rstride;
static long rx, gx, bx;
static long rxsqr, gxsqr, bxsqr;
static long rcolormax, gcolormax, bcolormax;
static int cindex;
static void maxfill (unsigned long *, long, long, long);
static int redloop (void);
static int greenloop (int);
static int blueloop (int);
/*
* Here's the idea: scan from the "center" of each cell "out"
* until we hit the "edge" of the cell -- that is, the point
* at which some other color is closer -- and stop. In 1-D,
* this is simple:
* for i := here to max do
* if closer then buffer[i] = this color
* else break
* repeat above loop with i := here-1 to min by -1
*
* In 2-D, it's trickier, because along a "scan-line", the
* region might start "after" the "center" point. A picture
* might clarify:
* | ...
* | ... .
* ... .
* ... | .
* . + .
* . .
* . .
* .........
*
* The + marks the "center" of the above region. On the top 2
* lines, the region "begins" to the right of the "center".
*
* Thus, we need a loop like this:
* detect := false
* for i := here to max do
* if closer then
* buffer[..., i] := this color
* if !detect then
* here = i
* detect = true
* else
* if detect then
* break
*
* Repeat the above loop with i := here-1 to min by -1. Note that
* the "detect" value should not be reinitialized. If it was
* "true", and center is not inside the cell, then none of the
* cell lies to the left and this loop should exit
* immediately.
*
* The outer loops are similar, except that the "closer" test
* is replaced by a call to the "next in" loop; its "detect"
* value serves as the test. (No assignment to the buffer is
* done, either.)
*
* Each time an outer loop starts, the "here", "min", and
* "max" values of the next inner loop should be
* re-initialized to the center of the cell, 0, and cube size,
* respectively. Otherwise, these values will carry over from
* one "call" to the inner loop to the next. This tracks the
* edges of the cell and minimizes the number of
* "unproductive" comparisons that must be made.
*
* Finally, the inner-most loop can have the "if !detect"
* optimized out of it by splitting it into two loops: one
* that finds the first color value on the scan line that is
* in this cell, and a second that fills the cell until
* another one is closer:
* if !detect then {needed for "down" loop}
* for i := here to max do
* if closer then
* buffer[..., i] := this color
* detect := true
* break
* for i := i+1 to max do
* if closer then
* buffer[..., i] := this color
* else
* break
*
* In this implementation, each level will require the
* following variables. Variables labelled (l) are local to each
* procedure. The ? should be replaced with r, g, or b:
* cdist: The distance at the starting point.
* ?center: The value of this component of the color
* c?inc: The initial increment at the ?center position.
* ?stride: The amount to add to the buffer
* pointers (dp and rgbp) to get to the
* "next row".
* min(l): The "low edge" of the cell, init to 0
* max(l): The "high edge" of the cell, init to
* colormax-1
* detect(l): True if this row has changed some
* buffer entries.
* i(l): The index for this row.
* ?xx: The accumulated increment value.
*
* here(l): The starting index for this color. The
* following variables are associated with here,
* in the sense that they must be updated if here
* is changed.
* ?dist: The current distance for this level. The
* value of dist from the previous level (g or r,
* for level b or g) initializes dist on this
* level. Thus gdist is associated with here(b)).
* ?inc: The initial increment for the row.
* ?dp: Pointer into the distance buffer. The value
* from the previous level initializes this level.
* ?rgbp: Pointer into the rgb buffer. The value
* from the previous level initializes this level.
*
* The blue and green levels modify 'here-associated' variables (dp,
* rgbp, dist) on the green and red levels, respectively, when here is
* changed.
*/
void shInverseColormap (int colors, SRGBPixel *colormap,
int rbits, int gbits, int bbits, byte *&rgbmap, unsigned long *dist_buf)
{
int rnbits = 8 - rbits;
int gnbits = 8 - gbits;
int bnbits = 8 - bbits;
rcolormax = 1 << rbits;
gcolormax = 1 << gbits;
bcolormax = 1 << bbits;
rx = 1 << rnbits;
gx = 1 << gnbits;
bx = 1 << bnbits;
rxsqr = 1 << (2 * rnbits);
gxsqr = 1 << (2 * gnbits);
bxsqr = 1 << (2 * bnbits);
/* Compute "strides" for accessing the arrays. */
gstride = bcolormax;
rstride = gcolormax * bcolormax;
bool free_dist_buf = false;
if (!dist_buf)
{
free_dist_buf = true;
dist_buf = new unsigned long [rcolormax * gcolormax * bcolormax];
}
maxfill (dist_buf, rcolormax, gcolormax, bcolormax);
// Allocate inverse colormap if not already done
if (!rgbmap)
rgbmap = new byte [rcolormax * gcolormax * bcolormax];
for (cindex = 0; cindex < colors; cindex++)
{
/*
* Distance formula is
* (red - map[0])^2 + (green - map[1])^2 + (blue - map[2])^2
*
* Because of quantization, we will measure from the center of
* each quantized "cube", so blue distance is
* (blue + x/2 - map[2])^2,
* where x = 2^(8 - bits).
* The step size is x, so the blue increment is
* 2*x*blue - 2*x*map[2] + 2*x^2
*
* Now, b in the code below is actually blue/x, so our
* increment will be 2*(b*x^2 + x^2 - x*map[2]). For
* efficiency, we will maintain this quantity in a separate variable
* that will be updated incrementally by adding 2*x^2 each time.
*/
/* The initial position is the cell containing the colormap
* entry. We get this by quantizing the colormap values.
*/
rcenter = colormap [cindex].red >> rnbits;
gcenter = colormap [cindex].green >> gnbits;
bcenter = colormap [cindex].blue >> bnbits;
rdist = colormap [cindex].red - (rcenter * rx + rx / 2);
gdist = colormap [cindex].green - (gcenter * gx + gx / 2);
cdist = colormap [cindex].blue - (bcenter * bx + bx / 2);
cdist = rdist * rdist + gdist * gdist + cdist * cdist;
crinc = 2 * ((rcenter + 1) * rxsqr - (colormap [cindex].red * rx));
cginc = 2 * ((gcenter + 1) * gxsqr - (colormap [cindex].green * gx));
cbinc = 2 * ((bcenter + 1) * bxsqr - (colormap [cindex].blue * bx));
/* Array starting points. */
cdp = dist_buf + rcenter * rstride + gcenter * gstride + bcenter;
crgbp = rgbmap + rcenter * rstride + gcenter * gstride + bcenter;
(void) redloop ();
}
if (free_dist_buf)
delete [] dist_buf;
}
/* redloop -- loop up and down from red center. */
static int redloop ()
{
int detect;
int r;
int first;
long txsqr = rxsqr + rxsqr;
static long rxx;
detect = 0;
/* Basic loop up. */
for (r = rcenter, rdist = cdist, rxx = crinc,
rdp = cdp, rrgbp = crgbp, first = 1;
r < rcolormax;
r++, rdp += rstride, rrgbp += rstride,
rdist += rxx, rxx += txsqr, first = 0)
{
if (greenloop (first))
detect = 1;
else if (detect)
break;
}
/* Basic loop down. */
for (r = rcenter - 1, rxx = crinc - txsqr, rdist = cdist - rxx,
rdp = cdp - rstride, rrgbp = crgbp - rstride, first = 1;
r >= 0;
r--, rdp -= rstride, rrgbp -= rstride,
rxx -= txsqr, rdist -= rxx, first = 0)
{
if (greenloop (first))
detect = 1;
else if (detect)
break;
}
return detect;
}
/* greenloop -- loop up and down from green center. */
static int greenloop (int restart)
{
int detect;
int g;
int first;
long txsqr = gxsqr + gxsqr;
static int here, min, max;
static long ginc, gxx, gcdist; /* "gc" variables maintain correct */
static unsigned long *gcdp; /* values for bcenter position, */
static unsigned char *gcrgbp; /* despite modifications by blueloop */
/* to gdist, gdp, grgbp. */
if (restart)
{
here = gcenter;
min = 0;
max = gcolormax - 1;
ginc = cginc;
}
detect = 0;
/* Basic loop up. */
for (g = here, gcdist = gdist = rdist, gxx = ginc,
gcdp = gdp = rdp, gcrgbp = grgbp = rrgbp, first = 1;
g <= max;
g++, gdp += gstride, gcdp += gstride, grgbp += gstride, gcrgbp += gstride,
gdist += gxx, gcdist += gxx, gxx += txsqr, first = 0)
{
if (blueloop (first))
{
if (!detect)
{
/* Remember here and associated data! */
if (g > here)
{
here = g;
rdp = gcdp;
rrgbp = gcrgbp;
rdist = gcdist;
ginc = gxx;
}
detect = 1;
}
}
else if (detect)
break;
}
/* Basic loop down. */
for (g = here - 1, gxx = ginc - txsqr, gcdist = gdist = rdist - gxx,
gcdp = gdp = rdp - gstride, gcrgbp = grgbp = rrgbp - gstride,
first = 1;
g >= min;
g--, gdp -= gstride, gcdp -= gstride, grgbp -= gstride, gcrgbp -= gstride,
gxx -= txsqr, gdist -= gxx, gcdist -= gxx, first = 0)
{
if (blueloop (first))
{
if (!detect)
{
/* Remember here! */
here = g;
rdp = gcdp;
rrgbp = gcrgbp;
rdist = gcdist;
ginc = gxx;
detect = 1;
}
}
else if (detect)
break;
}
return detect;
}
/* blueloop -- loop up and down from blue center. */
static int blueloop (int restart)
{
int detect;
register unsigned long *dp;
register unsigned char *rgbp;
register unsigned long bdist, bxx;
register int b, i = cindex;
register long txsqr = bxsqr + bxsqr;
register int lim;
static int here, min, max;
static long binc;
if (restart)
{
here = bcenter;
min = 0;
max = bcolormax - 1;
binc = cbinc;
}
detect = 0;
/* Basic loop up. */
/* First loop just finds first applicable cell. */
for (b = here, bdist = gdist, bxx = binc, dp = gdp, rgbp = grgbp, lim = max;
b <= lim;
b++, dp++, rgbp++,
bdist += bxx, bxx += txsqr)
{
if (*dp > bdist)
{
/* Remember new 'here' and associated data! */
if (b > here)
{
here = b;
gdp = dp;
grgbp = rgbp;
gdist = bdist;
binc = bxx;
}
detect = 1;
break;
}
}
/* Second loop fills in a run of closer cells. */
for (;
b <= lim;
b++, dp++, rgbp++,
bdist += bxx, bxx += txsqr)
{
if (*dp > bdist)
{
*dp = bdist;
*rgbp = i;
}
else
{
break;
}
}
/* Basic loop down. */
/* Do initializations here, since the 'find' loop might not get executed. */
lim = min;
b = here - 1;
bxx = binc - txsqr;
bdist = gdist - bxx;
dp = gdp - 1;
rgbp = grgbp - 1;
/* The 'find' loop is executed only if we didn't already find something. */
if (!detect)
for (;
b >= lim;
b--, dp--, rgbp--,
bxx -= txsqr, bdist -= bxx)
{
if (*dp > bdist)
{
/* Remember here! */
/* No test for b against here necessary because b < here by definition. */
here = b;
gdp = dp;
grgbp = rgbp;
gdist = bdist;
binc = bxx;
detect = 1;
break;
}
}
/* The 'update' loop. */
for (;
b >= lim;
b--, dp--, rgbp--,
bxx -= txsqr, bdist -= bxx)
{
if (*dp > bdist)
{
*dp = bdist;
*rgbp = i;
}
else
break;
}
/* If we saw something, update the edge trackers. */
return detect;
}
static void maxfill (unsigned long *buffer, long rside, long gside, long bside)
{
register unsigned long maxv = ~0UL;
register long i;
register unsigned long *bp;
for (i = rside * gside * bside, bp = buffer; i > 0; i--, bp++)
*bp = maxv;
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
#ifndef __INV_CMAP_H__
#define __INV_CMAP_H__
extern void shInverseColormap (int colors, SRGBPixel *colormap,
int rbits, int gbits, int bbits, byte *&rgbmap,
unsigned long *dist_buf = NULL);
#endif // __INV_CMAP_H__

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
/*
* jchuff.h
*
* Copyright (C) 1991-1995, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains declarations for Huffman entropy encoding routines
* that are shared between the sequential encoder (jchuff.c) and the
* progressive encoder (jcphuff.c). No other modules need to see these.
*/
/* Derived data constructed for each Huffman table */
typedef struct {
unsigned int ehufco[256]; /* code for each symbol */
char ehufsi[256]; /* length of code for each symbol */
/* If no code has been allocated for a symbol S, ehufsi[S] contains 0 */
} c_derived_tbl;
/* Short forms of external names for systems with brain-damaged linkers. */
#ifdef NEED_SHORT_EXTERNAL_NAMES
#define jpeg_make_c_derived_tbl jMkCDerived
#define jpeg_gen_optimal_table jGenOptTbl
#endif /* NEED_SHORT_EXTERNAL_NAMES */
/* Expand a Huffman table definition into the derived format */
EXTERN void jpeg_make_c_derived_tbl JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo,
JHUFF_TBL * htbl, c_derived_tbl ** pdtbl));
/* Generate an optimal table definition given the specified counts */
EXTERN void jpeg_gen_optimal_table JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo,
JHUFF_TBL * htbl, long freq[]));

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
/*
* jcomapi.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1994, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains application interface routines that are used for both
* compression and decompression.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/*
* Abort processing of a JPEG compression or decompression operation,
* but don't destroy the object itself.
*
* For this, we merely clean up all the nonpermanent memory pools.
* Note that temp files (virtual arrays) are not allowed to belong to
* the permanent pool, so we will be able to close all temp files here.
* Closing a data source or destination, if necessary, is the application's
* responsibility.
*/
GLOBAL void
my_jpeg_abort (j_common_ptr cinfo)
{
int pool;
/* Releasing pools in reverse order might help avoid fragmentation
* with some (brain-damaged) malloc libraries.
*/
for (pool = JPOOL_NUMPOOLS-1; pool > JPOOL_PERMANENT; pool--) {
(*cinfo->mem->free_pool) (cinfo, pool);
}
/* Reset overall state for possible reuse of object */
cinfo->global_state = (cinfo->is_decompressor ? DSTATE_START : CSTATE_START);
}
/*
* Destruction of a JPEG object.
*
* Everything gets deallocated except the master jpeg_compress_struct itself
* and the error manager struct. Both of these are supplied by the application
* and must be freed, if necessary, by the application. (Often they are on
* the stack and so don't need to be freed anyway.)
* Closing a data source or destination, if necessary, is the application's
* responsibility.
*/
GLOBAL void
my_jpeg_destroy (j_common_ptr cinfo)
{
/* We need only tell the memory manager to release everything. */
/* NB: mem pointer is NULL if memory mgr failed to initialize. */
if (cinfo->mem != NULL)
(*cinfo->mem->self_destruct) (cinfo);
cinfo->mem = NULL; /* be safe if jpeg_destroy is called twice */
cinfo->global_state = 0; /* mark it destroyed */
}
/*
* Convenience routines for allocating quantization and Huffman tables.
* (Would jutils.c be a more reasonable place to put these?)
*/
GLOBAL JQUANT_TBL *
my_jpeg_alloc_quant_table (j_common_ptr cinfo)
{
JQUANT_TBL *tbl;
tbl = (JQUANT_TBL *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) (cinfo, JPOOL_PERMANENT, SIZEOF(JQUANT_TBL));
tbl->sent_table = FALSE; /* make sure this is false in any new table */
return tbl;
}
GLOBAL JHUFF_TBL *
my_jpeg_alloc_huff_table (j_common_ptr cinfo)
{
JHUFF_TBL *tbl;
tbl = (JHUFF_TBL *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) (cinfo, JPOOL_PERMANENT, SIZEOF(JHUFF_TBL));
tbl->sent_table = FALSE; /* make sure this is false in any new table */
return tbl;
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
/* jconfig.wat --- jconfig.h for Watcom C/C++ on MS-DOS or OS/2. */
/* see jconfig.doc for explanations */
#define HAVE_PROTOTYPES
#define HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR
#define HAVE_UNSIGNED_SHORT
/* #define void char */
/* #define const */
#define CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED
#define HAVE_STDDEF_H
#define HAVE_STDLIB_H
#undef NEED_BSD_STRINGS
#undef NEED_SYS_TYPES_H
#undef NEED_FAR_POINTERS /* Watcom uses flat 32-bit addressing */
#undef NEED_SHORT_EXTERNAL_NAMES
#undef INCOMPLETE_TYPES_BROKEN
#define JDCT_DEFAULT JDCT_FLOAT
#define JDCT_FASTEST JDCT_FLOAT
#ifdef JPEG_INTERNALS
#undef RIGHT_SHIFT_IS_UNSIGNED
#endif /* JPEG_INTERNALS */
#ifdef JPEG_CJPEG_DJPEG
#define BMP_SUPPORTED /* BMP image file format */
#define GIF_SUPPORTED /* GIF image file format */
#define PPM_SUPPORTED /* PBMPLUS PPM/PGM image file format */
#undef RLE_SUPPORTED /* Utah RLE image file format */
#define TARGA_SUPPORTED /* Targa image file format */
#undef TWO_FILE_COMMANDLINE /* optional */
#define USE_SETMODE /* Needed to make one-file style work in Watcom */
#undef NEED_SIGNAL_CATCHER /* Define this if you use jmemname.c */
#undef DONT_USE_B_MODE
#undef PROGRESS_REPORT /* optional */
#endif /* JPEG_CJPEG_DJPEG */

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,400 @@
/*
* jdapimin.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1994-1995, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains application interface code for the decompression half
* of the JPEG library. These are the "minimum" API routines that may be
* needed in either the normal full-decompression case or the
* transcoding-only case.
*
* Most of the routines intended to be called directly by an application
* are in this file or in jdapistd.c. But also see jcomapi.c for routines
* shared by compression and decompression, and jdtrans.c for the transcoding
* case.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/*
* Initialization of a JPEG decompression object.
* The error manager must already be set up (in case memory manager fails).
*/
GLOBAL void
my_jpeg_create_decompress (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
int i;
/* For debugging purposes, zero the whole master structure.
* But error manager pointer is already there, so save and restore it.
*/
{
struct jpeg_error_mgr * err = cinfo->err;
i = sizeof(struct jpeg_decompress_struct);
i = SIZEOF(struct jpeg_decompress_struct);
MEMZERO(cinfo, SIZEOF(struct jpeg_decompress_struct));
cinfo->err = err;
}
cinfo->is_decompressor = TRUE;
/* Initialize a memory manager instance for this object */
jinit_memory_mgr((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
/* Zero out pointers to permanent structures. */
cinfo->progress = NULL;
cinfo->src = NULL;
for (i = 0; i < NUM_QUANT_TBLS; i++)
cinfo->quant_tbl_ptrs[i] = NULL;
for (i = 0; i < NUM_HUFF_TBLS; i++) {
cinfo->dc_huff_tbl_ptrs[i] = NULL;
cinfo->ac_huff_tbl_ptrs[i] = NULL;
}
/* Initialize marker processor so application can override methods
* for COM, APPn markers before calling jpeg_read_header.
*/
jinit_marker_reader(cinfo);
/* And initialize the overall input controller. */
jinit_input_controller(cinfo);
/* OK, I'm ready */
cinfo->global_state = DSTATE_START;
}
/*
* Destruction of a JPEG decompression object
*/
GLOBAL void
my_jpeg_destroy_decompress (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_jpeg_destroy((j_common_ptr) cinfo); /* use common routine */
}
/*
* Abort processing of a JPEG decompression operation,
* but don't destroy the object itself.
*/
GLOBAL void
my_jpeg_abort_decompress (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_jpeg_abort((j_common_ptr) cinfo); /* use common routine */
}
/*
* Install a special processing method for COM or APPn markers.
*/
GLOBAL void
my_jpeg_set_marker_processor (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, int marker_code,
jpeg_marker_parser_method routine)
{
if (marker_code == JPEG_COM)
cinfo->marker->process_COM = routine;
else if (marker_code >= JPEG_APP0 && marker_code <= JPEG_APP0+15)
cinfo->marker->process_APPn[marker_code-JPEG_APP0] = routine;
else
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_UNKNOWN_MARKER, marker_code);
}
/*
* Set default decompression parameters.
*/
LOCAL void
default_decompress_parms (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
/* Guess the input colorspace, and set output colorspace accordingly. */
/* (Wish JPEG committee had provided a real way to specify this...) */
/* Note application may override our guesses. */
switch (cinfo->num_components) {
case 1:
cinfo->jpeg_color_space = JCS_GRAYSCALE;
cinfo->out_color_space = JCS_GRAYSCALE;
break;
case 3:
if (cinfo->saw_JFIF_marker) {
cinfo->jpeg_color_space = JCS_YCbCr; /* JFIF implies YCbCr */
} else if (cinfo->saw_Adobe_marker) {
switch (cinfo->Adobe_transform) {
case 0:
cinfo->jpeg_color_space = JCS_RGB;
break;
case 1:
cinfo->jpeg_color_space = JCS_YCbCr;
break;
default:
WARNMS1(cinfo, JWRN_ADOBE_XFORM, cinfo->Adobe_transform);
cinfo->jpeg_color_space = JCS_YCbCr; /* assume it's YCbCr */
break;
}
} else {
/* Saw no special markers, try to guess from the component IDs */
int cid0 = cinfo->comp_info[0].component_id;
int cid1 = cinfo->comp_info[1].component_id;
int cid2 = cinfo->comp_info[2].component_id;
if (cid0 == 1 && cid1 == 2 && cid2 == 3)
cinfo->jpeg_color_space = JCS_YCbCr; /* assume JFIF w/out marker */
else if (cid0 == 82 && cid1 == 71 && cid2 == 66)
cinfo->jpeg_color_space = JCS_RGB; /* ASCII 'R', 'G', 'B' */
else {
TRACEMS3(cinfo, 1, JTRC_UNKNOWN_IDS, cid0, cid1, cid2);
cinfo->jpeg_color_space = JCS_YCbCr; /* assume it's YCbCr */
}
}
/* Always guess RGB is proper output colorspace. */
cinfo->out_color_space = JCS_RGB;
break;
case 4:
if (cinfo->saw_Adobe_marker) {
switch (cinfo->Adobe_transform) {
case 0:
cinfo->jpeg_color_space = JCS_CMYK;
break;
case 2:
cinfo->jpeg_color_space = JCS_YCCK;
break;
default:
WARNMS1(cinfo, JWRN_ADOBE_XFORM, cinfo->Adobe_transform);
cinfo->jpeg_color_space = JCS_YCCK; /* assume it's YCCK */
break;
}
} else {
/* No special markers, assume straight CMYK. */
cinfo->jpeg_color_space = JCS_CMYK;
}
cinfo->out_color_space = JCS_CMYK;
break;
default:
cinfo->jpeg_color_space = JCS_UNKNOWN;
cinfo->out_color_space = JCS_UNKNOWN;
break;
}
/* Set defaults for other decompression parameters. */
cinfo->scale_num = 1; /* 1:1 scaling */
cinfo->scale_denom = 1;
cinfo->output_gamma = 1.0;
cinfo->buffered_image = FALSE;
cinfo->raw_data_out = FALSE;
cinfo->dct_method = JDCT_DEFAULT;
cinfo->do_fancy_upsampling = TRUE;
cinfo->do_block_smoothing = TRUE;
cinfo->quantize_colors = FALSE;
/* We set these in case application only sets quantize_colors. */
cinfo->dither_mode = JDITHER_FS;
#ifdef QUANT_2PASS_SUPPORTED
cinfo->two_pass_quantize = TRUE;
#else
cinfo->two_pass_quantize = FALSE;
#endif
cinfo->desired_number_of_colors = 256;
cinfo->colormap = NULL;
/* Initialize for no mode change in buffered-image mode. */
cinfo->enable_1pass_quant = FALSE;
cinfo->enable_external_quant = FALSE;
cinfo->enable_2pass_quant = FALSE;
}
/*
* Decompression startup: read start of JPEG datastream to see what's there.
* Need only initialize JPEG object and supply a data source before calling.
*
* This routine will read as far as the first SOS marker (ie, actual start of
* compressed data), and will save all tables and parameters in the JPEG
* object. It will also initialize the decompression parameters to default
* values, and finally return JPEG_HEADER_OK. On return, the application may
* adjust the decompression parameters and then call jpeg_start_decompress.
* (Or, if the application only wanted to determine the image parameters,
* the data need not be decompressed. In that case, call jpeg_abort or
* jpeg_destroy to release any temporary space.)
* If an abbreviated (tables only) datastream is presented, the routine will
* return JPEG_HEADER_TABLES_ONLY upon reaching EOI. The application may then
* re-use the JPEG object to read the abbreviated image datastream(s).
* It is unnecessary (but OK) to call jpeg_abort in this case.
* The JPEG_SUSPENDED return code only occurs if the data source module
* requests suspension of the decompressor. In this case the application
* should load more source data and then re-call jpeg_read_header to resume
* processing.
* If a non-suspending data source is used and require_image is TRUE, then the
* return code need not be inspected since only JPEG_HEADER_OK is possible.
*
* This routine is now just a front end to jpeg_consume_input, with some
* extra error checking.
*/
GLOBAL int
my_jpeg_read_header (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, boolean require_image)
{
int retcode;
if (cinfo->global_state != DSTATE_START &&
cinfo->global_state != DSTATE_INHEADER)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
retcode = my_jpeg_consume_input(cinfo);
switch (retcode) {
case JPEG_REACHED_SOS:
retcode = JPEG_HEADER_OK;
break;
case JPEG_REACHED_EOI:
if (require_image) /* Complain if application wanted an image */
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_NO_IMAGE);
/* Reset to start state; it would be safer to require the application to
* call jpeg_abort, but we can't change it now for compatibility reasons.
* A side effect is to free any temporary memory (there shouldn't be any).
*/
my_jpeg_abort((j_common_ptr) cinfo); /* sets state = DSTATE_START */
retcode = JPEG_HEADER_TABLES_ONLY;
break;
case JPEG_SUSPENDED:
/* no work */
break;
}
return retcode;
}
/*
* Consume data in advance of what the decompressor requires.
* This can be called at any time once the decompressor object has
* been created and a data source has been set up.
*
* This routine is essentially a state machine that handles a couple
* of critical state-transition actions, namely initial setup and
* transition from header scanning to ready-for-start_decompress.
* All the actual input is done via the input controller's consume_input
* method.
*/
GLOBAL int
my_jpeg_consume_input (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
int retcode = JPEG_SUSPENDED;
/* NB: every possible DSTATE value should be listed in this switch */
switch (cinfo->global_state) {
case DSTATE_START:
/* Start-of-datastream actions: reset appropriate modules */
(*cinfo->inputctl->reset_input_controller) (cinfo);
/* Initialize application's data source module */
(*cinfo->src->init_source) (cinfo);
cinfo->global_state = DSTATE_INHEADER;
/*FALLTHROUGH*/
case DSTATE_INHEADER:
retcode = (*cinfo->inputctl->consume_input) (cinfo);
if (retcode == JPEG_REACHED_SOS) { /* Found SOS, prepare to decompress */
/* Set up default parameters based on header data */
default_decompress_parms(cinfo);
/* Set global state: ready for start_decompress */
cinfo->global_state = DSTATE_READY;
}
break;
case DSTATE_READY:
/* Can't advance past first SOS until start_decompress is called */
retcode = JPEG_REACHED_SOS;
break;
case DSTATE_PRELOAD:
case DSTATE_PRESCAN:
case DSTATE_SCANNING:
case DSTATE_RAW_OK:
case DSTATE_BUFIMAGE:
case DSTATE_BUFPOST:
case DSTATE_STOPPING:
retcode = (*cinfo->inputctl->consume_input) (cinfo);
break;
default:
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
}
return retcode;
}
/*
* Have we finished reading the input file?
*/
GLOBAL boolean
my_jpeg_input_complete (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
/* Check for valid jpeg object */
if (cinfo->global_state < DSTATE_START ||
cinfo->global_state > DSTATE_STOPPING)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
return cinfo->inputctl->eoi_reached;
}
/*
* Is there more than one scan?
*/
GLOBAL boolean
my_jpeg_has_multiple_scans (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
/* Only valid after jpeg_read_header completes */
if (cinfo->global_state < DSTATE_READY ||
cinfo->global_state > DSTATE_STOPPING)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
return cinfo->inputctl->has_multiple_scans;
}
/*
* Finish JPEG decompression.
*
* This will normally just verify the file trailer and release temp storage.
*
* Returns FALSE if suspended. The return value need be inspected only if
* a suspending data source is used.
*/
GLOBAL boolean
my_jpeg_finish_decompress (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
if ((cinfo->global_state == DSTATE_SCANNING ||
cinfo->global_state == DSTATE_RAW_OK) && ! cinfo->buffered_image) {
/* Terminate final pass of non-buffered mode */
if (cinfo->output_scanline < cinfo->output_height)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_TOO_LITTLE_DATA);
(*cinfo->master->finish_output_pass) (cinfo);
cinfo->global_state = DSTATE_STOPPING;
} else if (cinfo->global_state == DSTATE_BUFIMAGE) {
/* Finishing after a buffered-image operation */
cinfo->global_state = DSTATE_STOPPING;
} else if (cinfo->global_state != DSTATE_STOPPING) {
/* STOPPING = repeat call after a suspension, anything else is error */
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
}
/* Read until EOI */
while (! cinfo->inputctl->eoi_reached) {
if ((*cinfo->inputctl->consume_input) (cinfo) == JPEG_SUSPENDED)
return FALSE; /* Suspend, come back later */
}
/* Do final cleanup */
(*cinfo->src->term_source) (cinfo);
/* We can use jpeg_abort to release memory and reset global_state */
my_jpeg_abort((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
return TRUE;
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,275 @@
/*
* jdapistd.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1994-1995, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains application interface code for the decompression half
* of the JPEG library. These are the "standard" API routines that are
* used in the normal full-decompression case. They are not used by a
* transcoding-only application. Note that if an application links in
* jpeg_start_decompress, it will end up linking in the entire decompressor.
* We thus must separate this file from jdapimin.c to avoid linking the
* whole decompression library into a transcoder.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/* Forward declarations */
LOCAL boolean output_pass_setup JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
/*
* Decompression initialization.
* jpeg_read_header must be completed before calling this.
*
* If a multipass operating mode was selected, this will do all but the
* last pass, and thus may take a great deal of time.
*
* Returns FALSE if suspended. The return value need be inspected only if
* a suspending data source is used.
*/
GLOBAL boolean
my_jpeg_start_decompress (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
if (cinfo->global_state == DSTATE_READY) {
/* First call: initialize master control, select active modules */
jinit_master_decompress(cinfo);
if (cinfo->buffered_image) {
/* No more work here; expecting jpeg_start_output next */
cinfo->global_state = DSTATE_BUFIMAGE;
return TRUE;
}
cinfo->global_state = DSTATE_PRELOAD;
}
if (cinfo->global_state == DSTATE_PRELOAD) {
/* If file has multiple scans, absorb them all into the coef buffer */
if (cinfo->inputctl->has_multiple_scans) {
#ifdef D_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED
for (;;) {
int retcode;
/* Call progress monitor hook if present */
if (cinfo->progress != NULL)
(*cinfo->progress->progress_monitor) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
/* Absorb some more input */
retcode = (*cinfo->inputctl->consume_input) (cinfo);
if (retcode == JPEG_SUSPENDED)
return FALSE;
if (retcode == JPEG_REACHED_EOI)
break;
/* Advance progress counter if appropriate */
if (cinfo->progress != NULL &&
(retcode == JPEG_ROW_COMPLETED || retcode == JPEG_REACHED_SOS)) {
if (++cinfo->progress->pass_counter >= cinfo->progress->pass_limit) {
/* jdmaster underestimated number of scans; ratchet up one scan */
cinfo->progress->pass_limit += (long) cinfo->total_iMCU_rows;
}
}
}
#else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_NOT_COMPILED);
#endif /* D_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED */
}
cinfo->output_scan_number = cinfo->input_scan_number;
} else if (cinfo->global_state != DSTATE_PRESCAN)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
/* Perform any dummy output passes, and set up for the final pass */
return output_pass_setup(cinfo);
}
/*
* Set up for an output pass, and perform any dummy pass(es) needed.
* Common subroutine for jpeg_start_decompress and jpeg_start_output.
* Entry: global_state = DSTATE_PRESCAN only if previously suspended.
* Exit: If done, returns TRUE and sets global_state for proper output mode.
* If suspended, returns FALSE and sets global_state = DSTATE_PRESCAN.
*/
LOCAL boolean
output_pass_setup (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
if (cinfo->global_state != DSTATE_PRESCAN) {
/* First call: do pass setup */
(*cinfo->master->prepare_for_output_pass) (cinfo);
cinfo->output_scanline = 0;
cinfo->global_state = DSTATE_PRESCAN;
}
/* Loop over any required dummy passes */
while (cinfo->master->is_dummy_pass) {
#ifdef QUANT_2PASS_SUPPORTED
/* Crank through the dummy pass */
while (cinfo->output_scanline < cinfo->output_height) {
JDIMENSION last_scanline;
/* Call progress monitor hook if present */
if (cinfo->progress != NULL) {
cinfo->progress->pass_counter = (long) cinfo->output_scanline;
cinfo->progress->pass_limit = (long) cinfo->output_height;
(*cinfo->progress->progress_monitor) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
}
/* Process some data */
last_scanline = cinfo->output_scanline;
(*cinfo->main->process_data) (cinfo, (JSAMPARRAY) NULL,
&cinfo->output_scanline, (JDIMENSION) 0);
if (cinfo->output_scanline == last_scanline)
return FALSE; /* No progress made, must suspend */
}
/* Finish up dummy pass, and set up for another one */
(*cinfo->master->finish_output_pass) (cinfo);
(*cinfo->master->prepare_for_output_pass) (cinfo);
cinfo->output_scanline = 0;
#else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_NOT_COMPILED);
#endif /* QUANT_2PASS_SUPPORTED */
}
/* Ready for application to drive output pass through
* jpeg_read_scanlines or jpeg_read_raw_data.
*/
cinfo->global_state = cinfo->raw_data_out ? DSTATE_RAW_OK : DSTATE_SCANNING;
return TRUE;
}
/*
* Read some scanlines of data from the JPEG decompressor.
*
* The return value will be the number of lines actually read.
* This may be less than the number requested in several cases,
* including bottom of image, data source suspension, and operating
* modes that emit multiple scanlines at a time.
*
* Note: we warn about excess calls to jpeg_read_scanlines() since
* this likely signals an application programmer error. However,
* an oversize buffer (max_lines > scanlines remaining) is not an error.
*/
GLOBAL JDIMENSION
my_jpeg_read_scanlines (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPARRAY scanlines,
JDIMENSION max_lines)
{
JDIMENSION row_ctr;
if (cinfo->global_state != DSTATE_SCANNING)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
if (cinfo->output_scanline >= cinfo->output_height) {
WARNMS(cinfo, JWRN_TOO_MUCH_DATA);
return 0;
}
/* Call progress monitor hook if present */
if (cinfo->progress != NULL) {
cinfo->progress->pass_counter = (long) cinfo->output_scanline;
cinfo->progress->pass_limit = (long) cinfo->output_height;
(*cinfo->progress->progress_monitor) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
}
/* Process some data */
row_ctr = 0;
(*cinfo->main->process_data) (cinfo, scanlines, &row_ctr, max_lines);
cinfo->output_scanline += row_ctr;
return row_ctr;
}
/*
* Alternate entry point to read raw data.
* Processes exactly one iMCU row per call, unless suspended.
*/
GLOBAL JDIMENSION
my_jpeg_read_raw_data (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPIMAGE data,
JDIMENSION max_lines)
{
JDIMENSION lines_per_iMCU_row;
if (cinfo->global_state != DSTATE_RAW_OK)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
if (cinfo->output_scanline >= cinfo->output_height) {
WARNMS(cinfo, JWRN_TOO_MUCH_DATA);
return 0;
}
/* Call progress monitor hook if present */
if (cinfo->progress != NULL) {
cinfo->progress->pass_counter = (long) cinfo->output_scanline;
cinfo->progress->pass_limit = (long) cinfo->output_height;
(*cinfo->progress->progress_monitor) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
}
/* Verify that at least one iMCU row can be returned. */
lines_per_iMCU_row = cinfo->max_v_samp_factor * cinfo->min_DCT_scaled_size;
if (max_lines < lines_per_iMCU_row)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BUFFER_SIZE);
/* Decompress directly into user's buffer. */
if (! (*cinfo->coef->decompress_data) (cinfo, data))
return 0; /* suspension forced, can do nothing more */
/* OK, we processed one iMCU row. */
cinfo->output_scanline += lines_per_iMCU_row;
return lines_per_iMCU_row;
}
/* Additional entry points for buffered-image mode. */
#ifdef D_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED
/*
* Initialize for an output pass in buffered-image mode.
*/
GLOBAL boolean
my_jpeg_start_output (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, int scan_number)
{
if (cinfo->global_state != DSTATE_BUFIMAGE &&
cinfo->global_state != DSTATE_PRESCAN)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
/* Limit scan number to valid range */
if (scan_number <= 0)
scan_number = 1;
if (cinfo->inputctl->eoi_reached &&
scan_number > cinfo->input_scan_number)
scan_number = cinfo->input_scan_number;
cinfo->output_scan_number = scan_number;
/* Perform any dummy output passes, and set up for the real pass */
return output_pass_setup(cinfo);
}
/*
* Finish up after an output pass in buffered-image mode.
*
* Returns FALSE if suspended. The return value need be inspected only if
* a suspending data source is used.
*/
GLOBAL boolean
my_jpeg_finish_output (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
if ((cinfo->global_state == DSTATE_SCANNING ||
cinfo->global_state == DSTATE_RAW_OK) && cinfo->buffered_image) {
/* Terminate this pass. */
/* We do not require the whole pass to have been completed. */
(*cinfo->master->finish_output_pass) (cinfo);
cinfo->global_state = DSTATE_BUFPOST;
} else if (cinfo->global_state != DSTATE_BUFPOST) {
/* BUFPOST = repeat call after a suspension, anything else is error */
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
}
/* Read markers looking for SOS or EOI */
while (cinfo->input_scan_number <= cinfo->output_scan_number &&
! cinfo->inputctl->eoi_reached) {
if ((*cinfo->inputctl->consume_input) (cinfo) == JPEG_SUSPENDED)
return FALSE; /* Suspend, come back later */
}
cinfo->global_state = DSTATE_BUFIMAGE;
return TRUE;
}
#endif /* D_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED */

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,204 @@
/*
* jdatasrc.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1994, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains decompression data source routines for the case of
* reading JPEG data from a file (or any stdio stream). While these routines
* are sufficient for most applications, some will want to use a different
* source manager.
* IMPORTANT: we assume that fread() will correctly transcribe an array of
* JOCTETs from 8-bit-wide elements on external storage. If char is wider
* than 8 bits on your machine, you may need to do some tweaking.
*/
/* this is not a core library module, so it doesn't define JPEG_INTERNALS */
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
#include "jerror.h"
/* Expanded data source object for stdio input */
typedef struct {
struct jpeg_source_mgr pub; /* public fields */
unsigned char *infile; /* source stream */
JOCTET * buffer; /* start of buffer */
boolean start_of_file; /* have we gotten any data yet? */
} my_source_mgr;
typedef my_source_mgr * my_src_ptr;
#define INPUT_BUF_SIZE 4096 /* choose an efficiently fread'able size */
/*
* Initialize source --- called by jpeg_read_header
* before any data is actually read.
*/
METHODDEF void
init_source (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_src_ptr src = (my_src_ptr) cinfo->src;
/* We reset the empty-input-file flag for each image,
* but we don't clear the input buffer.
* This is correct behavior for reading a series of images from one source.
*/
src->start_of_file = TRUE;
}
/*
* Fill the input buffer --- called whenever buffer is emptied.
*
* In typical applications, this should read fresh data into the buffer
* (ignoring the current state of next_input_byte & bytes_in_buffer),
* reset the pointer & count to the start of the buffer, and return TRUE
* indicating that the buffer has been reloaded. It is not necessary to
* fill the buffer entirely, only to obtain at least one more byte.
*
* There is no such thing as an EOF return. If the end of the file has been
* reached, the routine has a choice of ERREXIT() or inserting fake data into
* the buffer. In most cases, generating a warning message and inserting a
* fake EOI marker is the best course of action --- this will allow the
* decompressor to output however much of the image is there. However,
* the resulting error message is misleading if the real problem is an empty
* input file, so we handle that case specially.
*
* In applications that need to be able to suspend compression due to input
* not being available yet, a FALSE return indicates that no more data can be
* obtained right now, but more may be forthcoming later. In this situation,
* the decompressor will return to its caller (with an indication of the
* number of scanlines it has read, if any). The application should resume
* decompression after it has loaded more data into the input buffer. Note
* that there are substantial restrictions on the use of suspension --- see
* the documentation.
*
* When suspending, the decompressor will back up to a convenient restart point
* (typically the start of the current MCU). next_input_byte & bytes_in_buffer
* indicate where the restart point will be if the current call returns FALSE.
* Data beyond this point must be rescanned after resumption, so move it to
* the front of the buffer rather than discarding it.
*/
METHODDEF boolean
fill_input_buffer (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_src_ptr src = (my_src_ptr) cinfo->src;
memcpy( src->buffer, src->infile, INPUT_BUF_SIZE );
src->infile += INPUT_BUF_SIZE;
src->pub.next_input_byte = src->buffer;
src->pub.bytes_in_buffer = INPUT_BUF_SIZE;
src->start_of_file = FALSE;
return TRUE;
}
/*
* Skip data --- used to skip over a potentially large amount of
* uninteresting data (such as an APPn marker).
*
* Writers of suspendable-input applications must note that skip_input_data
* is not granted the right to give a suspension return. If the skip extends
* beyond the data currently in the buffer, the buffer can be marked empty so
* that the next read will cause a fill_input_buffer call that can suspend.
* Arranging for additional bytes to be discarded before reloading the input
* buffer is the application writer's problem.
*/
METHODDEF void
skip_input_data (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, long num_bytes)
{
my_src_ptr src = (my_src_ptr) cinfo->src;
/* Just a dumb implementation for now. Could use fseek() except
* it doesn't work on pipes. Not clear that being smart is worth
* any trouble anyway --- large skips are infrequent.
*/
if (num_bytes > 0) {
while (num_bytes > (long) src->pub.bytes_in_buffer) {
num_bytes -= (long) src->pub.bytes_in_buffer;
(void) fill_input_buffer(cinfo);
/* note we assume that fill_input_buffer will never return FALSE,
* so suspension need not be handled.
*/
}
src->pub.next_input_byte += (size_t) num_bytes;
src->pub.bytes_in_buffer -= (size_t) num_bytes;
}
}
/*
* An additional method that can be provided by data source modules is the
* resync_to_restart method for error recovery in the presence of RST markers.
* For the moment, this source module just uses the default resync method
* provided by the JPEG library. That method assumes that no backtracking
* is possible.
*/
/*
* Terminate source --- called by jpeg_finish_decompress
* after all data has been read. Often a no-op.
*
* NB: *not* called by jpeg_abort or jpeg_destroy; surrounding
* application must deal with any cleanup that should happen even
* for error exit.
*/
METHODDEF void
term_source (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
/* no work necessary here */
}
/*
* Prepare for input from a stdio stream.
* The caller must have already opened the stream, and is responsible
* for closing it after finishing decompression.
*/
GLOBAL void
my_jpeg_stdio_src (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, unsigned char *infile)
{
my_src_ptr src;
/* The source object and input buffer are made permanent so that a series
* of JPEG images can be read from the same file by calling jpeg_stdio_src
* only before the first one. (If we discarded the buffer at the end of
* one image, we'd likely lose the start of the next one.)
* This makes it unsafe to use this manager and a different source
* manager serially with the same JPEG object. Caveat programmer.
*/
if (cinfo->src == NULL) { /* first time for this JPEG object? */
cinfo->src = (struct jpeg_source_mgr *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_PERMANENT,
SIZEOF(my_source_mgr));
src = (my_src_ptr) cinfo->src;
src->buffer = (JOCTET *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_PERMANENT,
INPUT_BUF_SIZE * SIZEOF(JOCTET));
}
src = (my_src_ptr) cinfo->src;
src->pub.init_source = init_source;
src->pub.fill_input_buffer = fill_input_buffer;
src->pub.skip_input_data = skip_input_data;
src->pub.resync_to_restart = my_jpeg_resync_to_restart; /* use default method */
src->pub.term_source = term_source;
src->infile = infile;
src->pub.bytes_in_buffer = 0; /* forces fill_input_buffer on first read */
src->pub.next_input_byte = NULL; /* until buffer loaded */
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,725 @@
/*
* jdcoefct.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1994-1995, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains the coefficient buffer controller for decompression.
* This controller is the top level of the JPEG decompressor proper.
* The coefficient buffer lies between entropy decoding and inverse-DCT steps.
*
* In buffered-image mode, this controller is the interface between
* input-oriented processing and output-oriented processing.
* Also, the input side (only) is used when reading a file for transcoding.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/* Block smoothing is only applicable for progressive JPEG, so: */
#ifndef D_PROGRESSIVE_SUPPORTED
#undef BLOCK_SMOOTHING_SUPPORTED
#endif
/* Private buffer controller object */
typedef struct {
struct jpeg_d_coef_controller pub; /* public fields */
/* These variables keep track of the current location of the input side. */
/* cinfo->input_iMCU_row is also used for this. */
JDIMENSION MCU_ctr; /* counts MCUs processed in current row */
int MCU_vert_offset; /* counts MCU rows within iMCU row */
int MCU_rows_per_iMCU_row; /* number of such rows needed */
/* The output side's location is represented by cinfo->output_iMCU_row. */
/* In single-pass modes, it's sufficient to buffer just one MCU.
* We allocate a workspace of D_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU coefficient blocks,
* and let the entropy decoder write into that workspace each time.
* (On 80x86, the workspace is FAR even though it's not really very big;
* this is to keep the module interfaces unchanged when a large coefficient
* buffer is necessary.)
* In multi-pass modes, this array points to the current MCU's blocks
* within the virtual arrays; it is used only by the input side.
*/
JBLOCKROW MCU_buffer[D_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU];
#ifdef D_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED
/* In multi-pass modes, we need a virtual block array for each component. */
jvirt_barray_ptr whole_image[MAX_COMPONENTS];
#endif
#ifdef BLOCK_SMOOTHING_SUPPORTED
/* When doing block smoothing, we latch coefficient Al values here */
int * coef_bits_latch;
#define SAVED_COEFS 6 /* we save coef_bits[0..5] */
#endif
} my_coef_controller;
typedef my_coef_controller * my_coef_ptr;
/* Forward declarations */
METHODDEF int decompress_onepass
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPIMAGE output_buf));
#ifdef D_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED
METHODDEF int decompress_data
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPIMAGE output_buf));
#endif
#ifdef BLOCK_SMOOTHING_SUPPORTED
LOCAL boolean smoothing_ok JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
METHODDEF int decompress_smooth_data
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPIMAGE output_buf));
#endif
LOCAL void
start_iMCU_row (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
/* Reset within-iMCU-row counters for a new row (input side) */
{
my_coef_ptr coef = (my_coef_ptr) cinfo->coef;
/* In an interleaved scan, an MCU row is the same as an iMCU row.
* In a noninterleaved scan, an iMCU row has v_samp_factor MCU rows.
* But at the bottom of the image, process only what's left.
*/
if (cinfo->comps_in_scan > 1) {
coef->MCU_rows_per_iMCU_row = 1;
} else {
if (cinfo->input_iMCU_row < (cinfo->total_iMCU_rows-1))
coef->MCU_rows_per_iMCU_row = cinfo->cur_comp_info[0]->v_samp_factor;
else
coef->MCU_rows_per_iMCU_row = cinfo->cur_comp_info[0]->last_row_height;
}
coef->MCU_ctr = 0;
coef->MCU_vert_offset = 0;
}
/*
* Initialize for an input processing pass.
*/
METHODDEF void
start_input_pass (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
cinfo->input_iMCU_row = 0;
start_iMCU_row(cinfo);
}
/*
* Initialize for an output processing pass.
*/
METHODDEF void
start_output_pass (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
#ifdef BLOCK_SMOOTHING_SUPPORTED
my_coef_ptr coef = (my_coef_ptr) cinfo->coef;
/* If multipass, check to see whether to use block smoothing on this pass */
if (coef->pub.coef_arrays != NULL) {
if (cinfo->do_block_smoothing && smoothing_ok(cinfo))
coef->pub.decompress_data = decompress_smooth_data;
else
coef->pub.decompress_data = decompress_data;
}
#endif
cinfo->output_iMCU_row = 0;
}
/*
* Decompress and return some data in the single-pass case.
* Always attempts to emit one fully interleaved MCU row ("iMCU" row).
* Input and output must run in lockstep since we have only a one-MCU buffer.
* Return value is JPEG_ROW_COMPLETED, JPEG_SCAN_COMPLETED, or JPEG_SUSPENDED.
*
* NB: output_buf contains a plane for each component in image.
* For single pass, this is the same as the components in the scan.
*/
METHODDEF int
decompress_onepass (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPIMAGE output_buf)
{
my_coef_ptr coef = (my_coef_ptr) cinfo->coef;
JDIMENSION MCU_col_num; /* index of current MCU within row */
JDIMENSION last_MCU_col = cinfo->MCUs_per_row - 1;
JDIMENSION last_iMCU_row = cinfo->total_iMCU_rows - 1;
int blkn, ci, xindex, yindex, yoffset, useful_width;
JSAMPARRAY output_ptr;
JDIMENSION start_col, output_col;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
inverse_DCT_method_ptr inverse_DCT;
/* Loop to process as much as one whole iMCU row */
for (yoffset = coef->MCU_vert_offset; yoffset < coef->MCU_rows_per_iMCU_row;
yoffset++) {
for (MCU_col_num = coef->MCU_ctr; MCU_col_num <= last_MCU_col;
MCU_col_num++) {
/* Try to fetch an MCU. Entropy decoder expects buffer to be zeroed. */
jzero_far((void FAR *) coef->MCU_buffer[0],
(size_t) (cinfo->blocks_in_MCU * SIZEOF(JBLOCK)));
if (! (*cinfo->entropy->decode_mcu) (cinfo, coef->MCU_buffer)) {
/* Suspension forced; update state counters and exit */
coef->MCU_vert_offset = yoffset;
coef->MCU_ctr = MCU_col_num;
return JPEG_SUSPENDED;
}
/* Determine where data should go in output_buf and do the IDCT thing.
* We skip dummy blocks at the right and bottom edges (but blkn gets
* incremented past them!). Note the inner loop relies on having
* allocated the MCU_buffer[] blocks sequentially.
*/
blkn = 0; /* index of current DCT block within MCU */
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->comps_in_scan; ci++) {
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[ci];
/* Don't bother to IDCT an uninteresting component. */
if (! compptr->component_needed) {
blkn += compptr->MCU_blocks;
continue;
}
inverse_DCT = cinfo->idct->inverse_DCT[compptr->component_index];
useful_width = (MCU_col_num < last_MCU_col) ? compptr->MCU_width
: compptr->last_col_width;
output_ptr = output_buf[ci] + yoffset * compptr->DCT_scaled_size;
start_col = MCU_col_num * compptr->MCU_sample_width;
for (yindex = 0; yindex < compptr->MCU_height; yindex++) {
if (cinfo->input_iMCU_row < last_iMCU_row ||
yoffset+yindex < compptr->last_row_height) {
output_col = start_col;
for (xindex = 0; xindex < useful_width; xindex++) {
(*inverse_DCT) (cinfo, compptr,
(JCOEFPTR) coef->MCU_buffer[blkn+xindex],
output_ptr, output_col);
output_col += compptr->DCT_scaled_size;
}
}
blkn += compptr->MCU_width;
output_ptr += compptr->DCT_scaled_size;
}
}
}
/* Completed an MCU row, but perhaps not an iMCU row */
coef->MCU_ctr = 0;
}
/* Completed the iMCU row, advance counters for next one */
cinfo->output_iMCU_row++;
if (++(cinfo->input_iMCU_row) < cinfo->total_iMCU_rows) {
start_iMCU_row(cinfo);
return JPEG_ROW_COMPLETED;
}
/* Completed the scan */
(*cinfo->inputctl->finish_input_pass) (cinfo);
return JPEG_SCAN_COMPLETED;
}
/*
* Dummy consume-input routine for single-pass operation.
*/
METHODDEF int
dummy_consume_data (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
return JPEG_SUSPENDED; /* Always indicate nothing was done */
}
#ifdef D_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED
/*
* Consume input data and store it in the full-image coefficient buffer.
* We read as much as one fully interleaved MCU row ("iMCU" row) per call,
* ie, v_samp_factor block rows for each component in the scan.
* Return value is JPEG_ROW_COMPLETED, JPEG_SCAN_COMPLETED, or JPEG_SUSPENDED.
*/
METHODDEF int
consume_data (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_coef_ptr coef = (my_coef_ptr) cinfo->coef;
JDIMENSION MCU_col_num; /* index of current MCU within row */
int blkn, ci, xindex, yindex, yoffset;
JDIMENSION start_col;
JBLOCKARRAY buffer[MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN];
JBLOCKROW buffer_ptr;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
/* Align the virtual buffers for the components used in this scan. */
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->comps_in_scan; ci++) {
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[ci];
buffer[ci] = (*cinfo->mem->access_virt_barray)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, coef->whole_image[compptr->component_index],
cinfo->input_iMCU_row * compptr->v_samp_factor,
(JDIMENSION) compptr->v_samp_factor, TRUE);
/* Note: entropy decoder expects buffer to be zeroed,
* but this is handled automatically by the memory manager
* because we requested a pre-zeroed array.
*/
}
/* Loop to process one whole iMCU row */
for (yoffset = coef->MCU_vert_offset; yoffset < coef->MCU_rows_per_iMCU_row;
yoffset++) {
for (MCU_col_num = coef->MCU_ctr; MCU_col_num < cinfo->MCUs_per_row;
MCU_col_num++) {
/* Construct list of pointers to DCT blocks belonging to this MCU */
blkn = 0; /* index of current DCT block within MCU */
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->comps_in_scan; ci++) {
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[ci];
start_col = MCU_col_num * compptr->MCU_width;
for (yindex = 0; yindex < compptr->MCU_height; yindex++) {
buffer_ptr = buffer[ci][yindex+yoffset] + start_col;
for (xindex = 0; xindex < compptr->MCU_width; xindex++) {
coef->MCU_buffer[blkn++] = buffer_ptr++;
}
}
}
/* Try to fetch the MCU. */
if (! (*cinfo->entropy->decode_mcu) (cinfo, coef->MCU_buffer)) {
/* Suspension forced; update state counters and exit */
coef->MCU_vert_offset = yoffset;
coef->MCU_ctr = MCU_col_num;
return JPEG_SUSPENDED;
}
}
/* Completed an MCU row, but perhaps not an iMCU row */
coef->MCU_ctr = 0;
}
/* Completed the iMCU row, advance counters for next one */
if (++(cinfo->input_iMCU_row) < cinfo->total_iMCU_rows) {
start_iMCU_row(cinfo);
return JPEG_ROW_COMPLETED;
}
/* Completed the scan */
(*cinfo->inputctl->finish_input_pass) (cinfo);
return JPEG_SCAN_COMPLETED;
}
/*
* Decompress and return some data in the multi-pass case.
* Always attempts to emit one fully interleaved MCU row ("iMCU" row).
* Return value is JPEG_ROW_COMPLETED, JPEG_SCAN_COMPLETED, or JPEG_SUSPENDED.
*
* NB: output_buf contains a plane for each component in image.
*/
METHODDEF int
decompress_data (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPIMAGE output_buf)
{
my_coef_ptr coef = (my_coef_ptr) cinfo->coef;
JDIMENSION last_iMCU_row = cinfo->total_iMCU_rows - 1;
JDIMENSION block_num;
int ci, block_row, block_rows;
JBLOCKARRAY buffer;
JBLOCKROW buffer_ptr;
JSAMPARRAY output_ptr;
JDIMENSION output_col;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
inverse_DCT_method_ptr inverse_DCT;
/* Force some input to be done if we are getting ahead of the input. */
while (cinfo->input_scan_number < cinfo->output_scan_number ||
(cinfo->input_scan_number == cinfo->output_scan_number &&
cinfo->input_iMCU_row <= cinfo->output_iMCU_row)) {
if ((*cinfo->inputctl->consume_input)(cinfo) == JPEG_SUSPENDED)
return JPEG_SUSPENDED;
}
/* OK, output from the virtual arrays. */
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
/* Don't bother to IDCT an uninteresting component. */
if (! compptr->component_needed)
continue;
/* Align the virtual buffer for this component. */
buffer = (*cinfo->mem->access_virt_barray)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, coef->whole_image[ci],
cinfo->output_iMCU_row * compptr->v_samp_factor,
(JDIMENSION) compptr->v_samp_factor, FALSE);
/* Count non-dummy DCT block rows in this iMCU row. */
if (cinfo->output_iMCU_row < last_iMCU_row)
block_rows = compptr->v_samp_factor;
else {
/* NB: can't use last_row_height here; it is input-side-dependent! */
block_rows = (int) (compptr->height_in_blocks % compptr->v_samp_factor);
if (block_rows == 0) block_rows = compptr->v_samp_factor;
}
inverse_DCT = cinfo->idct->inverse_DCT[ci];
output_ptr = output_buf[ci];
/* Loop over all DCT blocks to be processed. */
for (block_row = 0; block_row < block_rows; block_row++) {
buffer_ptr = buffer[block_row];
output_col = 0;
for (block_num = 0; block_num < compptr->width_in_blocks; block_num++) {
(*inverse_DCT) (cinfo, compptr, (JCOEFPTR) buffer_ptr,
output_ptr, output_col);
buffer_ptr++;
output_col += compptr->DCT_scaled_size;
}
output_ptr += compptr->DCT_scaled_size;
}
}
if (++(cinfo->output_iMCU_row) < cinfo->total_iMCU_rows)
return JPEG_ROW_COMPLETED;
return JPEG_SCAN_COMPLETED;
}
#endif /* D_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED */
#ifdef BLOCK_SMOOTHING_SUPPORTED
/*
* This code applies interblock smoothing as described by section K.8
* of the JPEG standard: the first 5 AC coefficients are estimated from
* the DC values of a DCT block and its 8 neighboring blocks.
* We apply smoothing only for progressive JPEG decoding, and only if
* the coefficients it can estimate are not yet known to full precision.
*/
/*
* Determine whether block smoothing is applicable and safe.
* We also latch the current states of the coef_bits[] entries for the
* AC coefficients; otherwise, if the input side of the decompressor
* advances into a new scan, we might think the coefficients are known
* more accurately than they really are.
*/
LOCAL boolean
smoothing_ok (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_coef_ptr coef = (my_coef_ptr) cinfo->coef;
boolean smoothing_useful = FALSE;
int ci, coefi;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
JQUANT_TBL * qtable;
int * coef_bits;
int * coef_bits_latch;
if (! cinfo->progressive_mode || cinfo->coef_bits == NULL)
return FALSE;
/* Allocate latch area if not already done */
if (coef->coef_bits_latch == NULL)
coef->coef_bits_latch = (int *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
cinfo->num_components *
(SAVED_COEFS * SIZEOF(int)));
coef_bits_latch = coef->coef_bits_latch;
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
/* All components' quantization values must already be latched. */
if ((qtable = compptr->quant_table) == NULL)
return FALSE;
/* Verify DC & first 5 AC quantizers are nonzero to avoid zero-divide. */
for (coefi = 0; coefi <= 5; coefi++) {
if (qtable->quantval[coefi] == 0)
return FALSE;
}
/* DC values must be at least partly known for all components. */
coef_bits = cinfo->coef_bits[ci];
if (coef_bits[0] < 0)
return FALSE;
/* Block smoothing is helpful if some AC coefficients remain inaccurate. */
for (coefi = 1; coefi <= 5; coefi++) {
coef_bits_latch[coefi] = coef_bits[coefi];
if (coef_bits[coefi] != 0)
smoothing_useful = TRUE;
}
coef_bits_latch += SAVED_COEFS;
}
return smoothing_useful;
}
/*
* Variant of decompress_data for use when doing block smoothing.
*/
METHODDEF int
decompress_smooth_data (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPIMAGE output_buf)
{
my_coef_ptr coef = (my_coef_ptr) cinfo->coef;
JDIMENSION last_iMCU_row = cinfo->total_iMCU_rows - 1;
JDIMENSION block_num, last_block_column;
int ci, block_row, block_rows, access_rows;
JBLOCKARRAY buffer;
JBLOCKROW buffer_ptr, prev_block_row, next_block_row;
JSAMPARRAY output_ptr;
JDIMENSION output_col;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
inverse_DCT_method_ptr inverse_DCT;
boolean first_row, last_row;
JBLOCK workspace;
int *coef_bits;
JQUANT_TBL *quanttbl;
INT32 Q00,Q01,Q02,Q10,Q11,Q20, num;
int DC1,DC2,DC3,DC4,DC5,DC6,DC7,DC8,DC9;
int Al, pred;
/* Force some input to be done if we are getting ahead of the input. */
while (cinfo->input_scan_number <= cinfo->output_scan_number &&
! cinfo->inputctl->eoi_reached) {
if (cinfo->input_scan_number == cinfo->output_scan_number) {
/* If input is working on current scan, we ordinarily want it to
* have completed the current row. But if input scan is DC,
* we want it to keep one row ahead so that next block row's DC
* values are up to date.
*/
JDIMENSION delta = (cinfo->Ss == 0) ? 1 : 0;
if (cinfo->input_iMCU_row > cinfo->output_iMCU_row+delta)
break;
}
if ((*cinfo->inputctl->consume_input)(cinfo) == JPEG_SUSPENDED)
return JPEG_SUSPENDED;
}
/* OK, output from the virtual arrays. */
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
/* Don't bother to IDCT an uninteresting component. */
if (! compptr->component_needed)
continue;
/* Count non-dummy DCT block rows in this iMCU row. */
if (cinfo->output_iMCU_row < last_iMCU_row) {
block_rows = compptr->v_samp_factor;
access_rows = block_rows * 2; /* this and next iMCU row */
last_row = FALSE;
} else {
/* NB: can't use last_row_height here; it is input-side-dependent! */
block_rows = (int) (compptr->height_in_blocks % compptr->v_samp_factor);
if (block_rows == 0) block_rows = compptr->v_samp_factor;
access_rows = block_rows; /* this iMCU row only */
last_row = TRUE;
}
/* Align the virtual buffer for this component. */
if (cinfo->output_iMCU_row > 0) {
access_rows += compptr->v_samp_factor; /* prior iMCU row too */
buffer = (*cinfo->mem->access_virt_barray)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, coef->whole_image[ci],
(cinfo->output_iMCU_row - 1) * compptr->v_samp_factor,
(JDIMENSION) access_rows, FALSE);
buffer += compptr->v_samp_factor; /* point to current iMCU row */
first_row = FALSE;
} else {
buffer = (*cinfo->mem->access_virt_barray)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, coef->whole_image[ci],
(JDIMENSION) 0, (JDIMENSION) access_rows, FALSE);
first_row = TRUE;
}
/* Fetch component-dependent info */
coef_bits = coef->coef_bits_latch + (ci * SAVED_COEFS);
quanttbl = compptr->quant_table;
Q00 = quanttbl->quantval[0];
Q01 = quanttbl->quantval[1];
Q10 = quanttbl->quantval[2];
Q20 = quanttbl->quantval[3];
Q11 = quanttbl->quantval[4];
Q02 = quanttbl->quantval[5];
inverse_DCT = cinfo->idct->inverse_DCT[ci];
output_ptr = output_buf[ci];
/* Loop over all DCT blocks to be processed. */
for (block_row = 0; block_row < block_rows; block_row++) {
buffer_ptr = buffer[block_row];
if (first_row && block_row == 0)
prev_block_row = buffer_ptr;
else
prev_block_row = buffer[block_row-1];
if (last_row && block_row == block_rows-1)
next_block_row = buffer_ptr;
else
next_block_row = buffer[block_row+1];
/* We fetch the surrounding DC values using a sliding-register approach.
* Initialize all nine here so as to do the right thing on narrow pics.
*/
DC1 = DC2 = DC3 = (int) prev_block_row[0][0];
DC4 = DC5 = DC6 = (int) buffer_ptr[0][0];
DC7 = DC8 = DC9 = (int) next_block_row[0][0];
output_col = 0;
last_block_column = compptr->width_in_blocks - 1;
for (block_num = 0; block_num <= last_block_column; block_num++) {
/* Fetch current DCT block into workspace so we can modify it. */
jcopy_block_row(buffer_ptr, (JBLOCKROW) workspace, (JDIMENSION) 1);
/* Update DC values */
if (block_num < last_block_column) {
DC3 = (int) prev_block_row[1][0];
DC6 = (int) buffer_ptr[1][0];
DC9 = (int) next_block_row[1][0];
}
/* Compute coefficient estimates per K.8.
* An estimate is applied only if coefficient is still zero,
* and is not known to be fully accurate.
*/
/* AC01 */
if ((Al=coef_bits[1]) != 0 && workspace[1] == 0) {
num = 36 * Q00 * (DC4 - DC6);
if (num >= 0) {
pred = (int) (((Q01<<7) + num) / (Q01<<8));
if (Al > 0 && pred >= (1<<Al))
pred = (1<<Al)-1;
} else {
pred = (int) (((Q01<<7) - num) / (Q01<<8));
if (Al > 0 && pred >= (1<<Al))
pred = (1<<Al)-1;
pred = -pred;
}
workspace[1] = (JCOEF) pred;
}
/* AC10 */
if ((Al=coef_bits[2]) != 0 && workspace[8] == 0) {
num = 36 * Q00 * (DC2 - DC8);
if (num >= 0) {
pred = (int) (((Q10<<7) + num) / (Q10<<8));
if (Al > 0 && pred >= (1<<Al))
pred = (1<<Al)-1;
} else {
pred = (int) (((Q10<<7) - num) / (Q10<<8));
if (Al > 0 && pred >= (1<<Al))
pred = (1<<Al)-1;
pred = -pred;
}
workspace[8] = (JCOEF) pred;
}
/* AC20 */
if ((Al=coef_bits[3]) != 0 && workspace[16] == 0) {
num = 9 * Q00 * (DC2 + DC8 - 2*DC5);
if (num >= 0) {
pred = (int) (((Q20<<7) + num) / (Q20<<8));
if (Al > 0 && pred >= (1<<Al))
pred = (1<<Al)-1;
} else {
pred = (int) (((Q20<<7) - num) / (Q20<<8));
if (Al > 0 && pred >= (1<<Al))
pred = (1<<Al)-1;
pred = -pred;
}
workspace[16] = (JCOEF) pred;
}
/* AC11 */
if ((Al=coef_bits[4]) != 0 && workspace[9] == 0) {
num = 5 * Q00 * (DC1 - DC3 - DC7 + DC9);
if (num >= 0) {
pred = (int) (((Q11<<7) + num) / (Q11<<8));
if (Al > 0 && pred >= (1<<Al))
pred = (1<<Al)-1;
} else {
pred = (int) (((Q11<<7) - num) / (Q11<<8));
if (Al > 0 && pred >= (1<<Al))
pred = (1<<Al)-1;
pred = -pred;
}
workspace[9] = (JCOEF) pred;
}
/* AC02 */
if ((Al=coef_bits[5]) != 0 && workspace[2] == 0) {
num = 9 * Q00 * (DC4 + DC6 - 2*DC5);
if (num >= 0) {
pred = (int) (((Q02<<7) + num) / (Q02<<8));
if (Al > 0 && pred >= (1<<Al))
pred = (1<<Al)-1;
} else {
pred = (int) (((Q02<<7) - num) / (Q02<<8));
if (Al > 0 && pred >= (1<<Al))
pred = (1<<Al)-1;
pred = -pred;
}
workspace[2] = (JCOEF) pred;
}
/* OK, do the IDCT */
(*inverse_DCT) (cinfo, compptr, (JCOEFPTR) workspace,
output_ptr, output_col);
/* Advance for next column */
DC1 = DC2; DC2 = DC3;
DC4 = DC5; DC5 = DC6;
DC7 = DC8; DC8 = DC9;
buffer_ptr++, prev_block_row++, next_block_row++;
output_col += compptr->DCT_scaled_size;
}
output_ptr += compptr->DCT_scaled_size;
}
}
if (++(cinfo->output_iMCU_row) < cinfo->total_iMCU_rows)
return JPEG_ROW_COMPLETED;
return JPEG_SCAN_COMPLETED;
}
#endif /* BLOCK_SMOOTHING_SUPPORTED */
/*
* Initialize coefficient buffer controller.
*/
GLOBAL void
jinit_d_coef_controller (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, boolean need_full_buffer)
{
my_coef_ptr coef;
coef = (my_coef_ptr)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
SIZEOF(my_coef_controller));
cinfo->coef = (struct jpeg_d_coef_controller *) coef;
coef->pub.start_input_pass = start_input_pass;
coef->pub.start_output_pass = start_output_pass;
#ifdef BLOCK_SMOOTHING_SUPPORTED
coef->coef_bits_latch = NULL;
#endif
/* Create the coefficient buffer. */
if (need_full_buffer) {
#ifdef D_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED
/* Allocate a full-image virtual array for each component, */
/* padded to a multiple of samp_factor DCT blocks in each direction. */
/* Note we ask for a pre-zeroed array. */
int ci, access_rows;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
access_rows = compptr->v_samp_factor;
#ifdef BLOCK_SMOOTHING_SUPPORTED
/* If block smoothing could be used, need a bigger window */
if (cinfo->progressive_mode)
access_rows *= 3;
#endif
coef->whole_image[ci] = (*cinfo->mem->request_virt_barray)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE, TRUE,
(JDIMENSION) jround_up((long) compptr->width_in_blocks,
(long) compptr->h_samp_factor),
(JDIMENSION) jround_up((long) compptr->height_in_blocks,
(long) compptr->v_samp_factor),
(JDIMENSION) access_rows);
}
coef->pub.consume_data = consume_data;
coef->pub.decompress_data = decompress_data;
coef->pub.coef_arrays = coef->whole_image; /* link to virtual arrays */
#else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_NOT_COMPILED);
#endif
} else {
/* We only need a single-MCU buffer. */
JBLOCKROW buffer;
int i;
buffer = (JBLOCKROW)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_large) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
D_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU * SIZEOF(JBLOCK));
for (i = 0; i < D_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU; i++) {
coef->MCU_buffer[i] = buffer + i;
}
coef->pub.consume_data = dummy_consume_data;
coef->pub.decompress_data = decompress_onepass;
coef->pub.coef_arrays = NULL; /* flag for no virtual arrays */
}
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,367 @@
/*
* jdcolor.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1991-1995, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains output colorspace conversion routines.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/* Private subobject */
typedef struct {
struct jpeg_color_deconverter pub; /* public fields */
/* Private state for YCC->RGB conversion */
int * Cr_r_tab; /* => table for Cr to R conversion */
int * Cb_b_tab; /* => table for Cb to B conversion */
INT32 * Cr_g_tab; /* => table for Cr to G conversion */
INT32 * Cb_g_tab; /* => table for Cb to G conversion */
} my_color_deconverter;
typedef my_color_deconverter * my_cconvert_ptr;
/**************** YCbCr -> RGB conversion: most common case **************/
/*
* YCbCr is defined per CCIR 601-1, except that Cb and Cr are
* normalized to the range 0..MAXJSAMPLE rather than -0.5 .. 0.5.
* The conversion equations to be implemented are therefore
* R = Y + 1.40200 * Cr
* G = Y - 0.34414 * Cb - 0.71414 * Cr
* B = Y + 1.77200 * Cb
* where Cb and Cr represent the incoming values less CENTERJSAMPLE.
* (These numbers are derived from TIFF 6.0 section 21, dated 3-June-92.)
*
* To avoid floating-point arithmetic, we represent the fractional constants
* as integers scaled up by 2^16 (about 4 digits precision); we have to divide
* the products by 2^16, with appropriate rounding, to get the correct answer.
* Notice that Y, being an integral input, does not contribute any fraction
* so it need not participate in the rounding.
*
* For even more speed, we avoid doing any multiplications in the inner loop
* by precalculating the constants times Cb and Cr for all possible values.
* For 8-bit JSAMPLEs this is very reasonable (only 256 entries per table);
* for 12-bit samples it is still acceptable. It's not very reasonable for
* 16-bit samples, but if you want lossless storage you shouldn't be changing
* colorspace anyway.
* The Cr=>R and Cb=>B values can be rounded to integers in advance; the
* values for the G calculation are left scaled up, since we must add them
* together before rounding.
*/
#define SCALEBITS 16 /* speediest right-shift on some machines */
#define ONE_HALF ((INT32) 1 << (SCALEBITS-1))
#define FIX(x) ((INT32) ((x) * (1L<<SCALEBITS) + 0.5))
/*
* Initialize tables for YCC->RGB colorspace conversion.
*/
LOCAL void
build_ycc_rgb_table (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_cconvert_ptr cconvert = (my_cconvert_ptr) cinfo->cconvert;
int i;
INT32 x;
SHIFT_TEMPS
cconvert->Cr_r_tab = (int *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
(MAXJSAMPLE+1) * SIZEOF(int));
cconvert->Cb_b_tab = (int *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
(MAXJSAMPLE+1) * SIZEOF(int));
cconvert->Cr_g_tab = (INT32 *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
(MAXJSAMPLE+1) * SIZEOF(INT32));
cconvert->Cb_g_tab = (INT32 *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
(MAXJSAMPLE+1) * SIZEOF(INT32));
for (i = 0, x = -CENTERJSAMPLE; i <= MAXJSAMPLE; i++, x++) {
/* i is the actual input pixel value, in the range 0..MAXJSAMPLE */
/* The Cb or Cr value we are thinking of is x = i - CENTERJSAMPLE */
/* Cr=>R value is nearest int to 1.40200 * x */
cconvert->Cr_r_tab[i] = (int)
RIGHT_SHIFT(FIX(1.40200) * x + ONE_HALF, SCALEBITS);
/* Cb=>B value is nearest int to 1.77200 * x */
cconvert->Cb_b_tab[i] = (int)
RIGHT_SHIFT(FIX(1.77200) * x + ONE_HALF, SCALEBITS);
/* Cr=>G value is scaled-up -0.71414 * x */
cconvert->Cr_g_tab[i] = (- FIX(0.71414)) * x;
/* Cb=>G value is scaled-up -0.34414 * x */
/* We also add in ONE_HALF so that need not do it in inner loop */
cconvert->Cb_g_tab[i] = (- FIX(0.34414)) * x + ONE_HALF;
}
}
/*
* Convert some rows of samples to the output colorspace.
*
* Note that we change from noninterleaved, one-plane-per-component format
* to interleaved-pixel format. The output buffer is therefore three times
* as wide as the input buffer.
* A starting row offset is provided only for the input buffer. The caller
* can easily adjust the passed output_buf value to accommodate any row
* offset required on that side.
*/
METHODDEF void
ycc_rgb_convert (j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPIMAGE input_buf, JDIMENSION input_row,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, int num_rows)
{
my_cconvert_ptr cconvert = (my_cconvert_ptr) cinfo->cconvert;
register int y, cb, cr;
register JSAMPROW outptr;
register JSAMPROW inptr0, inptr1, inptr2;
register JDIMENSION col;
JDIMENSION num_cols = cinfo->output_width;
/* copy these pointers into registers if possible */
register JSAMPLE * range_limit = cinfo->sample_range_limit;
register int * Crrtab = cconvert->Cr_r_tab;
register int * Cbbtab = cconvert->Cb_b_tab;
register INT32 * Crgtab = cconvert->Cr_g_tab;
register INT32 * Cbgtab = cconvert->Cb_g_tab;
SHIFT_TEMPS
while (--num_rows >= 0) {
inptr0 = input_buf[0][input_row];
inptr1 = input_buf[1][input_row];
inptr2 = input_buf[2][input_row];
input_row++;
outptr = *output_buf++;
for (col = 0; col < num_cols; col++) {
y = GETJSAMPLE(inptr0[col]);
cb = GETJSAMPLE(inptr1[col]);
cr = GETJSAMPLE(inptr2[col]);
/* Range-limiting is essential due to noise introduced by DCT losses. */
outptr[RGB_RED] = range_limit[y + Crrtab[cr]];
outptr[RGB_GREEN] = range_limit[y +
((int) RIGHT_SHIFT(Cbgtab[cb] + Crgtab[cr],
SCALEBITS))];
outptr[RGB_BLUE] = range_limit[y + Cbbtab[cb]];
outptr += RGB_PIXELSIZE;
}
}
}
/**************** Cases other than YCbCr -> RGB **************/
/*
* Color conversion for no colorspace change: just copy the data,
* converting from separate-planes to interleaved representation.
*/
METHODDEF void
null_convert (j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPIMAGE input_buf, JDIMENSION input_row,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, int num_rows)
{
register JSAMPROW inptr, outptr;
register JDIMENSION count;
register int num_components = cinfo->num_components;
JDIMENSION num_cols = cinfo->output_width;
int ci;
while (--num_rows >= 0) {
for (ci = 0; ci < num_components; ci++) {
inptr = input_buf[ci][input_row];
outptr = output_buf[0] + ci;
for (count = num_cols; count > 0; count--) {
*outptr = *inptr++; /* needn't bother with GETJSAMPLE() here */
outptr += num_components;
}
}
input_row++;
output_buf++;
}
}
/*
* Color conversion for grayscale: just copy the data.
* This also works for YCbCr -> grayscale conversion, in which
* we just copy the Y (luminance) component and ignore chrominance.
*/
METHODDEF void
grayscale_convert (j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPIMAGE input_buf, JDIMENSION input_row,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, int num_rows)
{
jcopy_sample_rows(input_buf[0], (int) input_row, output_buf, 0,
num_rows, cinfo->output_width);
}
/*
* Adobe-style YCCK->CMYK conversion.
* We convert YCbCr to R=1-C, G=1-M, and B=1-Y using the same
* conversion as above, while passing K (black) unchanged.
* We assume build_ycc_rgb_table has been called.
*/
METHODDEF void
ycck_cmyk_convert (j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPIMAGE input_buf, JDIMENSION input_row,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, int num_rows)
{
my_cconvert_ptr cconvert = (my_cconvert_ptr) cinfo->cconvert;
register int y, cb, cr;
register JSAMPROW outptr;
register JSAMPROW inptr0, inptr1, inptr2, inptr3;
register JDIMENSION col;
JDIMENSION num_cols = cinfo->output_width;
/* copy these pointers into registers if possible */
register JSAMPLE * range_limit = cinfo->sample_range_limit;
register int * Crrtab = cconvert->Cr_r_tab;
register int * Cbbtab = cconvert->Cb_b_tab;
register INT32 * Crgtab = cconvert->Cr_g_tab;
register INT32 * Cbgtab = cconvert->Cb_g_tab;
SHIFT_TEMPS
while (--num_rows >= 0) {
inptr0 = input_buf[0][input_row];
inptr1 = input_buf[1][input_row];
inptr2 = input_buf[2][input_row];
inptr3 = input_buf[3][input_row];
input_row++;
outptr = *output_buf++;
for (col = 0; col < num_cols; col++) {
y = GETJSAMPLE(inptr0[col]);
cb = GETJSAMPLE(inptr1[col]);
cr = GETJSAMPLE(inptr2[col]);
/* Range-limiting is essential due to noise introduced by DCT losses. */
outptr[0] = range_limit[MAXJSAMPLE - (y + Crrtab[cr])]; /* red */
outptr[1] = range_limit[MAXJSAMPLE - (y + /* green */
((int) RIGHT_SHIFT(Cbgtab[cb] + Crgtab[cr],
SCALEBITS)))];
outptr[2] = range_limit[MAXJSAMPLE - (y + Cbbtab[cb])]; /* blue */
/* K passes through unchanged */
outptr[3] = inptr3[col]; /* don't need GETJSAMPLE here */
outptr += 4;
}
}
}
/*
* Empty method for start_pass.
*/
METHODDEF void
start_pass_dcolor (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
/* no work needed */
}
/*
* Module initialization routine for output colorspace conversion.
*/
GLOBAL void
jinit_color_deconverter (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_cconvert_ptr cconvert;
int ci;
cconvert = (my_cconvert_ptr)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
SIZEOF(my_color_deconverter));
cinfo->cconvert = (struct jpeg_color_deconverter *) cconvert;
cconvert->pub.start_pass = start_pass_dcolor;
/* Make sure num_components agrees with jpeg_color_space */
switch (cinfo->jpeg_color_space) {
case JCS_GRAYSCALE:
if (cinfo->num_components != 1)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_J_COLORSPACE);
break;
case JCS_RGB:
case JCS_YCbCr:
if (cinfo->num_components != 3)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_J_COLORSPACE);
break;
case JCS_CMYK:
case JCS_YCCK:
if (cinfo->num_components != 4)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_J_COLORSPACE);
break;
default: /* JCS_UNKNOWN can be anything */
if (cinfo->num_components < 1)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_J_COLORSPACE);
break;
}
/* Set out_color_components and conversion method based on requested space.
* Also clear the component_needed flags for any unused components,
* so that earlier pipeline stages can avoid useless computation.
*/
switch (cinfo->out_color_space) {
case JCS_GRAYSCALE:
cinfo->out_color_components = 1;
if (cinfo->jpeg_color_space == JCS_GRAYSCALE ||
cinfo->jpeg_color_space == JCS_YCbCr) {
cconvert->pub.color_convert = grayscale_convert;
/* For color->grayscale conversion, only the Y (0) component is needed */
for (ci = 1; ci < cinfo->num_components; ci++)
cinfo->comp_info[ci].component_needed = FALSE;
} else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_CONVERSION_NOTIMPL);
break;
case JCS_RGB:
cinfo->out_color_components = RGB_PIXELSIZE;
if (cinfo->jpeg_color_space == JCS_YCbCr) {
cconvert->pub.color_convert = ycc_rgb_convert;
build_ycc_rgb_table(cinfo);
} else if (cinfo->jpeg_color_space == JCS_RGB && RGB_PIXELSIZE == 3) {
cconvert->pub.color_convert = null_convert;
} else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_CONVERSION_NOTIMPL);
break;
case JCS_CMYK:
cinfo->out_color_components = 4;
if (cinfo->jpeg_color_space == JCS_YCCK) {
cconvert->pub.color_convert = ycck_cmyk_convert;
build_ycc_rgb_table(cinfo);
} else if (cinfo->jpeg_color_space == JCS_CMYK) {
cconvert->pub.color_convert = null_convert;
} else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_CONVERSION_NOTIMPL);
break;
default:
/* Permit null conversion to same output space */
if (cinfo->out_color_space == cinfo->jpeg_color_space) {
cinfo->out_color_components = cinfo->num_components;
cconvert->pub.color_convert = null_convert;
} else /* unsupported non-null conversion */
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_CONVERSION_NOTIMPL);
break;
}
if (cinfo->quantize_colors)
cinfo->output_components = 1; /* single colormapped output component */
else
cinfo->output_components = cinfo->out_color_components;
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
/*
* jdct.h
*
* Copyright (C) 1994, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This include file contains common declarations for the forward and
* inverse DCT modules. These declarations are private to the DCT managers
* (jcdctmgr.c, jddctmgr.c) and the individual DCT algorithms.
* The individual DCT algorithms are kept in separate files to ease
* machine-dependent tuning (e.g., assembly coding).
*/
/*
* A forward DCT routine is given a pointer to a work area of type DCTELEM[];
* the DCT is to be performed in-place in that buffer. Type DCTELEM is int
* for 8-bit samples, INT32 for 12-bit samples. (NOTE: Floating-point DCT
* implementations use an array of type FAST_FLOAT, instead.)
* The DCT inputs are expected to be signed (range +-CENTERJSAMPLE).
* The DCT outputs are returned scaled up by a factor of 8; they therefore
* have a range of +-8K for 8-bit data, +-128K for 12-bit data. This
* convention improves accuracy in integer implementations and saves some
* work in floating-point ones.
* Quantization of the output coefficients is done by jcdctmgr.c.
*/
#if BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 8
typedef int DCTELEM; /* 16 or 32 bits is fine */
#else
typedef INT32 DCTELEM; /* must have 32 bits */
#endif
typedef JMETHOD(void, forward_DCT_method_ptr, (DCTELEM * data));
typedef JMETHOD(void, float_DCT_method_ptr, (FAST_FLOAT * data));
/*
* An inverse DCT routine is given a pointer to the input JBLOCK and a pointer
* to an output sample array. The routine must dequantize the input data as
* well as perform the IDCT; for dequantization, it uses the multiplier table
* pointed to by compptr->dct_table. The output data is to be placed into the
* sample array starting at a specified column. (Any row offset needed will
* be applied to the array pointer before it is passed to the IDCT code.)
* Note that the number of samples emitted by the IDCT routine is
* DCT_scaled_size * DCT_scaled_size.
*/
/* typedef inverse_DCT_method_ptr is declared in jpegint.h */
/*
* Each IDCT routine has its own ideas about the best dct_table element type.
*/
typedef MULTIPLIER ISLOW_MULT_TYPE; /* short or int, whichever is faster */
#if BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 8
typedef MULTIPLIER IFAST_MULT_TYPE; /* 16 bits is OK, use short if faster */
#define IFAST_SCALE_BITS 2 /* fractional bits in scale factors */
#else
typedef INT32 IFAST_MULT_TYPE; /* need 32 bits for scaled quantizers */
#define IFAST_SCALE_BITS 13 /* fractional bits in scale factors */
#endif
typedef FAST_FLOAT FLOAT_MULT_TYPE; /* preferred floating type */
/*
* Each IDCT routine is responsible for range-limiting its results and
* converting them to unsigned form (0..MAXJSAMPLE). The raw outputs could
* be quite far out of range if the input data is corrupt, so a bulletproof
* range-limiting step is required. We use a mask-and-table-lookup method
* to do the combined operations quickly. See the comments with
* prepare_range_limit_table (in jdmaster.c) for more info.
*/
#define IDCT_range_limit(cinfo) ((cinfo)->sample_range_limit + CENTERJSAMPLE)
#define RANGE_MASK (MAXJSAMPLE * 4 + 3) /* 2 bits wider than legal samples */
/* Short forms of external names for systems with brain-damaged linkers. */
#ifdef NEED_SHORT_EXTERNAL_NAMES
#define my_jpeg_fdct_islow jFDislow
#define my_jpeg_fdct_ifast jFDifast
#define my_jpeg_fdct_float jFDfloat
#define my_jpeg_idct_islow jRDislow
#define my_jpeg_idct_ifast jRDifast
#define my_jpeg_idct_float jRDfloat
#define my_jpeg_idct_4x4 jRD4x4
#define my_jpeg_idct_2x2 jRD2x2
#define my_jpeg_idct_1x1 jRD1x1
#endif /* NEED_SHORT_EXTERNAL_NAMES */
/* Extern declarations for the forward and inverse DCT routines. */
EXTERN void my_jpeg_fdct_islow JPP((DCTELEM * data));
EXTERN void my_jpeg_fdct_ifast JPP((DCTELEM * data));
EXTERN void my_jpeg_fdct_float JPP((FAST_FLOAT * data));
EXTERN void my_jpeg_idct_islow
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JCOEFPTR coef_block, JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION output_col));
EXTERN void my_jpeg_idct_ifast
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JCOEFPTR coef_block, JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION output_col));
EXTERN void my_jpeg_idct_float
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JCOEFPTR coef_block, JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION output_col));
EXTERN void my_jpeg_idct_4x4
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JCOEFPTR coef_block, JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION output_col));
EXTERN void my_jpeg_idct_2x2
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JCOEFPTR coef_block, JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION output_col));
EXTERN void my_jpeg_idct_1x1
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JCOEFPTR coef_block, JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION output_col));
/*
* Macros for handling fixed-point arithmetic; these are used by many
* but not all of the DCT/IDCT modules.
*
* All values are expected to be of type INT32.
* Fractional constants are scaled left by CONST_BITS bits.
* CONST_BITS is defined within each module using these macros,
* and may differ from one module to the next.
*/
#define ONE ((INT32) 1)
#define CONST_SCALE (ONE << CONST_BITS)
/* Convert a positive real constant to an integer scaled by CONST_SCALE.
* Caution: some C compilers fail to reduce "FIX(constant)" at compile time,
* thus causing a lot of useless floating-point operations at run time.
*/
#define FIX(x) ((INT32) ((x) * CONST_SCALE + 0.5))
/* Descale and correctly round an INT32 value that's scaled by N bits.
* We assume RIGHT_SHIFT rounds towards minus infinity, so adding
* the fudge factor is correct for either sign of X.
*/
#define DESCALE(x,n) RIGHT_SHIFT((x) + (ONE << ((n)-1)), n)
/* Multiply an INT32 variable by an INT32 constant to yield an INT32 result.
* This macro is used only when the two inputs will actually be no more than
* 16 bits wide, so that a 16x16->32 bit multiply can be used instead of a
* full 32x32 multiply. This provides a useful speedup on many machines.
* Unfortunately there is no way to specify a 16x16->32 multiply portably
* in C, but some C compilers will do the right thing if you provide the
* correct combination of casts.
*/
#ifdef SHORTxSHORT_32 /* may work if 'int' is 32 bits */
#define MULTIPLY16C16(var,const) (((INT16) (var)) * ((INT16) (const)))
#endif
#ifdef SHORTxLCONST_32 /* known to work with Microsoft C 6.0 */
#define MULTIPLY16C16(var,const) (((INT16) (var)) * ((INT32) (const)))
#endif
#ifndef MULTIPLY16C16 /* default definition */
#define MULTIPLY16C16(var,const) ((var) * (const))
#endif
/* Same except both inputs are variables. */
#ifdef SHORTxSHORT_32 /* may work if 'int' is 32 bits */
#define MULTIPLY16V16(var1,var2) (((INT16) (var1)) * ((INT16) (var2)))
#endif
#ifndef MULTIPLY16V16 /* default definition */
#define MULTIPLY16V16(var1,var2) ((var1) * (var2))
#endif

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,270 @@
/*
* jddctmgr.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1994-1995, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains the inverse-DCT management logic.
* This code selects a particular IDCT implementation to be used,
* and it performs related housekeeping chores. No code in this file
* is executed per IDCT step, only during output pass setup.
*
* Note that the IDCT routines are responsible for performing coefficient
* dequantization as well as the IDCT proper. This module sets up the
* dequantization multiplier table needed by the IDCT routine.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
#include "jdct.h" /* Private declarations for DCT subsystem */
/*
* The decompressor input side (jdinput.c) saves away the appropriate
* quantization table for each component at the start of the first scan
* involving that component. (This is necessary in order to correctly
* decode files that reuse Q-table slots.)
* When we are ready to make an output pass, the saved Q-table is converted
* to a multiplier table that will actually be used by the IDCT routine.
* The multiplier table contents are IDCT-method-dependent. To support
* application changes in IDCT method between scans, we can remake the
* multiplier tables if necessary.
* In buffered-image mode, the first output pass may occur before any data
* has been seen for some components, and thus before their Q-tables have
* been saved away. To handle this case, multiplier tables are preset
* to zeroes; the result of the IDCT will be a neutral gray level.
*/
/* Private subobject for this module */
typedef struct {
struct jpeg_inverse_dct pub; /* public fields */
/* This array contains the IDCT method code that each multiplier table
* is currently set up for, or -1 if it's not yet set up.
* The actual multiplier tables are pointed to by dct_table in the
* per-component comp_info structures.
*/
int cur_method[MAX_COMPONENTS];
} my_idct_controller;
typedef my_idct_controller * my_idct_ptr;
/* Allocated multiplier tables: big enough for any supported variant */
typedef union {
ISLOW_MULT_TYPE islow_array[DCTSIZE2];
#ifdef DCT_IFAST_SUPPORTED
IFAST_MULT_TYPE ifast_array[DCTSIZE2];
#endif
#ifdef DCT_FLOAT_SUPPORTED
FLOAT_MULT_TYPE float_array[DCTSIZE2];
#endif
} multiplier_table;
/* The current scaled-IDCT routines require ISLOW-style multiplier tables,
* so be sure to compile that code if either ISLOW or SCALING is requested.
*/
#ifdef DCT_ISLOW_SUPPORTED
#define PROVIDE_ISLOW_TABLES
#else
#ifdef IDCT_SCALING_SUPPORTED
#define PROVIDE_ISLOW_TABLES
#endif
#endif
/*
* Prepare for an output pass.
* Here we select the proper IDCT routine for each component and build
* a matching multiplier table.
*/
METHODDEF void
start_pass (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_idct_ptr idct = (my_idct_ptr) cinfo->idct;
int ci, i;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
int method = 0;
inverse_DCT_method_ptr method_ptr = NULL;
JQUANT_TBL * qtbl;
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
/* Select the proper IDCT routine for this component's scaling */
switch (compptr->DCT_scaled_size) {
#ifdef IDCT_SCALING_SUPPORTED
case 1:
method_ptr = jpeg_idct_1x1;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jidctred uses islow-style table */
break;
case 2:
method_ptr = jpeg_idct_2x2;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jidctred uses islow-style table */
break;
case 4:
method_ptr = jpeg_idct_4x4;
method = JDCT_ISLOW; /* jidctred uses islow-style table */
break;
#endif
case DCTSIZE:
switch (cinfo->dct_method) {
#ifdef DCT_ISLOW_SUPPORTED
case JDCT_ISLOW:
method_ptr = jpeg_idct_islow;
method = JDCT_ISLOW;
break;
#endif
#ifdef DCT_IFAST_SUPPORTED
case JDCT_IFAST:
method_ptr = jpeg_idct_ifast;
method = JDCT_IFAST;
break;
#endif
#ifdef DCT_FLOAT_SUPPORTED
case JDCT_FLOAT:
method_ptr = my_jpeg_idct_float;
method = JDCT_FLOAT;
break;
#endif
default:
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_NOT_COMPILED);
break;
}
break;
default:
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_DCTSIZE, compptr->DCT_scaled_size);
break;
}
idct->pub.inverse_DCT[ci] = method_ptr;
/* Create multiplier table from quant table.
* However, we can skip this if the component is uninteresting
* or if we already built the table. Also, if no quant table
* has yet been saved for the component, we leave the
* multiplier table all-zero; we'll be reading zeroes from the
* coefficient controller's buffer anyway.
*/
if (! compptr->component_needed || idct->cur_method[ci] == method)
continue;
qtbl = compptr->quant_table;
if (qtbl == NULL) /* happens if no data yet for component */
continue;
idct->cur_method[ci] = method;
switch (method) {
#ifdef PROVIDE_ISLOW_TABLES
case JDCT_ISLOW:
{
/* For LL&M IDCT method, multipliers are equal to raw quantization
* coefficients, but are stored in natural order as ints.
*/
ISLOW_MULT_TYPE * ismtbl = (ISLOW_MULT_TYPE *) compptr->dct_table;
for (i = 0; i < DCTSIZE2; i++) {
ismtbl[i] = (ISLOW_MULT_TYPE) qtbl->quantval[jpeg_zigzag_order[i]];
}
}
break;
#endif
#ifdef DCT_IFAST_SUPPORTED
case JDCT_IFAST:
{
/* For AA&N IDCT method, multipliers are equal to quantization
* coefficients scaled by scalefactor[row]*scalefactor[col], where
* scalefactor[0] = 1
* scalefactor[k] = cos(k*PI/16) * sqrt(2) for k=1..7
* For integer operation, the multiplier table is to be scaled by
* IFAST_SCALE_BITS. The multipliers are stored in natural order.
*/
IFAST_MULT_TYPE * ifmtbl = (IFAST_MULT_TYPE *) compptr->dct_table;
#define CONST_BITS 14
static const INT16 aanscales[DCTSIZE2] = {
/* precomputed values scaled up by 14 bits */
16384, 22725, 21407, 19266, 16384, 12873, 8867, 4520,
22725, 31521, 29692, 26722, 22725, 17855, 12299, 6270,
21407, 29692, 27969, 25172, 21407, 16819, 11585, 5906,
19266, 26722, 25172, 22654, 19266, 15137, 10426, 5315,
16384, 22725, 21407, 19266, 16384, 12873, 8867, 4520,
12873, 17855, 16819, 15137, 12873, 10114, 6967, 3552,
8867, 12299, 11585, 10426, 8867, 6967, 4799, 2446,
4520, 6270, 5906, 5315, 4520, 3552, 2446, 1247
};
SHIFT_TEMPS
for (i = 0; i < DCTSIZE2; i++) {
ifmtbl[i] = (IFAST_MULT_TYPE)
DESCALE(MULTIPLY16V16((INT32) qtbl->quantval[jpeg_zigzag_order[i]],
(INT32) aanscales[i]),
CONST_BITS-IFAST_SCALE_BITS);
}
}
break;
#endif
#ifdef DCT_FLOAT_SUPPORTED
case JDCT_FLOAT:
{
/* For float AA&N IDCT method, multipliers are equal to quantization
* coefficients scaled by scalefactor[row]*scalefactor[col], where
* scalefactor[0] = 1
* scalefactor[k] = cos(k*PI/16) * sqrt(2) for k=1..7
* The multipliers are stored in natural order.
*/
FLOAT_MULT_TYPE * fmtbl = (FLOAT_MULT_TYPE *) compptr->dct_table;
int row, col;
static const double aanscalefactor[DCTSIZE] = {
1.0, 1.387039845, 1.306562965, 1.175875602,
1.0, 0.785694958, 0.541196100, 0.275899379
};
i = 0;
for (row = 0; row < DCTSIZE; row++) {
for (col = 0; col < DCTSIZE; col++) {
fmtbl[i] = (FLOAT_MULT_TYPE)
((double) qtbl->quantval[jpeg_zigzag_order[i]] *
aanscalefactor[row] * aanscalefactor[col]);
i++;
}
}
}
break;
#endif
default:
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_NOT_COMPILED);
break;
}
}
}
/*
* Initialize IDCT manager.
*/
GLOBAL void
jinit_inverse_dct (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_idct_ptr idct;
int ci;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
idct = (my_idct_ptr)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
SIZEOF(my_idct_controller));
cinfo->idct = (struct jpeg_inverse_dct *) idct;
idct->pub.start_pass = start_pass;
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
/* Allocate and pre-zero a multiplier table for each component */
compptr->dct_table =
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
SIZEOF(multiplier_table));
MEMZERO(compptr->dct_table, SIZEOF(multiplier_table));
/* Mark multiplier table not yet set up for any method */
idct->cur_method[ci] = -1;
}
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,574 @@
/*
* jdhuff.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1991-1995, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains Huffman entropy decoding routines.
*
* Much of the complexity here has to do with supporting input suspension.
* If the data source module demands suspension, we want to be able to back
* up to the start of the current MCU. To do this, we copy state variables
* into local working storage, and update them back to the permanent
* storage only upon successful completion of an MCU.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
#include "jdhuff.h" /* Declarations shared with jdphuff.c */
/*
* Expanded entropy decoder object for Huffman decoding.
*
* The savable_state subrecord contains fields that change within an MCU,
* but must not be updated permanently until we complete the MCU.
*/
typedef struct {
int last_dc_val[MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN]; /* last DC coef for each component */
} savable_state;
/* This macro is to work around compilers with missing or broken
* structure assignment. You'll need to fix this code if you have
* such a compiler and you change MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN.
*/
#ifndef NO_STRUCT_ASSIGN
#define ASSIGN_STATE(dest,src) ((dest) = (src))
#else
#if MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN == 4
#define ASSIGN_STATE(dest,src) \
((dest).last_dc_val[0] = (src).last_dc_val[0], \
(dest).last_dc_val[1] = (src).last_dc_val[1], \
(dest).last_dc_val[2] = (src).last_dc_val[2], \
(dest).last_dc_val[3] = (src).last_dc_val[3])
#endif
#endif
typedef struct {
struct jpeg_entropy_decoder pub; /* public fields */
/* These fields are loaded into local variables at start of each MCU.
* In case of suspension, we exit WITHOUT updating them.
*/
bitread_perm_state bitstate; /* Bit buffer at start of MCU */
savable_state saved; /* Other state at start of MCU */
/* These fields are NOT loaded into local working state. */
unsigned int restarts_to_go; /* MCUs left in this restart interval */
/* Pointers to derived tables (these workspaces have image lifespan) */
d_derived_tbl * dc_derived_tbls[NUM_HUFF_TBLS];
d_derived_tbl * ac_derived_tbls[NUM_HUFF_TBLS];
} huff_entropy_decoder;
typedef huff_entropy_decoder * huff_entropy_ptr;
/*
* Initialize for a Huffman-compressed scan.
*/
METHODDEF void
start_pass_huff_decoder (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
huff_entropy_ptr entropy = (huff_entropy_ptr) cinfo->entropy;
int ci, dctbl, actbl;
jpeg_component_info * compptr;
/* Check that the scan parameters Ss, Se, Ah/Al are OK for sequential JPEG.
* This ought to be an error condition, but we make it a warning because
* there are some baseline files out there with all zeroes in these bytes.
*/
if (cinfo->Ss != 0 || cinfo->Se != DCTSIZE2-1 ||
cinfo->Ah != 0 || cinfo->Al != 0)
WARNMS(cinfo, JWRN_NOT_SEQUENTIAL);
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->comps_in_scan; ci++) {
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[ci];
dctbl = compptr->dc_tbl_no;
actbl = compptr->ac_tbl_no;
/* Make sure requested tables are present */
if (dctbl < 0 || dctbl >= NUM_HUFF_TBLS ||
cinfo->dc_huff_tbl_ptrs[dctbl] == NULL)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_NO_HUFF_TABLE, dctbl);
if (actbl < 0 || actbl >= NUM_HUFF_TBLS ||
cinfo->ac_huff_tbl_ptrs[actbl] == NULL)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_NO_HUFF_TABLE, actbl);
/* Compute derived values for Huffman tables */
/* We may do this more than once for a table, but it's not expensive */
my_jpeg_make_d_derived_tbl(cinfo, cinfo->dc_huff_tbl_ptrs[dctbl],
& entropy->dc_derived_tbls[dctbl]);
my_jpeg_make_d_derived_tbl(cinfo, cinfo->ac_huff_tbl_ptrs[actbl],
& entropy->ac_derived_tbls[actbl]);
/* Initialize DC predictions to 0 */
entropy->saved.last_dc_val[ci] = 0;
}
/* Initialize bitread state variables */
entropy->bitstate.bits_left = 0;
entropy->bitstate.get_buffer = 0; /* unnecessary, but keeps Purify quiet */
entropy->bitstate.printed_eod = FALSE;
/* Initialize restart counter */
entropy->restarts_to_go = cinfo->restart_interval;
}
/*
* Compute the derived values for a Huffman table.
* Note this is also used by jdphuff.c.
*/
GLOBAL void
my_jpeg_make_d_derived_tbl (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, JHUFF_TBL * htbl,
d_derived_tbl ** pdtbl)
{
d_derived_tbl *dtbl;
int p, i, l, si;
int lookbits, ctr;
char huffsize[257];
unsigned int huffcode[257];
unsigned int code;
/* Allocate a workspace if we haven't already done so. */
if (*pdtbl == NULL)
*pdtbl = (d_derived_tbl *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
SIZEOF(d_derived_tbl));
dtbl = *pdtbl;
dtbl->pub = htbl; /* fill in back link */
/* Figure C.1: make table of Huffman code length for each symbol */
/* Note that this is in code-length order. */
p = 0;
for (l = 1; l <= 16; l++) {
for (i = 1; i <= (int) htbl->bits[l]; i++)
huffsize[p++] = (char) l;
}
huffsize[p] = 0;
/* Figure C.2: generate the codes themselves */
/* Note that this is in code-length order. */
code = 0;
si = huffsize[0];
p = 0;
while (huffsize[p]) {
while (((int) huffsize[p]) == si) {
huffcode[p++] = code;
code++;
}
code <<= 1;
si++;
}
/* Figure F.15: generate decoding tables for bit-sequential decoding */
p = 0;
for (l = 1; l <= 16; l++) {
if (htbl->bits[l]) {
dtbl->valptr[l] = p; /* huffval[] index of 1st symbol of code length l */
dtbl->mincode[l] = huffcode[p]; /* minimum code of length l */
p += htbl->bits[l];
dtbl->maxcode[l] = huffcode[p-1]; /* maximum code of length l */
} else {
dtbl->maxcode[l] = -1; /* -1 if no codes of this length */
}
}
dtbl->maxcode[17] = 0xFFFFFL; /* ensures jpeg_huff_decode terminates */
/* Compute lookahead tables to speed up decoding.
* First we set all the table entries to 0, indicating "too long";
* then we iterate through the Huffman codes that are short enough and
* fill in all the entries that correspond to bit sequences starting
* with that code.
*/
MEMZERO(dtbl->look_nbits, SIZEOF(dtbl->look_nbits));
p = 0;
for (l = 1; l <= HUFF_LOOKAHEAD; l++) {
for (i = 1; i <= (int) htbl->bits[l]; i++, p++) {
/* l = current code's length, p = its index in huffcode[] & huffval[]. */
/* Generate left-justified code followed by all possible bit sequences */
lookbits = huffcode[p] << (HUFF_LOOKAHEAD-l);
for (ctr = 1 << (HUFF_LOOKAHEAD-l); ctr > 0; ctr--) {
dtbl->look_nbits[lookbits] = l;
dtbl->look_sym[lookbits] = htbl->huffval[p];
lookbits++;
}
}
}
}
/*
* Out-of-line code for bit fetching (shared with jdphuff.c).
* See jdhuff.h for info about usage.
* Note: current values of get_buffer and bits_left are passed as parameters,
* but are returned in the corresponding fields of the state struct.
*
* On most machines MIN_GET_BITS should be 25 to allow the full 32-bit width
* of get_buffer to be used. (On machines with wider words, an even larger
* buffer could be used.) However, on some machines 32-bit shifts are
* quite slow and take time proportional to the number of places shifted.
* (This is true with most PC compilers, for instance.) In this case it may
* be a win to set MIN_GET_BITS to the minimum value of 15. This reduces the
* average shift distance at the cost of more calls to jpeg_fill_bit_buffer.
*/
#ifdef SLOW_SHIFT_32
#define MIN_GET_BITS 15 /* minimum allowable value */
#else
#define MIN_GET_BITS (BIT_BUF_SIZE-7)
#endif
GLOBAL boolean
my_jpeg_fill_bit_buffer (bitread_working_state * state,
register bit_buf_type get_buffer, register int bits_left,
int nbits)
/* Load up the bit buffer to a depth of at least nbits */
{
/* Copy heavily used state fields into locals (hopefully registers) */
register const JOCTET * next_input_byte = state->next_input_byte;
register size_t bytes_in_buffer = state->bytes_in_buffer;
register int c;
/* Attempt to load at least MIN_GET_BITS bits into get_buffer. */
/* (It is assumed that no request will be for more than that many bits.) */
while (bits_left < MIN_GET_BITS) {
/* Attempt to read a byte */
if (state->unread_marker != 0)
goto no_more_data; /* can't advance past a marker */
if (bytes_in_buffer == 0) {
if (! (*state->cinfo->src->fill_input_buffer) (state->cinfo))
return FALSE;
next_input_byte = state->cinfo->src->next_input_byte;
bytes_in_buffer = state->cinfo->src->bytes_in_buffer;
}
bytes_in_buffer--;
c = GETJOCTET(*next_input_byte++);
/* If it's 0xFF, check and discard stuffed zero byte */
if (c == 0xFF) {
do {
if (bytes_in_buffer == 0) {
if (! (*state->cinfo->src->fill_input_buffer) (state->cinfo))
return FALSE;
next_input_byte = state->cinfo->src->next_input_byte;
bytes_in_buffer = state->cinfo->src->bytes_in_buffer;
}
bytes_in_buffer--;
c = GETJOCTET(*next_input_byte++);
} while (c == 0xFF);
if (c == 0) {
/* Found FF/00, which represents an FF data byte */
c = 0xFF;
} else {
/* Oops, it's actually a marker indicating end of compressed data. */
/* Better put it back for use later */
state->unread_marker = c;
no_more_data:
/* There should be enough bits still left in the data segment; */
/* if so, just break out of the outer while loop. */
if (bits_left >= nbits)
break;
/* Uh-oh. Report corrupted data to user and stuff zeroes into
* the data stream, so that we can produce some kind of image.
* Note that this code will be repeated for each byte demanded
* for the rest of the segment. We use a nonvolatile flag to ensure
* that only one warning message appears.
*/
if (! *(state->printed_eod_ptr)) {
WARNMS(state->cinfo, JWRN_HIT_MARKER);
*(state->printed_eod_ptr) = TRUE;
}
c = 0; /* insert a zero byte into bit buffer */
}
}
/* OK, load c into get_buffer */
get_buffer = (get_buffer << 8) | c;
bits_left += 8;
}
/* Unload the local registers */
state->next_input_byte = next_input_byte;
state->bytes_in_buffer = bytes_in_buffer;
state->get_buffer = get_buffer;
state->bits_left = bits_left;
return TRUE;
}
/*
* Out-of-line code for Huffman code decoding.
* See jdhuff.h for info about usage.
*/
GLOBAL int
my_jpeg_huff_decode (bitread_working_state * state,
register bit_buf_type get_buffer, register int bits_left,
d_derived_tbl * htbl, int min_bits)
{
register int l = min_bits;
register INT32 code;
/* HUFF_DECODE has determined that the code is at least min_bits */
/* bits long, so fetch that many bits in one swoop. */
CHECK_BIT_BUFFER(*state, l, return -1);
code = GET_BITS(l);
/* Collect the rest of the Huffman code one bit at a time. */
/* This is per Figure F.16 in the JPEG spec. */
while (code > htbl->maxcode[l]) {
code <<= 1;
CHECK_BIT_BUFFER(*state, 1, return -1);
code |= GET_BITS(1);
l++;
}
/* Unload the local registers */
state->get_buffer = get_buffer;
state->bits_left = bits_left;
/* With garbage input we may reach the sentinel value l = 17. */
if (l > 16) {
WARNMS(state->cinfo, JWRN_HUFF_BAD_CODE);
return 0; /* fake a zero as the safest result */
}
return htbl->pub->huffval[ htbl->valptr[l] +
((int) (code - htbl->mincode[l])) ];
}
/*
* Figure F.12: extend sign bit.
* On some machines, a shift and add will be faster than a table lookup.
*/
#ifdef AVOID_TABLES
#define HUFF_EXTEND(x,s) ((x) < (1<<((s)-1)) ? (x) + (((-1)<<(s)) + 1) : (x))
#else
#define HUFF_EXTEND(x,s) ((x) < extend_test[s] ? (x) + extend_offset[s] : (x))
static const int extend_test[16] = /* entry n is 2**(n-1) */
{ 0, 0x0001, 0x0002, 0x0004, 0x0008, 0x0010, 0x0020, 0x0040, 0x0080,
0x0100, 0x0200, 0x0400, 0x0800, 0x1000, 0x2000, 0x4000 };
static const int extend_offset[16] = /* entry n is (-1 << n) + 1 */
{ 0, ((-1)<<1) + 1, ((-1)<<2) + 1, ((-1)<<3) + 1, ((-1)<<4) + 1,
((-1)<<5) + 1, ((-1)<<6) + 1, ((-1)<<7) + 1, ((-1)<<8) + 1,
((-1)<<9) + 1, ((-1)<<10) + 1, ((-1)<<11) + 1, ((-1)<<12) + 1,
((-1)<<13) + 1, ((-1)<<14) + 1, ((-1)<<15) + 1 };
#endif /* AVOID_TABLES */
/*
* Check for a restart marker & resynchronize decoder.
* Returns FALSE if must suspend.
*/
LOCAL boolean
process_restart (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
huff_entropy_ptr entropy = (huff_entropy_ptr) cinfo->entropy;
int ci;
/* Throw away any unused bits remaining in bit buffer; */
/* include any full bytes in next_marker's count of discarded bytes */
cinfo->marker->discarded_bytes += entropy->bitstate.bits_left / 8;
entropy->bitstate.bits_left = 0;
/* Advance past the RSTn marker */
if (! (*cinfo->marker->read_restart_marker) (cinfo))
return FALSE;
/* Re-initialize DC predictions to 0 */
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->comps_in_scan; ci++)
entropy->saved.last_dc_val[ci] = 0;
/* Reset restart counter */
entropy->restarts_to_go = cinfo->restart_interval;
/* Next segment can get another out-of-data warning */
entropy->bitstate.printed_eod = FALSE;
return TRUE;
}
/*
* Decode and return one MCU's worth of Huffman-compressed coefficients.
* The coefficients are reordered from zigzag order into natural array order,
* but are not dequantized.
*
* The i'th block of the MCU is stored into the block pointed to by
* MCU_data[i]. WE ASSUME THIS AREA HAS BEEN ZEROED BY THE CALLER.
* (Wholesale zeroing is usually a little faster than retail...)
*
* Returns FALSE if data source requested suspension. In that case no
* changes have been made to permanent state. (Exception: some output
* coefficients may already have been assigned. This is harmless for
* this module, since we'll just re-assign them on the next call.)
*/
METHODDEF boolean
decode_mcu (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, JBLOCKROW *MCU_data)
{
huff_entropy_ptr entropy = (huff_entropy_ptr) cinfo->entropy;
register int s, k, r;
int blkn, ci;
JBLOCKROW block;
BITREAD_STATE_VARS;
savable_state state;
d_derived_tbl * dctbl;
d_derived_tbl * actbl;
jpeg_component_info * compptr;
/* Process restart marker if needed; may have to suspend */
if (cinfo->restart_interval) {
if (entropy->restarts_to_go == 0)
if (! process_restart(cinfo))
return FALSE;
}
/* Load up working state */
BITREAD_LOAD_STATE(cinfo,entropy->bitstate);
ASSIGN_STATE(state, entropy->saved);
/* Outer loop handles each block in the MCU */
for (blkn = 0; blkn < cinfo->blocks_in_MCU; blkn++) {
block = MCU_data[blkn];
ci = cinfo->MCU_membership[blkn];
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[ci];
dctbl = entropy->dc_derived_tbls[compptr->dc_tbl_no];
actbl = entropy->ac_derived_tbls[compptr->ac_tbl_no];
/* Decode a single block's worth of coefficients */
/* Section F.2.2.1: decode the DC coefficient difference */
HUFF_DECODE(s, br_state, dctbl, return FALSE, label1);
if (s) {
CHECK_BIT_BUFFER(br_state, s, return FALSE);
r = GET_BITS(s);
s = HUFF_EXTEND(r, s);
}
/* Shortcut if component's values are not interesting */
if (! compptr->component_needed)
goto skip_ACs;
/* Convert DC difference to actual value, update last_dc_val */
s += state.last_dc_val[ci];
state.last_dc_val[ci] = s;
/* Output the DC coefficient (assumes jpeg_natural_order[0] = 0) */
(*block)[0] = (JCOEF) s;
/* Do we need to decode the AC coefficients for this component? */
if (compptr->DCT_scaled_size > 1) {
/* Section F.2.2.2: decode the AC coefficients */
/* Since zeroes are skipped, output area must be cleared beforehand */
for (k = 1; k < DCTSIZE2; k++) {
HUFF_DECODE(s, br_state, actbl, return FALSE, label2);
r = s >> 4;
s &= 15;
if (s) {
k += r;
CHECK_BIT_BUFFER(br_state, s, return FALSE);
r = GET_BITS(s);
s = HUFF_EXTEND(r, s);
/* Output coefficient in natural (dezigzagged) order.
* Note: the extra entries in jpeg_natural_order[] will save us
* if k >= DCTSIZE2, which could happen if the data is corrupted.
*/
(*block)[jpeg_natural_order[k]] = (JCOEF) s;
} else {
if (r != 15)
break;
k += 15;
}
}
} else {
skip_ACs:
/* Section F.2.2.2: decode the AC coefficients */
/* In this path we just discard the values */
for (k = 1; k < DCTSIZE2; k++) {
HUFF_DECODE(s, br_state, actbl, return FALSE, label3);
r = s >> 4;
s &= 15;
if (s) {
k += r;
CHECK_BIT_BUFFER(br_state, s, return FALSE);
DROP_BITS(s);
} else {
if (r != 15)
break;
k += 15;
}
}
}
}
/* Completed MCU, so update state */
BITREAD_SAVE_STATE(cinfo,entropy->bitstate);
ASSIGN_STATE(entropy->saved, state);
/* Account for restart interval (no-op if not using restarts) */
entropy->restarts_to_go--;
return TRUE;
}
/*
* Module initialization routine for Huffman entropy decoding.
*/
GLOBAL void
jinit_huff_decoder (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
huff_entropy_ptr entropy;
int i;
entropy = (huff_entropy_ptr)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
SIZEOF(huff_entropy_decoder));
cinfo->entropy = (struct jpeg_entropy_decoder *) entropy;
entropy->pub.start_pass = start_pass_huff_decoder;
entropy->pub.decode_mcu = decode_mcu;
/* Mark tables unallocated */
for (i = 0; i < NUM_HUFF_TBLS; i++) {
entropy->dc_derived_tbls[i] = entropy->ac_derived_tbls[i] = NULL;
}
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
/*
* jdhuff.h
*
* Copyright (C) 1991-1995, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains declarations for Huffman entropy decoding routines
* that are shared between the sequential decoder (jdhuff.c) and the
* progressive decoder (jdphuff.c). No other modules need to see these.
*/
/* Short forms of external names for systems with brain-damaged linkers. */
#ifdef NEED_SHORT_EXTERNAL_NAMES
#define my_jpeg_make_d_derived_tbl jMkDDerived
#define my_jpeg_fill_bit_buffer jFilBitBuf
#define my_jpeg_huff_decode jHufDecode
#endif /* NEED_SHORT_EXTERNAL_NAMES */
/* Derived data constructed for each Huffman table */
#define HUFF_LOOKAHEAD 8 /* # of bits of lookahead */
typedef struct {
/* Basic tables: (element [0] of each array is unused) */
INT32 mincode[17]; /* smallest code of length k */
INT32 maxcode[18]; /* largest code of length k (-1 if none) */
/* (maxcode[17] is a sentinel to ensure jpeg_huff_decode terminates) */
int valptr[17]; /* huffval[] index of 1st symbol of length k */
/* Link to public Huffman table (needed only in jpeg_huff_decode) */
JHUFF_TBL *pub;
/* Lookahead tables: indexed by the next HUFF_LOOKAHEAD bits of
* the input data stream. If the next Huffman code is no more
* than HUFF_LOOKAHEAD bits long, we can obtain its length and
* the corresponding symbol directly from these tables.
*/
int look_nbits[1<<HUFF_LOOKAHEAD]; /* # bits, or 0 if too long */
UINT8 look_sym[1<<HUFF_LOOKAHEAD]; /* symbol, or unused */
} d_derived_tbl;
/* Expand a Huffman table definition into the derived format */
EXTERN void my_jpeg_make_d_derived_tbl JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JHUFF_TBL * htbl, d_derived_tbl ** pdtbl));
/*
* Fetching the next N bits from the input stream is a time-critical operation
* for the Huffman decoders. We implement it with a combination of inline
* macros and out-of-line subroutines. Note that N (the number of bits
* demanded at one time) never exceeds 15 for JPEG use.
*
* We read source bytes into get_buffer and dole out bits as needed.
* If get_buffer already contains enough bits, they are fetched in-line
* by the macros CHECK_BIT_BUFFER and GET_BITS. When there aren't enough
* bits, jpeg_fill_bit_buffer is called; it will attempt to fill get_buffer
* as full as possible (not just to the number of bits needed; this
* prefetching reduces the overhead cost of calling jpeg_fill_bit_buffer).
* Note that jpeg_fill_bit_buffer may return FALSE to indicate suspension.
* On TRUE return, jpeg_fill_bit_buffer guarantees that get_buffer contains
* at least the requested number of bits --- dummy zeroes are inserted if
* necessary.
*/
typedef INT32 bit_buf_type; /* type of bit-extraction buffer */
#define BIT_BUF_SIZE 32 /* size of buffer in bits */
/* If long is > 32 bits on your machine, and shifting/masking longs is
* reasonably fast, making bit_buf_type be long and setting BIT_BUF_SIZE
* appropriately should be a win. Unfortunately we can't do this with
* something like #define BIT_BUF_SIZE (sizeof(bit_buf_type)*8)
* because not all machines measure sizeof in 8-bit bytes.
*/
typedef struct { /* Bitreading state saved across MCUs */
bit_buf_type get_buffer; /* current bit-extraction buffer */
int bits_left; /* # of unused bits in it */
boolean printed_eod; /* flag to suppress multiple warning msgs */
} bitread_perm_state;
typedef struct { /* Bitreading working state within an MCU */
/* current data source state */
const JOCTET * next_input_byte; /* => next byte to read from source */
size_t bytes_in_buffer; /* # of bytes remaining in source buffer */
int unread_marker; /* nonzero if we have hit a marker */
/* bit input buffer --- note these values are kept in register variables,
* not in this struct, inside the inner loops.
*/
bit_buf_type get_buffer; /* current bit-extraction buffer */
int bits_left; /* # of unused bits in it */
/* pointers needed by jpeg_fill_bit_buffer */
j_decompress_ptr cinfo; /* back link to decompress master record */
boolean * printed_eod_ptr; /* => flag in permanent state */
} bitread_working_state;
/* Macros to declare and load/save bitread local variables. */
#define BITREAD_STATE_VARS \
register bit_buf_type get_buffer; \
register int bits_left; \
bitread_working_state br_state
#define BITREAD_LOAD_STATE(cinfop,permstate) \
br_state.cinfo = cinfop; \
br_state.next_input_byte = cinfop->src->next_input_byte; \
br_state.bytes_in_buffer = cinfop->src->bytes_in_buffer; \
br_state.unread_marker = cinfop->unread_marker; \
get_buffer = permstate.get_buffer; \
bits_left = permstate.bits_left; \
br_state.printed_eod_ptr = & permstate.printed_eod
#define BITREAD_SAVE_STATE(cinfop,permstate) \
cinfop->src->next_input_byte = br_state.next_input_byte; \
cinfop->src->bytes_in_buffer = br_state.bytes_in_buffer; \
cinfop->unread_marker = br_state.unread_marker; \
permstate.get_buffer = get_buffer; \
permstate.bits_left = bits_left
/*
* These macros provide the in-line portion of bit fetching.
* Use CHECK_BIT_BUFFER to ensure there are N bits in get_buffer
* before using GET_BITS, PEEK_BITS, or DROP_BITS.
* The variables get_buffer and bits_left are assumed to be locals,
* but the state struct might not be (jpeg_huff_decode needs this).
* CHECK_BIT_BUFFER(state,n,action);
* Ensure there are N bits in get_buffer; if suspend, take action.
* val = GET_BITS(n);
* Fetch next N bits.
* val = PEEK_BITS(n);
* Fetch next N bits without removing them from the buffer.
* DROP_BITS(n);
* Discard next N bits.
* The value N should be a simple variable, not an expression, because it
* is evaluated multiple times.
*/
#define CHECK_BIT_BUFFER(state,nbits,action) \
{ if (bits_left < (nbits)) { \
if (! my_jpeg_fill_bit_buffer(&(state),get_buffer,bits_left,nbits)) \
{ action; } \
get_buffer = (state).get_buffer; bits_left = (state).bits_left; } }
#define GET_BITS(nbits) \
(((int) (get_buffer >> (bits_left -= (nbits)))) & ((1<<(nbits))-1))
#define PEEK_BITS(nbits) \
(((int) (get_buffer >> (bits_left - (nbits)))) & ((1<<(nbits))-1))
#define DROP_BITS(nbits) \
(bits_left -= (nbits))
/* Load up the bit buffer to a depth of at least nbits */
EXTERN boolean my_jpeg_fill_bit_buffer JPP((bitread_working_state * state,
register bit_buf_type get_buffer, register int bits_left,
int nbits));
/*
* Code for extracting next Huffman-coded symbol from input bit stream.
* Again, this is time-critical and we make the main paths be macros.
*
* We use a lookahead table to process codes of up to HUFF_LOOKAHEAD bits
* without looping. Usually, more than 95% of the Huffman codes will be 8
* or fewer bits long. The few overlength codes are handled with a loop,
* which need not be inline code.
*
* Notes about the HUFF_DECODE macro:
* 1. Near the end of the data segment, we may fail to get enough bits
* for a lookahead. In that case, we do it the hard way.
* 2. If the lookahead table contains no entry, the next code must be
* more than HUFF_LOOKAHEAD bits long.
* 3. jpeg_huff_decode returns -1 if forced to suspend.
*/
#define HUFF_DECODE(result,state,htbl,failaction,slowlabel) \
{ register int nb, look; \
if (bits_left < HUFF_LOOKAHEAD) { \
if (! my_jpeg_fill_bit_buffer(&state,get_buffer,bits_left, 0)) {failaction;} \
get_buffer = state.get_buffer; bits_left = state.bits_left; \
if (bits_left < HUFF_LOOKAHEAD) { \
nb = 1; goto slowlabel; \
} \
} \
look = PEEK_BITS(HUFF_LOOKAHEAD); \
if ((nb = htbl->look_nbits[look]) != 0) { \
DROP_BITS(nb); \
result = htbl->look_sym[look]; \
} else { \
nb = HUFF_LOOKAHEAD+1; \
slowlabel: \
if ((result=my_jpeg_huff_decode(&state,get_buffer,bits_left,htbl,nb)) < 0) \
{ failaction; } \
get_buffer = state.get_buffer; bits_left = state.bits_left; \
} \
}
/* Out-of-line case for Huffman code fetching */
EXTERN int my_jpeg_huff_decode JPP((bitread_working_state * state,
register bit_buf_type get_buffer, register int bits_left,
d_derived_tbl * htbl, int min_bits));

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,381 @@
/*
* jdinput.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1991-1995, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains input control logic for the JPEG decompressor.
* These routines are concerned with controlling the decompressor's input
* processing (marker reading and coefficient decoding). The actual input
* reading is done in jdmarker.c, jdhuff.c, and jdphuff.c.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/* Private state */
typedef struct {
struct jpeg_input_controller pub; /* public fields */
boolean inheaders; /* TRUE until first SOS is reached */
} my_input_controller;
typedef my_input_controller * my_inputctl_ptr;
/* Forward declarations */
METHODDEF int consume_markers JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
/*
* Routines to calculate various quantities related to the size of the image.
*/
LOCAL void
initial_setup (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
/* Called once, when first SOS marker is reached */
{
int ci;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
/* Make sure image isn't bigger than I can handle */
if ((long) cinfo->image_height > (long) JPEG_MAX_DIMENSION ||
(long) cinfo->image_width > (long) JPEG_MAX_DIMENSION)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_IMAGE_TOO_BIG, (unsigned int) JPEG_MAX_DIMENSION);
/* For now, precision must match compiled-in value... */
if (cinfo->data_precision != BITS_IN_JSAMPLE)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_PRECISION, cinfo->data_precision);
/* Check that number of components won't exceed internal array sizes */
if (cinfo->num_components > MAX_COMPONENTS)
ERREXIT2(cinfo, JERR_COMPONENT_COUNT, cinfo->num_components,
MAX_COMPONENTS);
/* Compute maximum sampling factors; check factor validity */
cinfo->max_h_samp_factor = 1;
cinfo->max_v_samp_factor = 1;
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
if (compptr->h_samp_factor<=0 || compptr->h_samp_factor>MAX_SAMP_FACTOR ||
compptr->v_samp_factor<=0 || compptr->v_samp_factor>MAX_SAMP_FACTOR)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_SAMPLING);
cinfo->max_h_samp_factor = MAX(cinfo->max_h_samp_factor,
compptr->h_samp_factor);
cinfo->max_v_samp_factor = MAX(cinfo->max_v_samp_factor,
compptr->v_samp_factor);
}
/* We initialize DCT_scaled_size and min_DCT_scaled_size to DCTSIZE.
* In the full decompressor, this will be overridden by jdmaster.c;
* but in the transcoder, jdmaster.c is not used, so we must do it here.
*/
cinfo->min_DCT_scaled_size = DCTSIZE;
/* Compute dimensions of components */
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
compptr->DCT_scaled_size = DCTSIZE;
/* Size in DCT blocks */
compptr->width_in_blocks = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_width * (long) compptr->h_samp_factor,
(long) (cinfo->max_h_samp_factor * DCTSIZE));
compptr->height_in_blocks = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_height * (long) compptr->v_samp_factor,
(long) (cinfo->max_v_samp_factor * DCTSIZE));
/* downsampled_width and downsampled_height will also be overridden by
* jdmaster.c if we are doing full decompression. The transcoder library
* doesn't use these values, but the calling application might.
*/
/* Size in samples */
compptr->downsampled_width = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_width * (long) compptr->h_samp_factor,
(long) cinfo->max_h_samp_factor);
compptr->downsampled_height = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_height * (long) compptr->v_samp_factor,
(long) cinfo->max_v_samp_factor);
/* Mark component needed, until color conversion says otherwise */
compptr->component_needed = TRUE;
/* Mark no quantization table yet saved for component */
compptr->quant_table = NULL;
}
/* Compute number of fully interleaved MCU rows. */
cinfo->total_iMCU_rows = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_height,
(long) (cinfo->max_v_samp_factor*DCTSIZE));
/* Decide whether file contains multiple scans */
if (cinfo->comps_in_scan < cinfo->num_components || cinfo->progressive_mode)
cinfo->inputctl->has_multiple_scans = TRUE;
else
cinfo->inputctl->has_multiple_scans = FALSE;
}
LOCAL void
per_scan_setup (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
/* Do computations that are needed before processing a JPEG scan */
/* cinfo->comps_in_scan and cinfo->cur_comp_info[] were set from SOS marker */
{
int ci, mcublks, tmp;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
if (cinfo->comps_in_scan == 1) {
/* Noninterleaved (single-component) scan */
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[0];
/* Overall image size in MCUs */
cinfo->MCUs_per_row = compptr->width_in_blocks;
cinfo->MCU_rows_in_scan = compptr->height_in_blocks;
/* For noninterleaved scan, always one block per MCU */
compptr->MCU_width = 1;
compptr->MCU_height = 1;
compptr->MCU_blocks = 1;
compptr->MCU_sample_width = compptr->DCT_scaled_size;
compptr->last_col_width = 1;
/* For noninterleaved scans, it is convenient to define last_row_height
* as the number of block rows present in the last iMCU row.
*/
tmp = (int) (compptr->height_in_blocks % compptr->v_samp_factor);
if (tmp == 0) tmp = compptr->v_samp_factor;
compptr->last_row_height = tmp;
/* Prepare array describing MCU composition */
cinfo->blocks_in_MCU = 1;
cinfo->MCU_membership[0] = 0;
} else {
/* Interleaved (multi-component) scan */
if (cinfo->comps_in_scan <= 0 || cinfo->comps_in_scan > MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN)
ERREXIT2(cinfo, JERR_COMPONENT_COUNT, cinfo->comps_in_scan,
MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN);
/* Overall image size in MCUs */
cinfo->MCUs_per_row = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_width,
(long) (cinfo->max_h_samp_factor*DCTSIZE));
cinfo->MCU_rows_in_scan = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_height,
(long) (cinfo->max_v_samp_factor*DCTSIZE));
cinfo->blocks_in_MCU = 0;
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->comps_in_scan; ci++) {
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[ci];
/* Sampling factors give # of blocks of component in each MCU */
compptr->MCU_width = compptr->h_samp_factor;
compptr->MCU_height = compptr->v_samp_factor;
compptr->MCU_blocks = compptr->MCU_width * compptr->MCU_height;
compptr->MCU_sample_width = compptr->MCU_width * compptr->DCT_scaled_size;
/* Figure number of non-dummy blocks in last MCU column & row */
tmp = (int) (compptr->width_in_blocks % compptr->MCU_width);
if (tmp == 0) tmp = compptr->MCU_width;
compptr->last_col_width = tmp;
tmp = (int) (compptr->height_in_blocks % compptr->MCU_height);
if (tmp == 0) tmp = compptr->MCU_height;
compptr->last_row_height = tmp;
/* Prepare array describing MCU composition */
mcublks = compptr->MCU_blocks;
if (cinfo->blocks_in_MCU + mcublks > D_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_MCU_SIZE);
while (mcublks-- > 0) {
cinfo->MCU_membership[cinfo->blocks_in_MCU++] = ci;
}
}
}
}
/*
* Save away a copy of the Q-table referenced by each component present
* in the current scan, unless already saved during a prior scan.
*
* In a multiple-scan JPEG file, the encoder could assign different components
* the same Q-table slot number, but change table definitions between scans
* so that each component uses a different Q-table. (The IJG encoder is not
* currently capable of doing this, but other encoders might.) Since we want
* to be able to dequantize all the components at the end of the file, this
* means that we have to save away the table actually used for each component.
* We do this by copying the table at the start of the first scan containing
* the component.
* The JPEG spec prohibits the encoder from changing the contents of a Q-table
* slot between scans of a component using that slot. If the encoder does so
* anyway, this decoder will simply use the Q-table values that were current
* at the start of the first scan for the component.
*
* The decompressor output side looks only at the saved quant tables,
* not at the current Q-table slots.
*/
LOCAL void
latch_quant_tables (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
int ci, qtblno;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
JQUANT_TBL * qtbl;
for (ci = 0; ci < cinfo->comps_in_scan; ci++) {
compptr = cinfo->cur_comp_info[ci];
/* No work if we already saved Q-table for this component */
if (compptr->quant_table != NULL)
continue;
/* Make sure specified quantization table is present */
qtblno = compptr->quant_tbl_no;
if (qtblno < 0 || qtblno >= NUM_QUANT_TBLS ||
cinfo->quant_tbl_ptrs[qtblno] == NULL)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_NO_QUANT_TABLE, qtblno);
/* OK, save away the quantization table */
qtbl = (JQUANT_TBL *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
SIZEOF(JQUANT_TBL));
MEMCOPY(qtbl, cinfo->quant_tbl_ptrs[qtblno], SIZEOF(JQUANT_TBL));
compptr->quant_table = qtbl;
}
}
/*
* Initialize the input modules to read a scan of compressed data.
* The first call to this is done by jdmaster.c after initializing
* the entire decompressor (during jpeg_start_decompress).
* Subsequent calls come from consume_markers, below.
*/
METHODDEF void
start_input_pass (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
per_scan_setup(cinfo);
latch_quant_tables(cinfo);
(*cinfo->entropy->start_pass) (cinfo);
(*cinfo->coef->start_input_pass) (cinfo);
cinfo->inputctl->consume_input = cinfo->coef->consume_data;
}
/*
* Finish up after inputting a compressed-data scan.
* This is called by the coefficient controller after it's read all
* the expected data of the scan.
*/
METHODDEF void
finish_input_pass (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
cinfo->inputctl->consume_input = consume_markers;
}
/*
* Read JPEG markers before, between, or after compressed-data scans.
* Change state as necessary when a new scan is reached.
* Return value is JPEG_SUSPENDED, JPEG_REACHED_SOS, or JPEG_REACHED_EOI.
*
* The consume_input method pointer points either here or to the
* coefficient controller's consume_data routine, depending on whether
* we are reading a compressed data segment or inter-segment markers.
*/
METHODDEF int
consume_markers (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_inputctl_ptr inputctl = (my_inputctl_ptr) cinfo->inputctl;
int val;
if (inputctl->pub.eoi_reached) /* After hitting EOI, read no further */
return JPEG_REACHED_EOI;
val = (*cinfo->marker->read_markers) (cinfo);
switch (val) {
case JPEG_REACHED_SOS: /* Found SOS */
if (inputctl->inheaders) { /* 1st SOS */
initial_setup(cinfo);
inputctl->inheaders = FALSE;
/* Note: start_input_pass must be called by jdmaster.c
* before any more input can be consumed. jdapi.c is
* responsible for enforcing this sequencing.
*/
} else { /* 2nd or later SOS marker */
if (! inputctl->pub.has_multiple_scans)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_EOI_EXPECTED); /* Oops, I wasn't expecting this! */
start_input_pass(cinfo);
}
break;
case JPEG_REACHED_EOI: /* Found EOI */
inputctl->pub.eoi_reached = TRUE;
if (inputctl->inheaders) { /* Tables-only datastream, apparently */
if (cinfo->marker->saw_SOF)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_SOF_NO_SOS);
} else {
/* Prevent infinite loop in coef ctlr's decompress_data routine
* if user set output_scan_number larger than number of scans.
*/
if (cinfo->output_scan_number > cinfo->input_scan_number)
cinfo->output_scan_number = cinfo->input_scan_number;
}
break;
case JPEG_SUSPENDED:
break;
}
return val;
}
/*
* Reset state to begin a fresh datastream.
*/
METHODDEF void
reset_input_controller (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_inputctl_ptr inputctl = (my_inputctl_ptr) cinfo->inputctl;
inputctl->pub.consume_input = consume_markers;
inputctl->pub.has_multiple_scans = FALSE; /* "unknown" would be better */
inputctl->pub.eoi_reached = FALSE;
inputctl->inheaders = TRUE;
/* Reset other modules */
(*cinfo->err->reset_error_mgr) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
(*cinfo->marker->reset_marker_reader) (cinfo);
/* Reset progression state -- would be cleaner if entropy decoder did this */
cinfo->coef_bits = NULL;
}
/*
* Initialize the input controller module.
* This is called only once, when the decompression object is created.
*/
GLOBAL void
jinit_input_controller (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_inputctl_ptr inputctl;
/* Create subobject in permanent pool */
inputctl = (my_inputctl_ptr)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_PERMANENT,
SIZEOF(my_input_controller));
cinfo->inputctl = (struct jpeg_input_controller *) inputctl;
/* Initialize method pointers */
inputctl->pub.consume_input = consume_markers;
inputctl->pub.reset_input_controller = reset_input_controller;
inputctl->pub.start_input_pass = start_input_pass;
inputctl->pub.finish_input_pass = finish_input_pass;
/* Initialize state: can't use reset_input_controller since we don't
* want to try to reset other modules yet.
*/
inputctl->pub.has_multiple_scans = FALSE; /* "unknown" would be better */
inputctl->pub.eoi_reached = FALSE;
inputctl->inheaders = TRUE;
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,512 @@
/*
* jdmainct.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1994-1995, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains the main buffer controller for decompression.
* The main buffer lies between the JPEG decompressor proper and the
* post-processor; it holds downsampled data in the JPEG colorspace.
*
* Note that this code is bypassed in raw-data mode, since the application
* supplies the equivalent of the main buffer in that case.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/*
* In the current system design, the main buffer need never be a full-image
* buffer; any full-height buffers will be found inside the coefficient or
* postprocessing controllers. Nonetheless, the main controller is not
* trivial. Its responsibility is to provide context rows for upsampling/
* rescaling, and doing this in an efficient fashion is a bit tricky.
*
* Postprocessor input data is counted in "row groups". A row group
* is defined to be (v_samp_factor * DCT_scaled_size / min_DCT_scaled_size)
* sample rows of each component. (We require DCT_scaled_size values to be
* chosen such that these numbers are integers. In practice DCT_scaled_size
* values will likely be powers of two, so we actually have the stronger
* condition that DCT_scaled_size / min_DCT_scaled_size is an integer.)
* Upsampling will typically produce max_v_samp_factor pixel rows from each
* row group (times any additional scale factor that the upsampler is
* applying).
*
* The coefficient controller will deliver data to us one iMCU row at a time;
* each iMCU row contains v_samp_factor * DCT_scaled_size sample rows, or
* exactly min_DCT_scaled_size row groups. (This amount of data corresponds
* to one row of MCUs when the image is fully interleaved.) Note that the
* number of sample rows varies across components, but the number of row
* groups does not. Some garbage sample rows may be included in the last iMCU
* row at the bottom of the image.
*
* Depending on the vertical scaling algorithm used, the upsampler may need
* access to the sample row(s) above and below its current input row group.
* The upsampler is required to set need_context_rows TRUE at global selection
* time if so. When need_context_rows is FALSE, this controller can simply
* obtain one iMCU row at a time from the coefficient controller and dole it
* out as row groups to the postprocessor.
*
* When need_context_rows is TRUE, this controller guarantees that the buffer
* passed to postprocessing contains at least one row group's worth of samples
* above and below the row group(s) being processed. Note that the context
* rows "above" the first passed row group appear at negative row offsets in
* the passed buffer. At the top and bottom of the image, the required
* context rows are manufactured by duplicating the first or last real sample
* row; this avoids having special cases in the upsampling inner loops.
*
* The amount of context is fixed at one row group just because that's a
* convenient number for this controller to work with. The existing
* upsamplers really only need one sample row of context. An upsampler
* supporting arbitrary output rescaling might wish for more than one row
* group of context when shrinking the image; tough, we don't handle that.
* (This is justified by the assumption that downsizing will be handled mostly
* by adjusting the DCT_scaled_size values, so that the actual scale factor at
* the upsample step needn't be much less than one.)
*
* To provide the desired context, we have to retain the last two row groups
* of one iMCU row while reading in the next iMCU row. (The last row group
* can't be processed until we have another row group for its below-context,
* and so we have to save the next-to-last group too for its above-context.)
* We could do this most simply by copying data around in our buffer, but
* that'd be very slow. We can avoid copying any data by creating a rather
* strange pointer structure. Here's how it works. We allocate a workspace
* consisting of M+2 row groups (where M = min_DCT_scaled_size is the number
* of row groups per iMCU row). We create two sets of redundant pointers to
* the workspace. Labeling the physical row groups 0 to M+1, the synthesized
* pointer lists look like this:
* M+1 M-1
* master pointer --> 0 master pointer --> 0
* 1 1
* ... ...
* M-3 M-3
* M-2 M
* M-1 M+1
* M M-2
* M+1 M-1
* 0 0
* We read alternate iMCU rows using each master pointer; thus the last two
* row groups of the previous iMCU row remain un-overwritten in the workspace.
* The pointer lists are set up so that the required context rows appear to
* be adjacent to the proper places when we pass the pointer lists to the
* upsampler.
*
* The above pictures describe the normal state of the pointer lists.
* At top and bottom of the image, we diddle the pointer lists to duplicate
* the first or last sample row as necessary (this is cheaper than copying
* sample rows around).
*
* This scheme breaks down if M < 2, ie, min_DCT_scaled_size is 1. In that
* situation each iMCU row provides only one row group so the buffering logic
* must be different (eg, we must read two iMCU rows before we can emit the
* first row group). For now, we simply do not support providing context
* rows when min_DCT_scaled_size is 1. That combination seems unlikely to
* be worth providing --- if someone wants a 1/8th-size preview, they probably
* want it quick and dirty, so a context-free upsampler is sufficient.
*/
/* Private buffer controller object */
typedef struct {
struct jpeg_d_main_controller pub; /* public fields */
/* Pointer to allocated workspace (M or M+2 row groups). */
JSAMPARRAY buffer[MAX_COMPONENTS];
boolean buffer_full; /* Have we gotten an iMCU row from decoder? */
JDIMENSION rowgroup_ctr; /* counts row groups output to postprocessor */
/* Remaining fields are only used in the context case. */
/* These are the master pointers to the funny-order pointer lists. */
JSAMPIMAGE xbuffer[2]; /* pointers to weird pointer lists */
int whichptr; /* indicates which pointer set is now in use */
int context_state; /* process_data state machine status */
JDIMENSION rowgroups_avail; /* row groups available to postprocessor */
JDIMENSION iMCU_row_ctr; /* counts iMCU rows to detect image top/bot */
} my_main_controller;
typedef my_main_controller * my_main_ptr;
/* context_state values: */
#define CTX_PREPARE_FOR_IMCU 0 /* need to prepare for MCU row */
#define CTX_PROCESS_IMCU 1 /* feeding iMCU to postprocessor */
#define CTX_POSTPONED_ROW 2 /* feeding postponed row group */
/* Forward declarations */
METHODDEF void process_data_simple_main
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPARRAY output_buf,
JDIMENSION *out_row_ctr, JDIMENSION out_rows_avail));
METHODDEF void process_data_context_main
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPARRAY output_buf,
JDIMENSION *out_row_ctr, JDIMENSION out_rows_avail));
#ifdef QUANT_2PASS_SUPPORTED
METHODDEF void process_data_crank_post
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, JSAMPARRAY output_buf,
JDIMENSION *out_row_ctr, JDIMENSION out_rows_avail));
#endif
LOCAL void
alloc_funny_pointers (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
/* Allocate space for the funny pointer lists.
* This is done only once, not once per pass.
*/
{
my_main_ptr main = (my_main_ptr) cinfo->main;
int ci, rgroup;
int M = cinfo->min_DCT_scaled_size;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
JSAMPARRAY xbuf;
/* Get top-level space for component array pointers.
* We alloc both arrays with one call to save a few cycles.
*/
main->xbuffer[0] = (JSAMPIMAGE)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
cinfo->num_components * 2 * SIZEOF(JSAMPARRAY));
main->xbuffer[1] = main->xbuffer[0] + cinfo->num_components;
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
rgroup = (compptr->v_samp_factor * compptr->DCT_scaled_size) /
cinfo->min_DCT_scaled_size; /* height of a row group of component */
/* Get space for pointer lists --- M+4 row groups in each list.
* We alloc both pointer lists with one call to save a few cycles.
*/
xbuf = (JSAMPARRAY)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
2 * (rgroup * (M + 4)) * SIZEOF(JSAMPROW));
xbuf += rgroup; /* want one row group at negative offsets */
main->xbuffer[0][ci] = xbuf;
xbuf += rgroup * (M + 4);
main->xbuffer[1][ci] = xbuf;
}
}
LOCAL void
make_funny_pointers (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
/* Create the funny pointer lists discussed in the comments above.
* The actual workspace is already allocated (in main->buffer),
* and the space for the pointer lists is allocated too.
* This routine just fills in the curiously ordered lists.
* This will be repeated at the beginning of each pass.
*/
{
my_main_ptr main = (my_main_ptr) cinfo->main;
int ci, i, rgroup;
int M = cinfo->min_DCT_scaled_size;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
JSAMPARRAY buf, xbuf0, xbuf1;
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
rgroup = (compptr->v_samp_factor * compptr->DCT_scaled_size) /
cinfo->min_DCT_scaled_size; /* height of a row group of component */
xbuf0 = main->xbuffer[0][ci];
xbuf1 = main->xbuffer[1][ci];
/* First copy the workspace pointers as-is */
buf = main->buffer[ci];
for (i = 0; i < rgroup * (M + 2); i++) {
xbuf0[i] = xbuf1[i] = buf[i];
}
/* In the second list, put the last four row groups in swapped order */
for (i = 0; i < rgroup * 2; i++) {
xbuf1[rgroup*(M-2) + i] = buf[rgroup*M + i];
xbuf1[rgroup*M + i] = buf[rgroup*(M-2) + i];
}
/* The wraparound pointers at top and bottom will be filled later
* (see set_wraparound_pointers, below). Initially we want the "above"
* pointers to duplicate the first actual data line. This only needs
* to happen in xbuffer[0].
*/
for (i = 0; i < rgroup; i++) {
xbuf0[i - rgroup] = xbuf0[0];
}
}
}
LOCAL void
set_wraparound_pointers (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
/* Set up the "wraparound" pointers at top and bottom of the pointer lists.
* This changes the pointer list state from top-of-image to the normal state.
*/
{
my_main_ptr main = (my_main_ptr) cinfo->main;
int ci, i, rgroup;
int M = cinfo->min_DCT_scaled_size;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
JSAMPARRAY xbuf0, xbuf1;
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
rgroup = (compptr->v_samp_factor * compptr->DCT_scaled_size) /
cinfo->min_DCT_scaled_size; /* height of a row group of component */
xbuf0 = main->xbuffer[0][ci];
xbuf1 = main->xbuffer[1][ci];
for (i = 0; i < rgroup; i++) {
xbuf0[i - rgroup] = xbuf0[rgroup*(M+1) + i];
xbuf1[i - rgroup] = xbuf1[rgroup*(M+1) + i];
xbuf0[rgroup*(M+2) + i] = xbuf0[i];
xbuf1[rgroup*(M+2) + i] = xbuf1[i];
}
}
}
LOCAL void
set_bottom_pointers (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
/* Change the pointer lists to duplicate the last sample row at the bottom
* of the image. whichptr indicates which xbuffer holds the final iMCU row.
* Also sets rowgroups_avail to indicate number of nondummy row groups in row.
*/
{
my_main_ptr main = (my_main_ptr) cinfo->main;
int ci, i, rgroup, iMCUheight, rows_left;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
JSAMPARRAY xbuf;
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
/* Count sample rows in one iMCU row and in one row group */
iMCUheight = compptr->v_samp_factor * compptr->DCT_scaled_size;
rgroup = iMCUheight / cinfo->min_DCT_scaled_size;
/* Count nondummy sample rows remaining for this component */
rows_left = (int) (compptr->downsampled_height % (JDIMENSION) iMCUheight);
if (rows_left == 0) rows_left = iMCUheight;
/* Count nondummy row groups. Should get same answer for each component,
* so we need only do it once.
*/
if (ci == 0) {
main->rowgroups_avail = (JDIMENSION) ((rows_left-1) / rgroup + 1);
}
/* Duplicate the last real sample row rgroup*2 times; this pads out the
* last partial rowgroup and ensures at least one full rowgroup of context.
*/
xbuf = main->xbuffer[main->whichptr][ci];
for (i = 0; i < rgroup * 2; i++) {
xbuf[rows_left + i] = xbuf[rows_left-1];
}
}
}
/*
* Initialize for a processing pass.
*/
METHODDEF void
start_pass_main (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, J_BUF_MODE pass_mode)
{
my_main_ptr main = (my_main_ptr) cinfo->main;
switch (pass_mode) {
case JBUF_PASS_THRU:
if (cinfo->upsample->need_context_rows) {
main->pub.process_data = process_data_context_main;
make_funny_pointers(cinfo); /* Create the xbuffer[] lists */
main->whichptr = 0; /* Read first iMCU row into xbuffer[0] */
main->context_state = CTX_PREPARE_FOR_IMCU;
main->iMCU_row_ctr = 0;
} else {
/* Simple case with no context needed */
main->pub.process_data = process_data_simple_main;
}
main->buffer_full = FALSE; /* Mark buffer empty */
main->rowgroup_ctr = 0;
break;
#ifdef QUANT_2PASS_SUPPORTED
case JBUF_CRANK_DEST:
/* For last pass of 2-pass quantization, just crank the postprocessor */
main->pub.process_data = process_data_crank_post;
break;
#endif
default:
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_BUFFER_MODE);
break;
}
}
/*
* Process some data.
* This handles the simple case where no context is required.
*/
METHODDEF void
process_data_simple_main (j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION *out_row_ctr,
JDIMENSION out_rows_avail)
{
my_main_ptr main = (my_main_ptr) cinfo->main;
JDIMENSION rowgroups_avail;
/* Read input data if we haven't filled the main buffer yet */
if (! main->buffer_full) {
if (! (*cinfo->coef->decompress_data) (cinfo, main->buffer))
return; /* suspension forced, can do nothing more */
main->buffer_full = TRUE; /* OK, we have an iMCU row to work with */
}
/* There are always min_DCT_scaled_size row groups in an iMCU row. */
rowgroups_avail = (JDIMENSION) cinfo->min_DCT_scaled_size;
/* Note: at the bottom of the image, we may pass extra garbage row groups
* to the postprocessor. The postprocessor has to check for bottom
* of image anyway (at row resolution), so no point in us doing it too.
*/
/* Feed the postprocessor */
(*cinfo->post->post_process_data) (cinfo, main->buffer,
&main->rowgroup_ctr, rowgroups_avail,
output_buf, out_row_ctr, out_rows_avail);
/* Has postprocessor consumed all the data yet? If so, mark buffer empty */
if (main->rowgroup_ctr >= rowgroups_avail) {
main->buffer_full = FALSE;
main->rowgroup_ctr = 0;
}
}
/*
* Process some data.
* This handles the case where context rows must be provided.
*/
METHODDEF void
process_data_context_main (j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION *out_row_ctr,
JDIMENSION out_rows_avail)
{
my_main_ptr main = (my_main_ptr) cinfo->main;
/* Read input data if we haven't filled the main buffer yet */
if (! main->buffer_full) {
if (! (*cinfo->coef->decompress_data) (cinfo,
main->xbuffer[main->whichptr]))
return; /* suspension forced, can do nothing more */
main->buffer_full = TRUE; /* OK, we have an iMCU row to work with */
main->iMCU_row_ctr++; /* count rows received */
}
/* Postprocessor typically will not swallow all the input data it is handed
* in one call (due to filling the output buffer first). Must be prepared
* to exit and restart. This switch lets us keep track of how far we got.
* Note that each case falls through to the next on successful completion.
*/
switch (main->context_state) {
case CTX_POSTPONED_ROW:
/* Call postprocessor using previously set pointers for postponed row */
(*cinfo->post->post_process_data) (cinfo, main->xbuffer[main->whichptr],
&main->rowgroup_ctr, main->rowgroups_avail,
output_buf, out_row_ctr, out_rows_avail);
if (main->rowgroup_ctr < main->rowgroups_avail)
return; /* Need to suspend */
main->context_state = CTX_PREPARE_FOR_IMCU;
if (*out_row_ctr >= out_rows_avail)
return; /* Postprocessor exactly filled output buf */
/*FALLTHROUGH*/
case CTX_PREPARE_FOR_IMCU:
/* Prepare to process first M-1 row groups of this iMCU row */
main->rowgroup_ctr = 0;
main->rowgroups_avail = (JDIMENSION) (cinfo->min_DCT_scaled_size - 1);
/* Check for bottom of image: if so, tweak pointers to "duplicate"
* the last sample row, and adjust rowgroups_avail to ignore padding rows.
*/
if (main->iMCU_row_ctr == cinfo->total_iMCU_rows)
set_bottom_pointers(cinfo);
main->context_state = CTX_PROCESS_IMCU;
/*FALLTHROUGH*/
case CTX_PROCESS_IMCU:
/* Call postprocessor using previously set pointers */
(*cinfo->post->post_process_data) (cinfo, main->xbuffer[main->whichptr],
&main->rowgroup_ctr, main->rowgroups_avail,
output_buf, out_row_ctr, out_rows_avail);
if (main->rowgroup_ctr < main->rowgroups_avail)
return; /* Need to suspend */
/* After the first iMCU, change wraparound pointers to normal state */
if (main->iMCU_row_ctr == 1)
set_wraparound_pointers(cinfo);
/* Prepare to load new iMCU row using other xbuffer list */
main->whichptr ^= 1; /* 0=>1 or 1=>0 */
main->buffer_full = FALSE;
/* Still need to process last row group of this iMCU row, */
/* which is saved at index M+1 of the other xbuffer */
main->rowgroup_ctr = (JDIMENSION) (cinfo->min_DCT_scaled_size + 1);
main->rowgroups_avail = (JDIMENSION) (cinfo->min_DCT_scaled_size + 2);
main->context_state = CTX_POSTPONED_ROW;
}
}
/*
* Process some data.
* Final pass of two-pass quantization: just call the postprocessor.
* Source data will be the postprocessor controller's internal buffer.
*/
#ifdef QUANT_2PASS_SUPPORTED
METHODDEF void
process_data_crank_post (j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION *out_row_ctr,
JDIMENSION out_rows_avail)
{
(*cinfo->post->post_process_data) (cinfo, (JSAMPIMAGE) NULL,
(JDIMENSION *) NULL, (JDIMENSION) 0,
output_buf, out_row_ctr, out_rows_avail);
}
#endif /* QUANT_2PASS_SUPPORTED */
/*
* Initialize main buffer controller.
*/
GLOBAL void
jinit_d_main_controller (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, boolean need_full_buffer)
{
my_main_ptr main;
int ci, rgroup, ngroups;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
main = (my_main_ptr)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
SIZEOF(my_main_controller));
cinfo->main = (struct jpeg_d_main_controller *) main;
main->pub.start_pass = start_pass_main;
if (need_full_buffer) /* shouldn't happen */
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_BUFFER_MODE);
/* Allocate the workspace.
* ngroups is the number of row groups we need.
*/
if (cinfo->upsample->need_context_rows) {
if (cinfo->min_DCT_scaled_size < 2) /* unsupported, see comments above */
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_NOTIMPL);
alloc_funny_pointers(cinfo); /* Alloc space for xbuffer[] lists */
ngroups = cinfo->min_DCT_scaled_size + 2;
} else {
ngroups = cinfo->min_DCT_scaled_size;
}
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
rgroup = (compptr->v_samp_factor * compptr->DCT_scaled_size) /
cinfo->min_DCT_scaled_size; /* height of a row group of component */
main->buffer[ci] = (*cinfo->mem->alloc_sarray)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
compptr->width_in_blocks * compptr->DCT_scaled_size,
(JDIMENSION) (rgroup * ngroups));
}
}

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,557 @@
/*
* jdmaster.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1991-1995, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains master control logic for the JPEG decompressor.
* These routines are concerned with selecting the modules to be executed
* and with determining the number of passes and the work to be done in each
* pass.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/* Private state */
typedef struct {
struct jpeg_decomp_master pub; /* public fields */
int pass_number; /* # of passes completed */
boolean using_merged_upsample; /* TRUE if using merged upsample/cconvert */
/* Saved references to initialized quantizer modules,
* in case we need to switch modes.
*/
struct jpeg_color_quantizer * quantizer_1pass;
struct jpeg_color_quantizer * quantizer_2pass;
} my_decomp_master;
typedef my_decomp_master * my_master_ptr;
/*
* Determine whether merged upsample/color conversion should be used.
* CRUCIAL: this must match the actual capabilities of jdmerge.c!
*/
LOCAL boolean
use_merged_upsample (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
#ifdef UPSAMPLE_MERGING_SUPPORTED
/* Merging is the equivalent of plain box-filter upsampling */
if (cinfo->do_fancy_upsampling || cinfo->CCIR601_sampling)
return FALSE;
/* jdmerge.c only supports YCC=>RGB color conversion */
if (cinfo->jpeg_color_space != JCS_YCbCr || cinfo->num_components != 3 ||
cinfo->out_color_space != JCS_RGB ||
cinfo->out_color_components != RGB_PIXELSIZE)
return FALSE;
/* and it only handles 2h1v or 2h2v sampling ratios */
if (cinfo->comp_info[0].h_samp_factor != 2 ||
cinfo->comp_info[1].h_samp_factor != 1 ||
cinfo->comp_info[2].h_samp_factor != 1 ||
cinfo->comp_info[0].v_samp_factor > 2 ||
cinfo->comp_info[1].v_samp_factor != 1 ||
cinfo->comp_info[2].v_samp_factor != 1)
return FALSE;
/* furthermore, it doesn't work if we've scaled the IDCTs differently */
if (cinfo->comp_info[0].DCT_scaled_size != cinfo->min_DCT_scaled_size ||
cinfo->comp_info[1].DCT_scaled_size != cinfo->min_DCT_scaled_size ||
cinfo->comp_info[2].DCT_scaled_size != cinfo->min_DCT_scaled_size)
return FALSE;
/* ??? also need to test for upsample-time rescaling, when & if supported */
return TRUE; /* by golly, it'll work... */
#else
return FALSE;
#endif
}
/*
* Compute output image dimensions and related values.
* NOTE: this is exported for possible use by application.
* Hence it mustn't do anything that can't be done twice.
* Also note that it may be called before the master module is initialized!
*/
GLOBAL void
my_jpeg_calc_output_dimensions (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
/* Do computations that are needed before master selection phase */
{
#if 0 // JDC: commented out to remove warning
int ci;
jpeg_component_info *compptr;
#endif
/* Prevent application from calling me at wrong times */
if (cinfo->global_state != DSTATE_READY)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
#ifdef IDCT_SCALING_SUPPORTED
/* Compute actual output image dimensions and DCT scaling choices. */
if (cinfo->scale_num * 8 <= cinfo->scale_denom) {
/* Provide 1/8 scaling */
cinfo->output_width = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_width, 8L);
cinfo->output_height = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_height, 8L);
cinfo->min_DCT_scaled_size = 1;
} else if (cinfo->scale_num * 4 <= cinfo->scale_denom) {
/* Provide 1/4 scaling */
cinfo->output_width = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_width, 4L);
cinfo->output_height = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_height, 4L);
cinfo->min_DCT_scaled_size = 2;
} else if (cinfo->scale_num * 2 <= cinfo->scale_denom) {
/* Provide 1/2 scaling */
cinfo->output_width = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_width, 2L);
cinfo->output_height = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_height, 2L);
cinfo->min_DCT_scaled_size = 4;
} else {
/* Provide 1/1 scaling */
cinfo->output_width = cinfo->image_width;
cinfo->output_height = cinfo->image_height;
cinfo->min_DCT_scaled_size = DCTSIZE;
}
/* In selecting the actual DCT scaling for each component, we try to
* scale up the chroma components via IDCT scaling rather than upsampling.
* This saves time if the upsampler gets to use 1:1 scaling.
* Note this code assumes that the supported DCT scalings are powers of 2.
*/
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
int ssize = cinfo->min_DCT_scaled_size;
while (ssize < DCTSIZE &&
(compptr->h_samp_factor * ssize * 2 <=
cinfo->max_h_samp_factor * cinfo->min_DCT_scaled_size) &&
(compptr->v_samp_factor * ssize * 2 <=
cinfo->max_v_samp_factor * cinfo->min_DCT_scaled_size)) {
ssize = ssize * 2;
}
compptr->DCT_scaled_size = ssize;
}
/* Recompute downsampled dimensions of components;
* application needs to know these if using raw downsampled data.
*/
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
/* Size in samples, after IDCT scaling */
compptr->downsampled_width = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_width *
(long) (compptr->h_samp_factor * compptr->DCT_scaled_size),
(long) (cinfo->max_h_samp_factor * DCTSIZE));
compptr->downsampled_height = (JDIMENSION)
jdiv_round_up((long) cinfo->image_height *
(long) (compptr->v_samp_factor * compptr->DCT_scaled_size),
(long) (cinfo->max_v_samp_factor * DCTSIZE));
}
#else /* !IDCT_SCALING_SUPPORTED */
/* Hardwire it to "no scaling" */
cinfo->output_width = cinfo->image_width;
cinfo->output_height = cinfo->image_height;
/* jdinput.c has already initialized DCT_scaled_size to DCTSIZE,
* and has computed unscaled downsampled_width and downsampled_height.
*/
#endif /* IDCT_SCALING_SUPPORTED */
/* Report number of components in selected colorspace. */
/* Probably this should be in the color conversion module... */
switch (cinfo->out_color_space) {
case JCS_GRAYSCALE:
cinfo->out_color_components = 1;
break;
case JCS_RGB:
#if RGB_PIXELSIZE != 3
cinfo->out_color_components = RGB_PIXELSIZE;
break;
#endif /* else share code with YCbCr */
case JCS_YCbCr:
cinfo->out_color_components = 3;
break;
case JCS_CMYK:
case JCS_YCCK:
cinfo->out_color_components = 4;
break;
default: /* else must be same colorspace as in file */
cinfo->out_color_components = cinfo->num_components;
break;
}
cinfo->output_components = (cinfo->quantize_colors ? 1 :
cinfo->out_color_components);
/* See if upsampler will want to emit more than one row at a time */
if (use_merged_upsample(cinfo))
cinfo->rec_outbuf_height = cinfo->max_v_samp_factor;
else
cinfo->rec_outbuf_height = 1;
}
/*
* Several decompression processes need to range-limit values to the range
* 0..MAXJSAMPLE; the input value may fall somewhat outside this range
* due to noise introduced by quantization, roundoff error, etc. These
* processes are inner loops and need to be as fast as possible. On most
* machines, particularly CPUs with pipelines or instruction prefetch,
* a (subscript-check-less) C table lookup
* x = sample_range_limit[x];
* is faster than explicit tests
* if (x < 0) x = 0;
* else if (x > MAXJSAMPLE) x = MAXJSAMPLE;
* These processes all use a common table prepared by the routine below.
*
* For most steps we can mathematically guarantee that the initial value
* of x is within MAXJSAMPLE+1 of the legal range, so a table running from
* -(MAXJSAMPLE+1) to 2*MAXJSAMPLE+1 is sufficient. But for the initial
* limiting step (just after the IDCT), a wildly out-of-range value is
* possible if the input data is corrupt. To avoid any chance of indexing
* off the end of memory and getting a bad-pointer trap, we perform the
* post-IDCT limiting thus:
* x = range_limit[x & MASK];
* where MASK is 2 bits wider than legal sample data, ie 10 bits for 8-bit
* samples. Under normal circumstances this is more than enough range and
* a correct output will be generated; with bogus input data the mask will
* cause wraparound, and we will safely generate a bogus-but-in-range output.
* For the post-IDCT step, we want to convert the data from signed to unsigned
* representation by adding CENTERJSAMPLE at the same time that we limit it.
* So the post-IDCT limiting table ends up looking like this:
* CENTERJSAMPLE,CENTERJSAMPLE+1,...,MAXJSAMPLE,
* MAXJSAMPLE (repeat 2*(MAXJSAMPLE+1)-CENTERJSAMPLE times),
* 0 (repeat 2*(MAXJSAMPLE+1)-CENTERJSAMPLE times),
* 0,1,...,CENTERJSAMPLE-1
* Negative inputs select values from the upper half of the table after
* masking.
*
* We can save some space by overlapping the start of the post-IDCT table
* with the simpler range limiting table. The post-IDCT table begins at
* sample_range_limit + CENTERJSAMPLE.
*
* Note that the table is allocated in near data space on PCs; it's small
* enough and used often enough to justify this.
*/
LOCAL void
prepare_range_limit_table (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
/* Allocate and fill in the sample_range_limit table */
{
JSAMPLE * table;
int i;
table = (JSAMPLE *)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
(5 * (MAXJSAMPLE+1) + CENTERJSAMPLE) * SIZEOF(JSAMPLE));
table += (MAXJSAMPLE+1); /* allow negative subscripts of simple table */
cinfo->sample_range_limit = table;
/* First segment of "simple" table: limit[x] = 0 for x < 0 */
MEMZERO(table - (MAXJSAMPLE+1), (MAXJSAMPLE+1) * SIZEOF(JSAMPLE));
/* Main part of "simple" table: limit[x] = x */
for (i = 0; i <= MAXJSAMPLE; i++)
table[i] = (JSAMPLE) i;
table += CENTERJSAMPLE; /* Point to where post-IDCT table starts */
/* End of simple table, rest of first half of post-IDCT table */
for (i = CENTERJSAMPLE; i < 2*(MAXJSAMPLE+1); i++)
table[i] = MAXJSAMPLE;
/* Second half of post-IDCT table */
MEMZERO(table + (2 * (MAXJSAMPLE+1)),
(2 * (MAXJSAMPLE+1) - CENTERJSAMPLE) * SIZEOF(JSAMPLE));
MEMCOPY(table + (4 * (MAXJSAMPLE+1) - CENTERJSAMPLE),
cinfo->sample_range_limit, CENTERJSAMPLE * SIZEOF(JSAMPLE));
}
/*
* Master selection of decompression modules.
* This is done once at jpeg_start_decompress time. We determine
* which modules will be used and give them appropriate initialization calls.
* We also initialize the decompressor input side to begin consuming data.
*
* Since jpeg_read_header has finished, we know what is in the SOF
* and (first) SOS markers. We also have all the application parameter
* settings.
*/
LOCAL void
master_selection (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_master_ptr master = (my_master_ptr) cinfo->master;
boolean use_c_buffer;
long samplesperrow;
JDIMENSION jd_samplesperrow;
/* Initialize dimensions and other stuff */
my_jpeg_calc_output_dimensions(cinfo);
prepare_range_limit_table(cinfo);
/* Width of an output scanline must be representable as JDIMENSION. */
samplesperrow = (long) cinfo->output_width * (long) cinfo->out_color_components;
jd_samplesperrow = (JDIMENSION) samplesperrow;
if ((long) jd_samplesperrow != samplesperrow)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_WIDTH_OVERFLOW);
/* Initialize my private state */
master->pass_number = 0;
master->using_merged_upsample = use_merged_upsample(cinfo);
/* Color quantizer selection */
master->quantizer_1pass = NULL;
master->quantizer_2pass = NULL;
/* No mode changes if not using buffered-image mode. */
if (! cinfo->quantize_colors || ! cinfo->buffered_image) {
cinfo->enable_1pass_quant = FALSE;
cinfo->enable_external_quant = FALSE;
cinfo->enable_2pass_quant = FALSE;
}
if (cinfo->quantize_colors) {
if (cinfo->raw_data_out)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_NOTIMPL);
/* 2-pass quantizer only works in 3-component color space. */
if (cinfo->out_color_components != 3) {
cinfo->enable_1pass_quant = TRUE;
cinfo->enable_external_quant = FALSE;
cinfo->enable_2pass_quant = FALSE;
cinfo->colormap = NULL;
} else if (cinfo->colormap != NULL) {
cinfo->enable_external_quant = TRUE;
} else if (cinfo->two_pass_quantize) {
cinfo->enable_2pass_quant = TRUE;
} else {
cinfo->enable_1pass_quant = TRUE;
}
if (cinfo->enable_1pass_quant) {
#ifdef QUANT_1PASS_SUPPORTED
jinit_1pass_quantizer(cinfo);
master->quantizer_1pass = cinfo->cquantize;
#else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_NOT_COMPILED);
#endif
}
/* We use the 2-pass code to map to external colormaps. */
if (cinfo->enable_2pass_quant || cinfo->enable_external_quant) {
#ifdef QUANT_2PASS_SUPPORTED
jinit_2pass_quantizer(cinfo);
master->quantizer_2pass = cinfo->cquantize;
#else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_NOT_COMPILED);
#endif
}
/* If both quantizers are initialized, the 2-pass one is left active;
* this is necessary for starting with quantization to an external map.
*/
}
/* Post-processing: in particular, color conversion first */
if (! cinfo->raw_data_out) {
if (master->using_merged_upsample) {
#ifdef UPSAMPLE_MERGING_SUPPORTED
jinit_merged_upsampler(cinfo); /* does color conversion too */
#else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_NOT_COMPILED);
#endif
} else {
jinit_color_deconverter(cinfo);
jinit_upsampler(cinfo);
}
jinit_d_post_controller(cinfo, cinfo->enable_2pass_quant);
}
/* Inverse DCT */
jinit_inverse_dct(cinfo);
/* Entropy decoding: either Huffman or arithmetic coding. */
if (cinfo->arith_code) {
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_ARITH_NOTIMPL);
} else {
if (cinfo->progressive_mode) {
#ifdef D_PROGRESSIVE_SUPPORTED
jinit_phuff_decoder(cinfo);
#else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_NOT_COMPILED);
#endif
} else
jinit_huff_decoder(cinfo);
}
/* Initialize principal buffer controllers. */
use_c_buffer = cinfo->inputctl->has_multiple_scans || cinfo->buffered_image;
jinit_d_coef_controller(cinfo, use_c_buffer);
if (! cinfo->raw_data_out)
jinit_d_main_controller(cinfo, FALSE /* never need full buffer here */);
/* We can now tell the memory manager to allocate virtual arrays. */
(*cinfo->mem->realize_virt_arrays) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
/* Initialize input side of decompressor to consume first scan. */
(*cinfo->inputctl->start_input_pass) (cinfo);
#ifdef D_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED
/* If jpeg_start_decompress will read the whole file, initialize
* progress monitoring appropriately. The input step is counted
* as one pass.
*/
if (cinfo->progress != NULL && ! cinfo->buffered_image &&
cinfo->inputctl->has_multiple_scans) {
int nscans;
/* Estimate number of scans to set pass_limit. */
if (cinfo->progressive_mode) {
/* Arbitrarily estimate 2 interleaved DC scans + 3 AC scans/component. */
nscans = 2 + 3 * cinfo->num_components;
} else {
/* For a nonprogressive multiscan file, estimate 1 scan per component. */
nscans = cinfo->num_components;
}
cinfo->progress->pass_counter = 0L;
cinfo->progress->pass_limit = (long) cinfo->total_iMCU_rows * nscans;
cinfo->progress->completed_passes = 0;
cinfo->progress->total_passes = (cinfo->enable_2pass_quant ? 3 : 2);
/* Count the input pass as done */
master->pass_number++;
}
#endif /* D_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED */
}
/*
* Per-pass setup.
* This is called at the beginning of each output pass. We determine which
* modules will be active during this pass and give them appropriate
* start_pass calls. We also set is_dummy_pass to indicate whether this
* is a "real" output pass or a dummy pass for color quantization.
* (In the latter case, jdapi.c will crank the pass to completion.)
*/
METHODDEF void
prepare_for_output_pass (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_master_ptr master = (my_master_ptr) cinfo->master;
if (master->pub.is_dummy_pass) {
#ifdef QUANT_2PASS_SUPPORTED
/* Final pass of 2-pass quantization */
master->pub.is_dummy_pass = FALSE;
(*cinfo->cquantize->start_pass) (cinfo, FALSE);
(*cinfo->post->start_pass) (cinfo, JBUF_CRANK_DEST);
(*cinfo->main->start_pass) (cinfo, JBUF_CRANK_DEST);
#else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_NOT_COMPILED);
#endif /* QUANT_2PASS_SUPPORTED */
} else {
if (cinfo->quantize_colors && cinfo->colormap == NULL) {
/* Select new quantization method */
if (cinfo->two_pass_quantize && cinfo->enable_2pass_quant) {
cinfo->cquantize = master->quantizer_2pass;
master->pub.is_dummy_pass = TRUE;
} else if (cinfo->enable_1pass_quant) {
cinfo->cquantize = master->quantizer_1pass;
} else {
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_MODE_CHANGE);
}
}
(*cinfo->idct->start_pass) (cinfo);
(*cinfo->coef->start_output_pass) (cinfo);
if (! cinfo->raw_data_out) {
if (! master->using_merged_upsample)
(*cinfo->cconvert->start_pass) (cinfo);
(*cinfo->upsample->start_pass) (cinfo);
if (cinfo->quantize_colors)
(*cinfo->cquantize->start_pass) (cinfo, master->pub.is_dummy_pass);
(*cinfo->post->start_pass) (cinfo,
(master->pub.is_dummy_pass ? JBUF_SAVE_AND_PASS : JBUF_PASS_THRU));
(*cinfo->main->start_pass) (cinfo, JBUF_PASS_THRU);
}
}
/* Set up progress monitor's pass info if present */
if (cinfo->progress != NULL) {
cinfo->progress->completed_passes = master->pass_number;
cinfo->progress->total_passes = master->pass_number +
(master->pub.is_dummy_pass ? 2 : 1);
/* In buffered-image mode, we assume one more output pass if EOI not
* yet reached, but no more passes if EOI has been reached.
*/
if (cinfo->buffered_image && ! cinfo->inputctl->eoi_reached) {
cinfo->progress->total_passes += (cinfo->enable_2pass_quant ? 2 : 1);
}
}
}
/*
* Finish up at end of an output pass.
*/
METHODDEF void
finish_output_pass (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_master_ptr master = (my_master_ptr) cinfo->master;
if (cinfo->quantize_colors)
(*cinfo->cquantize->finish_pass) (cinfo);
master->pass_number++;
}
#ifdef D_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED
/*
* Switch to a new external colormap between output passes.
*/
GLOBAL void
my_jpeg_new_colormap (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_master_ptr master = (my_master_ptr) cinfo->master;
/* Prevent application from calling me at wrong times */
if (cinfo->global_state != DSTATE_BUFIMAGE)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
if (cinfo->quantize_colors && cinfo->enable_external_quant &&
cinfo->colormap != NULL) {
/* Select 2-pass quantizer for external colormap use */
cinfo->cquantize = master->quantizer_2pass;
/* Notify quantizer of colormap change */
(*cinfo->cquantize->new_color_map) (cinfo);
master->pub.is_dummy_pass = FALSE; /* just in case */
} else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_MODE_CHANGE);
}
#endif /* D_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED */
/*
* Initialize master decompression control and select active modules.
* This is performed at the start of jpeg_start_decompress.
*/
GLOBAL void
jinit_master_decompress (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_master_ptr master;
master = (my_master_ptr)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
SIZEOF(my_decomp_master));
cinfo->master = (struct jpeg_decomp_master *) master;
master->pub.prepare_for_output_pass = prepare_for_output_pass;
master->pub.finish_output_pass = finish_output_pass;
master->pub.is_dummy_pass = FALSE;
master_selection(cinfo);
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,290 @@
/*
* jdpostct.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1994-1995, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains the decompression postprocessing controller.
* This controller manages the upsampling, color conversion, and color
* quantization/reduction steps; specifically, it controls the buffering
* between upsample/color conversion and color quantization/reduction.
*
* If no color quantization/reduction is required, then this module has no
* work to do, and it just hands off to the upsample/color conversion code.
* An integrated upsample/convert/quantize process would replace this module
* entirely.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/* Private buffer controller object */
typedef struct {
struct jpeg_d_post_controller pub; /* public fields */
/* Color quantization source buffer: this holds output data from
* the upsample/color conversion step to be passed to the quantizer.
* For two-pass color quantization, we need a full-image buffer;
* for one-pass operation, a strip buffer is sufficient.
*/
jvirt_sarray_ptr whole_image; /* virtual array, or NULL if one-pass */
JSAMPARRAY buffer; /* strip buffer, or current strip of virtual */
JDIMENSION strip_height; /* buffer size in rows */
/* for two-pass mode only: */
JDIMENSION starting_row; /* row # of first row in current strip */
JDIMENSION next_row; /* index of next row to fill/empty in strip */
} my_post_controller;
typedef my_post_controller * my_post_ptr;
/* Forward declarations */
METHODDEF void post_process_1pass
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPIMAGE input_buf, JDIMENSION *in_row_group_ctr,
JDIMENSION in_row_groups_avail,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION *out_row_ctr,
JDIMENSION out_rows_avail));
#ifdef QUANT_2PASS_SUPPORTED
METHODDEF void post_process_prepass
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPIMAGE input_buf, JDIMENSION *in_row_group_ctr,
JDIMENSION in_row_groups_avail,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION *out_row_ctr,
JDIMENSION out_rows_avail));
METHODDEF void post_process_2pass
JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPIMAGE input_buf, JDIMENSION *in_row_group_ctr,
JDIMENSION in_row_groups_avail,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION *out_row_ctr,
JDIMENSION out_rows_avail));
#endif
/*
* Initialize for a processing pass.
*/
METHODDEF void
start_pass_dpost (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, J_BUF_MODE pass_mode)
{
my_post_ptr post = (my_post_ptr) cinfo->post;
switch (pass_mode) {
case JBUF_PASS_THRU:
if (cinfo->quantize_colors) {
/* Single-pass processing with color quantization. */
post->pub.post_process_data = post_process_1pass;
/* We could be doing buffered-image output before starting a 2-pass
* color quantization; in that case, jinit_d_post_controller did not
* allocate a strip buffer. Use the virtual-array buffer as workspace.
*/
if (post->buffer == NULL) {
post->buffer = (*cinfo->mem->access_virt_sarray)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, post->whole_image,
(JDIMENSION) 0, post->strip_height, TRUE);
}
} else {
/* For single-pass processing without color quantization,
* I have no work to do; just call the upsampler directly.
*/
post->pub.post_process_data = cinfo->upsample->upsample;
}
break;
#ifdef QUANT_2PASS_SUPPORTED
case JBUF_SAVE_AND_PASS:
/* First pass of 2-pass quantization */
if (post->whole_image == NULL)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_BUFFER_MODE);
post->pub.post_process_data = post_process_prepass;
break;
case JBUF_CRANK_DEST:
/* Second pass of 2-pass quantization */
if (post->whole_image == NULL)
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_BUFFER_MODE);
post->pub.post_process_data = post_process_2pass;
break;
#endif /* QUANT_2PASS_SUPPORTED */
default:
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_BUFFER_MODE);
break;
}
post->starting_row = post->next_row = 0;
}
/*
* Process some data in the one-pass (strip buffer) case.
* This is used for color precision reduction as well as one-pass quantization.
*/
METHODDEF void
post_process_1pass (j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPIMAGE input_buf, JDIMENSION *in_row_group_ctr,
JDIMENSION in_row_groups_avail,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION *out_row_ctr,
JDIMENSION out_rows_avail)
{
my_post_ptr post = (my_post_ptr) cinfo->post;
JDIMENSION num_rows, max_rows;
/* Fill the buffer, but not more than what we can dump out in one go. */
/* Note we rely on the upsampler to detect bottom of image. */
max_rows = out_rows_avail - *out_row_ctr;
if (max_rows > post->strip_height)
max_rows = post->strip_height;
num_rows = 0;
(*cinfo->upsample->upsample) (cinfo,
input_buf, in_row_group_ctr, in_row_groups_avail,
post->buffer, &num_rows, max_rows);
/* Quantize and emit data. */
(*cinfo->cquantize->color_quantize) (cinfo,
post->buffer, output_buf + *out_row_ctr, (int) num_rows);
*out_row_ctr += num_rows;
}
#ifdef QUANT_2PASS_SUPPORTED
/*
* Process some data in the first pass of 2-pass quantization.
*/
METHODDEF void
post_process_prepass (j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPIMAGE input_buf, JDIMENSION *in_row_group_ctr,
JDIMENSION in_row_groups_avail,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION *out_row_ctr,
JDIMENSION out_rows_avail)
{
my_post_ptr post = (my_post_ptr) cinfo->post;
JDIMENSION old_next_row, num_rows;
/* Reposition virtual buffer if at start of strip. */
if (post->next_row == 0) {
post->buffer = (*cinfo->mem->access_virt_sarray)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, post->whole_image,
post->starting_row, post->strip_height, TRUE);
}
/* Upsample some data (up to a strip height's worth). */
old_next_row = post->next_row;
(*cinfo->upsample->upsample) (cinfo,
input_buf, in_row_group_ctr, in_row_groups_avail,
post->buffer, &post->next_row, post->strip_height);
/* Allow quantizer to scan new data. No data is emitted, */
/* but we advance out_row_ctr so outer loop can tell when we're done. */
if (post->next_row > old_next_row) {
num_rows = post->next_row - old_next_row;
(*cinfo->cquantize->color_quantize) (cinfo, post->buffer + old_next_row,
(JSAMPARRAY) NULL, (int) num_rows);
*out_row_ctr += num_rows;
}
/* Advance if we filled the strip. */
if (post->next_row >= post->strip_height) {
post->starting_row += post->strip_height;
post->next_row = 0;
}
}
/*
* Process some data in the second pass of 2-pass quantization.
*/
METHODDEF void
post_process_2pass (j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPIMAGE input_buf, JDIMENSION *in_row_group_ctr,
JDIMENSION in_row_groups_avail,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION *out_row_ctr,
JDIMENSION out_rows_avail)
{
my_post_ptr post = (my_post_ptr) cinfo->post;
JDIMENSION num_rows, max_rows;
/* Reposition virtual buffer if at start of strip. */
if (post->next_row == 0) {
post->buffer = (*cinfo->mem->access_virt_sarray)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, post->whole_image,
post->starting_row, post->strip_height, FALSE);
}
/* Determine number of rows to emit. */
num_rows = post->strip_height - post->next_row; /* available in strip */
max_rows = out_rows_avail - *out_row_ctr; /* available in output area */
if (num_rows > max_rows)
num_rows = max_rows;
/* We have to check bottom of image here, can't depend on upsampler. */
max_rows = cinfo->output_height - post->starting_row;
if (num_rows > max_rows)
num_rows = max_rows;
/* Quantize and emit data. */
(*cinfo->cquantize->color_quantize) (cinfo,
post->buffer + post->next_row, output_buf + *out_row_ctr,
(int) num_rows);
*out_row_ctr += num_rows;
/* Advance if we filled the strip. */
post->next_row += num_rows;
if (post->next_row >= post->strip_height) {
post->starting_row += post->strip_height;
post->next_row = 0;
}
}
#endif /* QUANT_2PASS_SUPPORTED */
/*
* Initialize postprocessing controller.
*/
GLOBAL void
jinit_d_post_controller (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, boolean need_full_buffer)
{
my_post_ptr post;
post = (my_post_ptr)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
SIZEOF(my_post_controller));
cinfo->post = (struct jpeg_d_post_controller *) post;
post->pub.start_pass = start_pass_dpost;
post->whole_image = NULL; /* flag for no virtual arrays */
post->buffer = NULL; /* flag for no strip buffer */
/* Create the quantization buffer, if needed */
if (cinfo->quantize_colors) {
/* The buffer strip height is max_v_samp_factor, which is typically
* an efficient number of rows for upsampling to return.
* (In the presence of output rescaling, we might want to be smarter?)
*/
post->strip_height = (JDIMENSION) cinfo->max_v_samp_factor;
if (need_full_buffer) {
/* Two-pass color quantization: need full-image storage. */
/* We round up the number of rows to a multiple of the strip height. */
#ifdef QUANT_2PASS_SUPPORTED
post->whole_image = (*cinfo->mem->request_virt_sarray)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE, FALSE,
cinfo->output_width * cinfo->out_color_components,
(JDIMENSION) jround_up((long) cinfo->output_height,
(long) post->strip_height),
post->strip_height);
#else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_BAD_BUFFER_MODE);
#endif /* QUANT_2PASS_SUPPORTED */
} else {
/* One-pass color quantization: just make a strip buffer. */
post->buffer = (*cinfo->mem->alloc_sarray)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
cinfo->output_width * cinfo->out_color_components,
post->strip_height);
}
}
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,478 @@
/*
* jdsample.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1991-1994, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains upsampling routines.
*
* Upsampling input data is counted in "row groups". A row group
* is defined to be (v_samp_factor * DCT_scaled_size / min_DCT_scaled_size)
* sample rows of each component. Upsampling will normally produce
* max_v_samp_factor pixel rows from each row group (but this could vary
* if the upsampler is applying a scale factor of its own).
*
* An excellent reference for image resampling is
* Digital Image Warping, George Wolberg, 1990.
* Pub. by IEEE Computer Society Press, Los Alamitos, CA. ISBN 0-8186-8944-7.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/* Pointer to routine to upsample a single component */
typedef JMETHOD(void, upsample1_ptr,
(j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JSAMPARRAY input_data, JSAMPARRAY * output_data_ptr));
/* Private subobject */
typedef struct {
struct jpeg_upsampler pub; /* public fields */
/* Color conversion buffer. When using separate upsampling and color
* conversion steps, this buffer holds one upsampled row group until it
* has been color converted and output.
* Note: we do not allocate any storage for component(s) which are full-size,
* ie do not need rescaling. The corresponding entry of color_buf[] is
* simply set to point to the input data array, thereby avoiding copying.
*/
JSAMPARRAY color_buf[MAX_COMPONENTS];
/* Per-component upsampling method pointers */
upsample1_ptr methods[MAX_COMPONENTS];
int next_row_out; /* counts rows emitted from color_buf */
JDIMENSION rows_to_go; /* counts rows remaining in image */
/* Height of an input row group for each component. */
int rowgroup_height[MAX_COMPONENTS];
/* These arrays save pixel expansion factors so that int_expand need not
* recompute them each time. They are unused for other upsampling methods.
*/
UINT8 h_expand[MAX_COMPONENTS];
UINT8 v_expand[MAX_COMPONENTS];
} my_upsampler;
typedef my_upsampler * my_upsample_ptr;
/*
* Initialize for an upsampling pass.
*/
METHODDEF void
start_pass_upsample (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_upsample_ptr upsample = (my_upsample_ptr) cinfo->upsample;
/* Mark the conversion buffer empty */
upsample->next_row_out = cinfo->max_v_samp_factor;
/* Initialize total-height counter for detecting bottom of image */
upsample->rows_to_go = cinfo->output_height;
}
/*
* Control routine to do upsampling (and color conversion).
*
* In this version we upsample each component independently.
* We upsample one row group into the conversion buffer, then apply
* color conversion a row at a time.
*/
METHODDEF void
sep_upsample (j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPIMAGE input_buf, JDIMENSION *in_row_group_ctr,
JDIMENSION in_row_groups_avail,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION *out_row_ctr,
JDIMENSION out_rows_avail)
{
my_upsample_ptr upsample = (my_upsample_ptr) cinfo->upsample;
int ci;
jpeg_component_info * compptr;
JDIMENSION num_rows;
/* Fill the conversion buffer, if it's empty */
if (upsample->next_row_out >= cinfo->max_v_samp_factor) {
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
/* Invoke per-component upsample method. Notice we pass a POINTER
* to color_buf[ci], so that fullsize_upsample can change it.
*/
(*upsample->methods[ci]) (cinfo, compptr,
input_buf[ci] + (*in_row_group_ctr * upsample->rowgroup_height[ci]),
upsample->color_buf + ci);
}
upsample->next_row_out = 0;
}
/* Color-convert and emit rows */
/* How many we have in the buffer: */
num_rows = (JDIMENSION) (cinfo->max_v_samp_factor - upsample->next_row_out);
/* Not more than the distance to the end of the image. Need this test
* in case the image height is not a multiple of max_v_samp_factor:
*/
if (num_rows > upsample->rows_to_go)
num_rows = upsample->rows_to_go;
/* And not more than what the client can accept: */
out_rows_avail -= *out_row_ctr;
if (num_rows > out_rows_avail)
num_rows = out_rows_avail;
(*cinfo->cconvert->color_convert) (cinfo, upsample->color_buf,
(JDIMENSION) upsample->next_row_out,
output_buf + *out_row_ctr,
(int) num_rows);
/* Adjust counts */
*out_row_ctr += num_rows;
upsample->rows_to_go -= num_rows;
upsample->next_row_out += num_rows;
/* When the buffer is emptied, declare this input row group consumed */
if (upsample->next_row_out >= cinfo->max_v_samp_factor)
(*in_row_group_ctr)++;
}
/*
* These are the routines invoked by sep_upsample to upsample pixel values
* of a single component. One row group is processed per call.
*/
/*
* For full-size components, we just make color_buf[ci] point at the
* input buffer, and thus avoid copying any data. Note that this is
* safe only because sep_upsample doesn't declare the input row group
* "consumed" until we are done color converting and emitting it.
*/
METHODDEF void
fullsize_upsample (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JSAMPARRAY input_data, JSAMPARRAY * output_data_ptr)
{
*output_data_ptr = input_data;
}
/*
* This is a no-op version used for "uninteresting" components.
* These components will not be referenced by color conversion.
*/
METHODDEF void
noop_upsample (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JSAMPARRAY input_data, JSAMPARRAY * output_data_ptr)
{
*output_data_ptr = NULL; /* safety check */
}
/*
* This version handles any integral sampling ratios.
* This is not used for typical JPEG files, so it need not be fast.
* Nor, for that matter, is it particularly accurate: the algorithm is
* simple replication of the input pixel onto the corresponding output
* pixels. The hi-falutin sampling literature refers to this as a
* "box filter". A box filter tends to introduce visible artifacts,
* so if you are actually going to use 3:1 or 4:1 sampling ratios
* you would be well advised to improve this code.
*/
METHODDEF void
int_upsample (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JSAMPARRAY input_data, JSAMPARRAY * output_data_ptr)
{
my_upsample_ptr upsample = (my_upsample_ptr) cinfo->upsample;
JSAMPARRAY output_data = *output_data_ptr;
register JSAMPROW inptr, outptr;
register JSAMPLE invalue;
register int h;
JSAMPROW outend;
int h_expand, v_expand;
int inrow, outrow;
h_expand = upsample->h_expand[compptr->component_index];
v_expand = upsample->v_expand[compptr->component_index];
inrow = outrow = 0;
while (outrow < cinfo->max_v_samp_factor) {
/* Generate one output row with proper horizontal expansion */
inptr = input_data[inrow];
outptr = output_data[outrow];
outend = outptr + cinfo->output_width;
while (outptr < outend) {
invalue = *inptr++; /* don't need GETJSAMPLE() here */
for (h = h_expand; h > 0; h--) {
*outptr++ = invalue;
}
}
/* Generate any additional output rows by duplicating the first one */
if (v_expand > 1) {
jcopy_sample_rows(output_data, outrow, output_data, outrow+1,
v_expand-1, cinfo->output_width);
}
inrow++;
outrow += v_expand;
}
}
/*
* Fast processing for the common case of 2:1 horizontal and 1:1 vertical.
* It's still a box filter.
*/
METHODDEF void
h2v1_upsample (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JSAMPARRAY input_data, JSAMPARRAY * output_data_ptr)
{
JSAMPARRAY output_data = *output_data_ptr;
register JSAMPROW inptr, outptr;
register JSAMPLE invalue;
JSAMPROW outend;
int inrow;
for (inrow = 0; inrow < cinfo->max_v_samp_factor; inrow++) {
inptr = input_data[inrow];
outptr = output_data[inrow];
outend = outptr + cinfo->output_width;
while (outptr < outend) {
invalue = *inptr++; /* don't need GETJSAMPLE() here */
*outptr++ = invalue;
*outptr++ = invalue;
}
}
}
/*
* Fast processing for the common case of 2:1 horizontal and 2:1 vertical.
* It's still a box filter.
*/
METHODDEF void
h2v2_upsample (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JSAMPARRAY input_data, JSAMPARRAY * output_data_ptr)
{
JSAMPARRAY output_data = *output_data_ptr;
register JSAMPROW inptr, outptr;
register JSAMPLE invalue;
JSAMPROW outend;
int inrow, outrow;
inrow = outrow = 0;
while (outrow < cinfo->max_v_samp_factor) {
inptr = input_data[inrow];
outptr = output_data[outrow];
outend = outptr + cinfo->output_width;
while (outptr < outend) {
invalue = *inptr++; /* don't need GETJSAMPLE() here */
*outptr++ = invalue;
*outptr++ = invalue;
}
jcopy_sample_rows(output_data, outrow, output_data, outrow+1,
1, cinfo->output_width);
inrow++;
outrow += 2;
}
}
/*
* Fancy processing for the common case of 2:1 horizontal and 1:1 vertical.
*
* The upsampling algorithm is linear interpolation between pixel centers,
* also known as a "triangle filter". This is a good compromise between
* speed and visual quality. The centers of the output pixels are 1/4 and 3/4
* of the way between input pixel centers.
*
* A note about the "bias" calculations: when rounding fractional values to
* integer, we do not want to always round 0.5 up to the next integer.
* If we did that, we'd introduce a noticeable bias towards larger values.
* Instead, this code is arranged so that 0.5 will be rounded up or down at
* alternate pixel locations (a simple ordered dither pattern).
*/
METHODDEF void
h2v1_fancy_upsample (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JSAMPARRAY input_data, JSAMPARRAY * output_data_ptr)
{
JSAMPARRAY output_data = *output_data_ptr;
register JSAMPROW inptr, outptr;
register int invalue;
register JDIMENSION colctr;
int inrow;
for (inrow = 0; inrow < cinfo->max_v_samp_factor; inrow++) {
inptr = input_data[inrow];
outptr = output_data[inrow];
/* Special case for first column */
invalue = GETJSAMPLE(*inptr++);
*outptr++ = (JSAMPLE) invalue;
*outptr++ = (JSAMPLE) ((invalue * 3 + GETJSAMPLE(*inptr) + 2) >> 2);
for (colctr = compptr->downsampled_width - 2; colctr > 0; colctr--) {
/* General case: 3/4 * nearer pixel + 1/4 * further pixel */
invalue = GETJSAMPLE(*inptr++) * 3;
*outptr++ = (JSAMPLE) ((invalue + GETJSAMPLE(inptr[-2]) + 1) >> 2);
*outptr++ = (JSAMPLE) ((invalue + GETJSAMPLE(*inptr) + 2) >> 2);
}
/* Special case for last column */
invalue = GETJSAMPLE(*inptr);
*outptr++ = (JSAMPLE) ((invalue * 3 + GETJSAMPLE(inptr[-1]) + 1) >> 2);
*outptr++ = (JSAMPLE) invalue;
}
}
/*
* Fancy processing for the common case of 2:1 horizontal and 2:1 vertical.
* Again a triangle filter; see comments for h2v1 case, above.
*
* It is OK for us to reference the adjacent input rows because we demanded
* context from the main buffer controller (see initialization code).
*/
METHODDEF void
h2v2_fancy_upsample (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JSAMPARRAY input_data, JSAMPARRAY * output_data_ptr)
{
JSAMPARRAY output_data = *output_data_ptr;
register JSAMPROW inptr0, inptr1, outptr;
#if BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 8
register int thiscolsum, lastcolsum, nextcolsum;
#else
register INT32 thiscolsum, lastcolsum, nextcolsum;
#endif
register JDIMENSION colctr;
int inrow, outrow, v;
inrow = outrow = 0;
while (outrow < cinfo->max_v_samp_factor) {
for (v = 0; v < 2; v++) {
/* inptr0 points to nearest input row, inptr1 points to next nearest */
inptr0 = input_data[inrow];
if (v == 0) /* next nearest is row above */
inptr1 = input_data[inrow-1];
else /* next nearest is row below */
inptr1 = input_data[inrow+1];
outptr = output_data[outrow++];
/* Special case for first column */
thiscolsum = GETJSAMPLE(*inptr0++) * 3 + GETJSAMPLE(*inptr1++);
nextcolsum = GETJSAMPLE(*inptr0++) * 3 + GETJSAMPLE(*inptr1++);
*outptr++ = (JSAMPLE) ((thiscolsum * 4 + 8) >> 4);
*outptr++ = (JSAMPLE) ((thiscolsum * 3 + nextcolsum + 7) >> 4);
lastcolsum = thiscolsum; thiscolsum = nextcolsum;
for (colctr = compptr->downsampled_width - 2; colctr > 0; colctr--) {
/* General case: 3/4 * nearer pixel + 1/4 * further pixel in each */
/* dimension, thus 9/16, 3/16, 3/16, 1/16 overall */
nextcolsum = GETJSAMPLE(*inptr0++) * 3 + GETJSAMPLE(*inptr1++);
*outptr++ = (JSAMPLE) ((thiscolsum * 3 + lastcolsum + 8) >> 4);
*outptr++ = (JSAMPLE) ((thiscolsum * 3 + nextcolsum + 7) >> 4);
lastcolsum = thiscolsum; thiscolsum = nextcolsum;
}
/* Special case for last column */
*outptr++ = (JSAMPLE) ((thiscolsum * 3 + lastcolsum + 8) >> 4);
*outptr++ = (JSAMPLE) ((thiscolsum * 4 + 7) >> 4);
}
inrow++;
}
}
/*
* Module initialization routine for upsampling.
*/
GLOBAL void
jinit_upsampler (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
my_upsample_ptr upsample;
int ci;
jpeg_component_info * compptr;
boolean need_buffer, do_fancy;
int h_in_group, v_in_group, h_out_group, v_out_group;
upsample = (my_upsample_ptr)
(*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
SIZEOF(my_upsampler));
cinfo->upsample = (struct jpeg_upsampler *) upsample;
upsample->pub.start_pass = start_pass_upsample;
upsample->pub.upsample = sep_upsample;
upsample->pub.need_context_rows = FALSE; /* until we find out differently */
if (cinfo->CCIR601_sampling) /* this isn't supported */
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_CCIR601_NOTIMPL);
/* jdmainct.c doesn't support context rows when min_DCT_scaled_size = 1,
* so don't ask for it.
*/
do_fancy = cinfo->do_fancy_upsampling && cinfo->min_DCT_scaled_size > 1;
/* Verify we can handle the sampling factors, select per-component methods,
* and create storage as needed.
*/
for (ci = 0, compptr = cinfo->comp_info; ci < cinfo->num_components;
ci++, compptr++) {
/* Compute size of an "input group" after IDCT scaling. This many samples
* are to be converted to max_h_samp_factor * max_v_samp_factor pixels.
*/
h_in_group = (compptr->h_samp_factor * compptr->DCT_scaled_size) /
cinfo->min_DCT_scaled_size;
v_in_group = (compptr->v_samp_factor * compptr->DCT_scaled_size) /
cinfo->min_DCT_scaled_size;
h_out_group = cinfo->max_h_samp_factor;
v_out_group = cinfo->max_v_samp_factor;
upsample->rowgroup_height[ci] = v_in_group; /* save for use later */
need_buffer = TRUE;
if (! compptr->component_needed) {
/* Don't bother to upsample an uninteresting component. */
upsample->methods[ci] = noop_upsample;
need_buffer = FALSE;
} else if (h_in_group == h_out_group && v_in_group == v_out_group) {
/* Fullsize components can be processed without any work. */
upsample->methods[ci] = fullsize_upsample;
need_buffer = FALSE;
} else if (h_in_group * 2 == h_out_group &&
v_in_group == v_out_group) {
/* Special cases for 2h1v upsampling */
if (do_fancy && compptr->downsampled_width > 2)
upsample->methods[ci] = h2v1_fancy_upsample;
else
upsample->methods[ci] = h2v1_upsample;
} else if (h_in_group * 2 == h_out_group &&
v_in_group * 2 == v_out_group) {
/* Special cases for 2h2v upsampling */
if (do_fancy && compptr->downsampled_width > 2) {
upsample->methods[ci] = h2v2_fancy_upsample;
upsample->pub.need_context_rows = TRUE;
} else
upsample->methods[ci] = h2v2_upsample;
} else if ((h_out_group % h_in_group) == 0 &&
(v_out_group % v_in_group) == 0) {
/* Generic integral-factors upsampling method */
upsample->methods[ci] = int_upsample;
upsample->h_expand[ci] = (UINT8) (h_out_group / h_in_group);
upsample->v_expand[ci] = (UINT8) (v_out_group / v_in_group);
} else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_FRACT_SAMPLE_NOTIMPL);
if (need_buffer) {
upsample->color_buf[ci] = (*cinfo->mem->alloc_sarray)
((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE,
(JDIMENSION) jround_up((long) cinfo->output_width,
(long) cinfo->max_h_samp_factor),
(JDIMENSION) cinfo->max_v_samp_factor);
}
}
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
/*
* jdtrans.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1995, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains library routines for transcoding decompression,
* that is, reading raw DCT coefficient arrays from an input JPEG file.
* The routines in jdapimin.c will also be needed by a transcoder.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/* Forward declarations */
LOCAL void transdecode_master_selection JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
/*
* Read the coefficient arrays from a JPEG file.
* jpeg_read_header must be completed before calling this.
*
* The entire image is read into a set of virtual coefficient-block arrays,
* one per component. The return value is a pointer to the array of
* virtual-array descriptors. These can be manipulated directly via the
* JPEG memory manager, or handed off to jpeg_write_coefficients().
* To release the memory occupied by the virtual arrays, call
* jpeg_finish_decompress() when done with the data.
*
* Returns NULL if suspended. This case need be checked only if
* a suspending data source is used.
*/
GLOBAL jvirt_barray_ptr *
my_jpeg_read_coefficients (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
if (cinfo->global_state == DSTATE_READY) {
/* First call: initialize active modules */
transdecode_master_selection(cinfo);
cinfo->global_state = DSTATE_RDCOEFS;
} else if (cinfo->global_state != DSTATE_RDCOEFS)
ERREXIT1(cinfo, JERR_BAD_STATE, cinfo->global_state);
/* Absorb whole file into the coef buffer */
for (;;) {
int retcode;
/* Call progress monitor hook if present */
if (cinfo->progress != NULL)
(*cinfo->progress->progress_monitor) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
/* Absorb some more input */
retcode = (*cinfo->inputctl->consume_input) (cinfo);
if (retcode == JPEG_SUSPENDED)
return NULL;
if (retcode == JPEG_REACHED_EOI)
break;
/* Advance progress counter if appropriate */
if (cinfo->progress != NULL &&
(retcode == JPEG_ROW_COMPLETED || retcode == JPEG_REACHED_SOS)) {
if (++cinfo->progress->pass_counter >= cinfo->progress->pass_limit) {
/* startup underestimated number of scans; ratchet up one scan */
cinfo->progress->pass_limit += (long) cinfo->total_iMCU_rows;
}
}
}
/* Set state so that jpeg_finish_decompress does the right thing */
cinfo->global_state = DSTATE_STOPPING;
return cinfo->coef->coef_arrays;
}
/*
* Master selection of decompression modules for transcoding.
* This substitutes for jdmaster.c's initialization of the full decompressor.
*/
LOCAL void
transdecode_master_selection (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
{
/* Entropy decoding: either Huffman or arithmetic coding. */
if (cinfo->arith_code) {
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_ARITH_NOTIMPL);
} else {
if (cinfo->progressive_mode) {
#ifdef D_PROGRESSIVE_SUPPORTED
jinit_phuff_decoder(cinfo);
#else
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_NOT_COMPILED);
#endif
} else
jinit_huff_decoder(cinfo);
}
/* Always get a full-image coefficient buffer. */
jinit_d_coef_controller(cinfo, TRUE);
/* We can now tell the memory manager to allocate virtual arrays. */
(*cinfo->mem->realize_virt_arrays) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo);
/* Initialize input side of decompressor to consume first scan. */
(*cinfo->inputctl->start_input_pass) (cinfo);
/* Initialize progress monitoring. */
if (cinfo->progress != NULL) {
int nscans;
/* Estimate number of scans to set pass_limit. */
if (cinfo->progressive_mode) {
/* Arbitrarily estimate 2 interleaved DC scans + 3 AC scans/component. */
nscans = 2 + 3 * cinfo->num_components;
} else if (cinfo->inputctl->has_multiple_scans) {
/* For a nonprogressive multiscan file, estimate 1 scan per component. */
nscans = cinfo->num_components;
} else {
nscans = 1;
}
cinfo->progress->pass_counter = 0L;
cinfo->progress->pass_limit = (long) cinfo->total_iMCU_rows * nscans;
cinfo->progress->completed_passes = 0;
cinfo->progress->total_passes = 1;
}
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,231 @@
/*
* jerror.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1991-1994, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains simple error-reporting and trace-message routines.
* These are suitable for Unix-like systems and others where writing to
* stderr is the right thing to do. Many applications will want to replace
* some or all of these routines.
*
* These routines are used by both the compression and decompression code.
*/
/* this is not a core library module, so it doesn't define JPEG_INTERNALS */
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
#include "jversion.h"
#include "jerror.h"
#ifndef EXIT_FAILURE /* define exit() codes if not provided */
#define EXIT_FAILURE 1
#endif
/*
* Create the message string table.
* We do this from the master message list in jerror.h by re-reading
* jerror.h with a suitable definition for macro JMESSAGE.
* The message table is made an external symbol just in case any applications
* want to refer to it directly.
*/
#ifdef NEED_SHORT_EXTERNAL_NAMES
#define jpeg_std_message_table jMsgTable
#endif
#define JMESSAGE(code,string) string ,
const char * const jpeg_std_message_table[] = {
#include "jerror.h"
NULL
};
/*
* Error exit handler: must not return to caller.
*
* Applications may override this if they want to get control back after
* an error. Typically one would longjmp somewhere instead of exiting.
* The setjmp buffer can be made a private field within an expanded error
* handler object. Note that the info needed to generate an error message
* is stored in the error object, so you can generate the message now or
* later, at your convenience.
* You should make sure that the JPEG object is cleaned up (with jpeg_abort
* or jpeg_destroy) at some point.
*/
METHODDEF void
error_exit (j_common_ptr cinfo)
{
char buffer[JMSG_LENGTH_MAX];
/* Create the message */
(*cinfo->err->format_message) (cinfo, buffer);
/* Let the memory manager delete any temp files before we die */
my_jpeg_destroy(cinfo);
// FIXME: need to get this setup with an error handler
//Error("%s\n", buffer );
}
/*
* Actual output of an error or trace message.
* Applications may override this method to send JPEG messages somewhere
* other than stderr.
*/
METHODDEF void
output_message (j_common_ptr cinfo)
{
char buffer[JMSG_LENGTH_MAX];
/* Create the message */
(*cinfo->err->format_message) (cinfo, buffer);
/* Send it to stderr, adding a newline */
printf("%s\n", buffer);
}
/*
* Decide whether to emit a trace or warning message.
* msg_level is one of:
* -1: recoverable corrupt-data warning, may want to abort.
* 0: important advisory messages (always display to user).
* 1: first level of tracing detail.
* 2,3,...: successively more detailed tracing messages.
* An application might override this method if it wanted to abort on warnings
* or change the policy about which messages to display.
*/
METHODDEF void
emit_message (j_common_ptr cinfo, int msg_level)
{
struct jpeg_error_mgr * err = cinfo->err;
if (msg_level < 0) {
/* It's a warning message. Since corrupt files may generate many warnings,
* the policy implemented here is to show only the first warning,
* unless trace_level >= 3.
*/
if (err->num_warnings == 0 || err->trace_level >= 3)
(*err->output_message) (cinfo);
/* Always count warnings in num_warnings. */
err->num_warnings++;
} else {
/* It's a trace message. Show it if trace_level >= msg_level. */
if (err->trace_level >= msg_level)
(*err->output_message) (cinfo);
}
}
/*
* Format a message string for the most recent JPEG error or message.
* The message is stored into buffer, which should be at least JMSG_LENGTH_MAX
* characters. Note that no '\n' character is added to the string.
* Few applications should need to override this method.
*/
METHODDEF void
format_message (j_common_ptr cinfo, char * buffer)
{
struct jpeg_error_mgr * err = cinfo->err;
int msg_code = err->msg_code;
const char * msgtext = NULL;
const char * msgptr;
char ch;
boolean isstring;
/* Look up message string in proper table */
if (msg_code > 0 && msg_code <= err->last_jpeg_message) {
msgtext = err->jpeg_message_table[msg_code];
} else if (err->addon_message_table != NULL &&
msg_code >= err->first_addon_message &&
msg_code <= err->last_addon_message) {
msgtext = err->addon_message_table[msg_code - err->first_addon_message];
}
/* Defend against bogus message number */
if (msgtext == NULL) {
err->msg_parm.i[0] = msg_code;
msgtext = err->jpeg_message_table[0];
}
/* Check for string parameter, as indicated by %s in the message text */
isstring = FALSE;
msgptr = msgtext;
while ((ch = *msgptr++) != '\0') {
if (ch == '%') {
if (*msgptr == 's') isstring = TRUE;
break;
}
}
/* Format the message into the passed buffer */
if (isstring)
sprintf(buffer, msgtext, err->msg_parm.s);
else
sprintf(buffer, msgtext,
err->msg_parm.i[0], err->msg_parm.i[1],
err->msg_parm.i[2], err->msg_parm.i[3],
err->msg_parm.i[4], err->msg_parm.i[5],
err->msg_parm.i[6], err->msg_parm.i[7]);
}
/*
* Reset error state variables at start of a new image.
* This is called during compression startup to reset trace/error
* processing to default state, without losing any application-specific
* method pointers. An application might possibly want to override
* this method if it has additional error processing state.
*/
METHODDEF void
reset_error_mgr (j_common_ptr cinfo)
{
cinfo->err->num_warnings = 0;
/* trace_level is not reset since it is an application-supplied parameter */
cinfo->err->msg_code = 0; /* may be useful as a flag for "no error" */
}
/*
* Fill in the standard error-handling methods in a jpeg_error_mgr object.
* Typical call is:
* struct jpeg_compress_struct cinfo;
* struct jpeg_error_mgr err;
*
* cinfo.err = jpeg_std_error(&err);
* after which the application may override some of the methods.
*/
GLOBAL struct jpeg_error_mgr *
my_jpeg_std_error (struct jpeg_error_mgr * err)
{
err->error_exit = error_exit;
err->emit_message = emit_message;
err->output_message = output_message;
err->format_message = format_message;
err->reset_error_mgr = reset_error_mgr;
err->trace_level = 0; /* default = no tracing */
err->num_warnings = 0; /* no warnings emitted yet */
err->msg_code = 0; /* may be useful as a flag for "no error" */
/* Initialize message table pointers */
err->jpeg_message_table = jpeg_std_message_table;
err->last_jpeg_message = (int) JMSG_LASTMSGCODE - 1;
err->addon_message_table = NULL;
err->first_addon_message = 0; /* for safety */
err->last_addon_message = 0;
return err;
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,273 @@
/*
* jerror.h
*
* Copyright (C) 1994-1995, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file defines the error and message codes for the JPEG library.
* Edit this file to add new codes, or to translate the message strings to
* some other language.
* A set of error-reporting macros are defined too. Some applications using
* the JPEG library may wish to include this file to get the error codes
* and/or the macros.
*/
/*
* To define the enum list of message codes, include this file without
* defining macro JMESSAGE. To create a message string table, include it
* again with a suitable JMESSAGE definition (see jerror.c for an example).
*/
#ifndef JMESSAGE
#ifndef JERROR_H
/* First time through, define the enum list */
#define JMAKE_ENUM_LIST
#else
/* Repeated inclusions of this file are no-ops unless JMESSAGE is defined */
#define JMESSAGE(code,string)
#endif /* JERROR_H */
#endif /* JMESSAGE */
#ifdef JMAKE_ENUM_LIST
typedef enum {
#define JMESSAGE(code,string) code ,
#endif /* JMAKE_ENUM_LIST */
JMESSAGE(JMSG_NOMESSAGE, "Bogus message code %d") /* Must be first entry! */
/* For maintenance convenience, list is alphabetical by message code name */
JMESSAGE(JERR_ARITH_NOTIMPL,
"Sorry, there are legal restrictions on arithmetic coding")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_ALIGN_TYPE, "ALIGN_TYPE is wrong, please fix")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_ALLOC_CHUNK, "MAX_ALLOC_CHUNK is wrong, please fix")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_BUFFER_MODE, "Bogus buffer control mode")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_COMPONENT_ID, "Invalid component ID %d in SOS")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_DCTSIZE, "IDCT output block size %d not supported")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_IN_COLORSPACE, "Bogus input colorspace")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_J_COLORSPACE, "Bogus JPEG colorspace")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_LENGTH, "Bogus marker length")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_MCU_SIZE, "Sampling factors too large for interleaved scan")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_POOL_ID, "Invalid memory pool code %d")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_PRECISION, "Unsupported JPEG data precision %d")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_PROGRESSION,
"Invalid progressive parameters Ss=%d Se=%d Ah=%d Al=%d")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_PROG_SCRIPT,
"Invalid progressive parameters at scan script entry %d")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_SAMPLING, "Bogus sampling factors")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_SCAN_SCRIPT, "Invalid scan script at entry %d")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_STATE, "Improper call to JPEG library in state %d")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_VIRTUAL_ACCESS, "Bogus virtual array access")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BUFFER_SIZE, "Buffer passed to JPEG library is too small")
JMESSAGE(JERR_CANT_SUSPEND, "Suspension not allowed here")
JMESSAGE(JERR_CCIR601_NOTIMPL, "CCIR601 sampling not implemented yet")
JMESSAGE(JERR_COMPONENT_COUNT, "Too many color components: %d, max %d")
JMESSAGE(JERR_CONVERSION_NOTIMPL, "Unsupported color conversion request")
JMESSAGE(JERR_DAC_INDEX, "Bogus DAC index %d")
JMESSAGE(JERR_DAC_VALUE, "Bogus DAC value 0x%x")
JMESSAGE(JERR_DHT_COUNTS, "Bogus DHT counts")
JMESSAGE(JERR_DHT_INDEX, "Bogus DHT index %d")
JMESSAGE(JERR_DQT_INDEX, "Bogus DQT index %d")
JMESSAGE(JERR_EMPTY_IMAGE, "Empty JPEG image (DNL not supported)")
JMESSAGE(JERR_EMS_READ, "Read from EMS failed")
JMESSAGE(JERR_EMS_WRITE, "Write to EMS failed")
JMESSAGE(JERR_EOI_EXPECTED, "Didn't expect more than one scan")
JMESSAGE(JERR_FILE_READ, "Input file read error")
JMESSAGE(JERR_FILE_WRITE, "Output file write error --- out of disk space?")
JMESSAGE(JERR_FRACT_SAMPLE_NOTIMPL, "Fractional sampling not implemented yet")
JMESSAGE(JERR_HUFF_CLEN_OVERFLOW, "Huffman code size table overflow")
JMESSAGE(JERR_HUFF_MISSING_CODE, "Missing Huffman code table entry")
JMESSAGE(JERR_IMAGE_TOO_BIG, "Maximum supported image dimension is %u pixels")
JMESSAGE(JERR_INPUT_EMPTY, "Empty input file")
JMESSAGE(JERR_INPUT_EOF, "Premature end of input file")
JMESSAGE(JERR_MISMATCHED_QUANT_TABLE,
"Cannot transcode due to multiple use of quantization table %d")
JMESSAGE(JERR_MISSING_DATA, "Scan script does not transmit all data")
JMESSAGE(JERR_MODE_CHANGE, "Invalid color quantization mode change")
JMESSAGE(JERR_NOTIMPL, "Not implemented yet")
JMESSAGE(JERR_NOT_COMPILED, "Requested feature was omitted at compile time")
JMESSAGE(JERR_NO_BACKING_STORE, "Backing store not supported")
JMESSAGE(JERR_NO_HUFF_TABLE, "Huffman table 0x%02x was not defined")
JMESSAGE(JERR_NO_IMAGE, "JPEG datastream contains no image")
JMESSAGE(JERR_NO_QUANT_TABLE, "Quantization table 0x%02x was not defined")
JMESSAGE(JERR_NO_SOI, "Not a JPEG file: starts with 0x%02x 0x%02x")
JMESSAGE(JERR_OUT_OF_MEMORY, "Insufficient memory (case %d)")
JMESSAGE(JERR_QUANT_COMPONENTS,
"Cannot quantize more than %d color components")
JMESSAGE(JERR_QUANT_FEW_COLORS, "Cannot quantize to fewer than %d colors")
JMESSAGE(JERR_QUANT_MANY_COLORS, "Cannot quantize to more than %d colors")
JMESSAGE(JERR_SOF_DUPLICATE, "Invalid JPEG file structure: two SOF markers")
JMESSAGE(JERR_SOF_NO_SOS, "Invalid JPEG file structure: missing SOS marker")
JMESSAGE(JERR_SOF_UNSUPPORTED, "Unsupported JPEG process: SOF type 0x%02x")
JMESSAGE(JERR_SOI_DUPLICATE, "Invalid JPEG file structure: two SOI markers")
JMESSAGE(JERR_SOS_NO_SOF, "Invalid JPEG file structure: SOS before SOF")
JMESSAGE(JERR_TFILE_CREATE, "Failed to create temporary file %s")
JMESSAGE(JERR_TFILE_READ, "Read failed on temporary file")
JMESSAGE(JERR_TFILE_SEEK, "Seek failed on temporary file")
JMESSAGE(JERR_TFILE_WRITE,
"Write failed on temporary file --- out of disk space?")
JMESSAGE(JERR_TOO_LITTLE_DATA, "Application transferred too few scanlines")
JMESSAGE(JERR_UNKNOWN_MARKER, "Unsupported marker type 0x%02x")
JMESSAGE(JERR_VIRTUAL_BUG, "Virtual array controller messed up")
JMESSAGE(JERR_WIDTH_OVERFLOW, "Image too wide for this implementation")
JMESSAGE(JERR_XMS_READ, "Read from XMS failed")
JMESSAGE(JERR_XMS_WRITE, "Write to XMS failed")
JMESSAGE(JMSG_COPYRIGHT, JCOPYRIGHT)
JMESSAGE(JMSG_VERSION, JVERSION)
JMESSAGE(JTRC_16BIT_TABLES,
"Caution: quantization tables are too coarse for baseline JPEG")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_ADOBE,
"Adobe APP14 marker: version %d, flags 0x%04x 0x%04x, transform %d")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_APP0, "Unknown APP0 marker (not JFIF), length %u")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_APP14, "Unknown APP14 marker (not Adobe), length %u")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_DAC, "Define Arithmetic Table 0x%02x: 0x%02x")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_DHT, "Define Huffman Table 0x%02x")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_DQT, "Define Quantization Table %d precision %d")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_DRI, "Define Restart Interval %u")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_EMS_CLOSE, "Freed EMS handle %u")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_EMS_OPEN, "Obtained EMS handle %u")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_EOI, "End Of Image")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_HUFFBITS, " %3d %3d %3d %3d %3d %3d %3d %3d")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_JFIF, "JFIF APP0 marker, density %dx%d %d")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_JFIF_BADTHUMBNAILSIZE,
"Warning: thumbnail image size does not match data length %u")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_JFIF_MINOR, "Unknown JFIF minor revision number %d.%02d")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_JFIF_THUMBNAIL, " with %d x %d thumbnail image")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_MISC_MARKER, "Skipping marker 0x%02x, length %u")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_PARMLESS_MARKER, "Unexpected marker 0x%02x")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_QUANTVALS, " %4u %4u %4u %4u %4u %4u %4u %4u")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_QUANT_3_NCOLORS, "Quantizing to %d = %d*%d*%d colors")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_QUANT_NCOLORS, "Quantizing to %d colors")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_QUANT_SELECTED, "Selected %d colors for quantization")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_RECOVERY_ACTION, "At marker 0x%02x, recovery action %d")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_RST, "RST%d")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_SMOOTH_NOTIMPL,
"Smoothing not supported with nonstandard sampling ratios")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_SOF, "Start Of Frame 0x%02x: width=%u, height=%u, components=%d")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_SOF_COMPONENT, " Component %d: %dhx%dv q=%d")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_SOI, "Start of Image")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_SOS, "Start Of Scan: %d components")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_SOS_COMPONENT, " Component %d: dc=%d ac=%d")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_SOS_PARAMS, " Ss=%d, Se=%d, Ah=%d, Al=%d")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_TFILE_CLOSE, "Closed temporary file %s")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_TFILE_OPEN, "Opened temporary file %s")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_UNKNOWN_IDS,
"Unrecognized component IDs %d %d %d, assuming YCbCr")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_XMS_CLOSE, "Freed XMS handle %u")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_XMS_OPEN, "Obtained XMS handle %u")
JMESSAGE(JWRN_ADOBE_XFORM, "Unknown Adobe color transform code %d")
JMESSAGE(JWRN_BOGUS_PROGRESSION,
"Inconsistent progression sequence for component %d coefficient %d")
JMESSAGE(JWRN_EXTRANEOUS_DATA,
"Corrupt JPEG data: %u extraneous bytes before marker 0x%02x")
JMESSAGE(JWRN_HIT_MARKER, "Corrupt JPEG data: premature end of data segment")
JMESSAGE(JWRN_HUFF_BAD_CODE, "Corrupt JPEG data: bad Huffman code")
JMESSAGE(JWRN_JFIF_MAJOR, "Warning: unknown JFIF revision number %d.%02d")
JMESSAGE(JWRN_JPEG_EOF, "Premature end of JPEG file")
JMESSAGE(JWRN_MUST_RESYNC,
"Corrupt JPEG data: found marker 0x%02x instead of RST%d")
JMESSAGE(JWRN_NOT_SEQUENTIAL, "Invalid SOS parameters for sequential JPEG")
JMESSAGE(JWRN_TOO_MUCH_DATA, "Application transferred too many scanlines")
#ifdef JMAKE_ENUM_LIST
JMSG_LASTMSGCODE
} J_MESSAGE_CODE;
#undef JMAKE_ENUM_LIST
#endif /* JMAKE_ENUM_LIST */
/* Zap JMESSAGE macro so that future re-inclusions do nothing by default */
#undef JMESSAGE
#ifndef JERROR_H
#define JERROR_H
/* Macros to simplify using the error and trace message stuff */
/* The first parameter is either type of cinfo pointer */
/* Fatal errors (print message and exit) */
#define ERREXIT(cinfo,code) \
((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
(*(cinfo)->err->error_exit) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo)))
#define ERREXIT1(cinfo,code,p1) \
((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \
(*(cinfo)->err->error_exit) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo)))
#define ERREXIT2(cinfo,code,p1,p2) \
((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[1] = (p2), \
(*(cinfo)->err->error_exit) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo)))
#define ERREXIT3(cinfo,code,p1,p2,p3) \
((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[1] = (p2), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[2] = (p3), \
(*(cinfo)->err->error_exit) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo)))
#define ERREXIT4(cinfo,code,p1,p2,p3,p4) \
((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[1] = (p2), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[2] = (p3), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[3] = (p4), \
(*(cinfo)->err->error_exit) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo)))
#define ERREXITS(cinfo,code,str) \
((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
strncpy((cinfo)->err->msg_parm.s, (str), JMSG_STR_PARM_MAX), \
(*(cinfo)->err->error_exit) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo)))
#define MAKESTMT(stuff) do { stuff } while (0)
/* Nonfatal errors (we can keep going, but the data is probably corrupt) */
#define WARNMS(cinfo,code) \
((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
(*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), -1))
#define WARNMS1(cinfo,code,p1) \
((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \
(*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), -1))
#define WARNMS2(cinfo,code,p1,p2) \
((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[1] = (p2), \
(*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), -1))
/* Informational/debugging messages */
#define TRACEMS(cinfo,lvl,code) \
((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
(*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl)))
#define TRACEMS1(cinfo,lvl,code,p1) \
((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \
(*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl)))
#define TRACEMS2(cinfo,lvl,code,p1,p2) \
((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[1] = (p2), \
(*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl)))
#define TRACEMS3(cinfo,lvl,code,p1,p2,p3) \
MAKESTMT(int * _mp = (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i; \
_mp[0] = (p1); _mp[1] = (p2); _mp[2] = (p3); \
(cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code); \
(*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl)); )
#define TRACEMS4(cinfo,lvl,code,p1,p2,p3,p4) \
MAKESTMT(int * _mp = (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i; \
_mp[0] = (p1); _mp[1] = (p2); _mp[2] = (p3); _mp[3] = (p4); \
(cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code); \
(*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl)); )
#define TRACEMS8(cinfo,lvl,code,p1,p2,p3,p4,p5,p6,p7,p8) \
MAKESTMT(int * _mp = (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i; \
_mp[0] = (p1); _mp[1] = (p2); _mp[2] = (p3); _mp[3] = (p4); \
_mp[4] = (p5); _mp[5] = (p6); _mp[6] = (p7); _mp[7] = (p8); \
(cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code); \
(*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl)); )
#define TRACEMSS(cinfo,lvl,code,str) \
((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
strncpy((cinfo)->err->msg_parm.s, (str), JMSG_STR_PARM_MAX), \
(*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl)))
#endif /* JERROR_H */

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
/*
* jfdctflt.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1994, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains a floating-point implementation of the
* forward DCT (Discrete Cosine Transform).
*
* This implementation should be more accurate than either of the integer
* DCT implementations. However, it may not give the same results on all
* machines because of differences in roundoff behavior. Speed will depend
* on the hardware's floating point capacity.
*
* A 2-D DCT can be done by 1-D DCT on each row followed by 1-D DCT
* on each column. Direct algorithms are also available, but they are
* much more complex and seem not to be any faster when reduced to code.
*
* This implementation is based on Arai, Agui, and Nakajima's algorithm for
* scaled DCT. Their original paper (Trans. IEICE E-71(11):1095) is in
* Japanese, but the algorithm is described in the Pennebaker & Mitchell
* JPEG textbook (see REFERENCES section in file README). The following code
* is based directly on figure 4-8 in P&M.
* While an 8-point DCT cannot be done in less than 11 multiplies, it is
* possible to arrange the computation so that many of the multiplies are
* simple scalings of the final outputs. These multiplies can then be
* folded into the multiplications or divisions by the JPEG quantization
* table entries. The AA&N method leaves only 5 multiplies and 29 adds
* to be done in the DCT itself.
* The primary disadvantage of this method is that with a fixed-point
* implementation, accuracy is lost due to imprecise representation of the
* scaled quantization values. However, that problem does not arise if
* we use floating point arithmetic.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
#include "jdct.h" /* Private declarations for DCT subsystem */
#ifdef DCT_FLOAT_SUPPORTED
/*
* This module is specialized to the case DCTSIZE = 8.
*/
#if DCTSIZE != 8
Sorry, this code only copes with 8x8 DCTs. /* deliberate syntax err */
#endif
/*
* Perform the forward DCT on one block of samples.
*/
GLOBAL void
my_jpeg_fdct_float (FAST_FLOAT * data)
{
FAST_FLOAT tmp0, tmp1, tmp2, tmp3, tmp4, tmp5, tmp6, tmp7;
FAST_FLOAT tmp10, tmp11, tmp12, tmp13;
FAST_FLOAT z1, z2, z3, z4, z5, z11, z13;
FAST_FLOAT *dataptr;
int ctr;
/* Pass 1: process rows. */
dataptr = data;
for (ctr = DCTSIZE-1; ctr >= 0; ctr--) {
tmp0 = dataptr[0] + dataptr[7];
tmp7 = dataptr[0] - dataptr[7];
tmp1 = dataptr[1] + dataptr[6];
tmp6 = dataptr[1] - dataptr[6];
tmp2 = dataptr[2] + dataptr[5];
tmp5 = dataptr[2] - dataptr[5];
tmp3 = dataptr[3] + dataptr[4];
tmp4 = dataptr[3] - dataptr[4];
/* Even part */
tmp10 = tmp0 + tmp3; /* phase 2 */
tmp13 = tmp0 - tmp3;
tmp11 = tmp1 + tmp2;
tmp12 = tmp1 - tmp2;
dataptr[0] = tmp10 + tmp11; /* phase 3 */
dataptr[4] = tmp10 - tmp11;
z1 = (tmp12 + tmp13) * ((FAST_FLOAT) 0.707106781); /* c4 */
dataptr[2] = tmp13 + z1; /* phase 5 */
dataptr[6] = tmp13 - z1;
/* Odd part */
tmp10 = tmp4 + tmp5; /* phase 2 */
tmp11 = tmp5 + tmp6;
tmp12 = tmp6 + tmp7;
/* The rotator is modified from fig 4-8 to avoid extra negations. */
z5 = (tmp10 - tmp12) * ((FAST_FLOAT) 0.382683433); /* c6 */
z2 = ((FAST_FLOAT) 0.541196100) * tmp10 + z5; /* c2-c6 */
z4 = ((FAST_FLOAT) 1.306562965) * tmp12 + z5; /* c2+c6 */
z3 = tmp11 * ((FAST_FLOAT) 0.707106781); /* c4 */
z11 = tmp7 + z3; /* phase 5 */
z13 = tmp7 - z3;
dataptr[5] = z13 + z2; /* phase 6 */
dataptr[3] = z13 - z2;
dataptr[1] = z11 + z4;
dataptr[7] = z11 - z4;
dataptr += DCTSIZE; /* advance pointer to next row */
}
/* Pass 2: process columns. */
dataptr = data;
for (ctr = DCTSIZE-1; ctr >= 0; ctr--) {
tmp0 = dataptr[DCTSIZE*0] + dataptr[DCTSIZE*7];
tmp7 = dataptr[DCTSIZE*0] - dataptr[DCTSIZE*7];
tmp1 = dataptr[DCTSIZE*1] + dataptr[DCTSIZE*6];
tmp6 = dataptr[DCTSIZE*1] - dataptr[DCTSIZE*6];
tmp2 = dataptr[DCTSIZE*2] + dataptr[DCTSIZE*5];
tmp5 = dataptr[DCTSIZE*2] - dataptr[DCTSIZE*5];
tmp3 = dataptr[DCTSIZE*3] + dataptr[DCTSIZE*4];
tmp4 = dataptr[DCTSIZE*3] - dataptr[DCTSIZE*4];
/* Even part */
tmp10 = tmp0 + tmp3; /* phase 2 */
tmp13 = tmp0 - tmp3;
tmp11 = tmp1 + tmp2;
tmp12 = tmp1 - tmp2;
dataptr[DCTSIZE*0] = tmp10 + tmp11; /* phase 3 */
dataptr[DCTSIZE*4] = tmp10 - tmp11;
z1 = (tmp12 + tmp13) * ((FAST_FLOAT) 0.707106781); /* c4 */
dataptr[DCTSIZE*2] = tmp13 + z1; /* phase 5 */
dataptr[DCTSIZE*6] = tmp13 - z1;
/* Odd part */
tmp10 = tmp4 + tmp5; /* phase 2 */
tmp11 = tmp5 + tmp6;
tmp12 = tmp6 + tmp7;
/* The rotator is modified from fig 4-8 to avoid extra negations. */
z5 = (tmp10 - tmp12) * ((FAST_FLOAT) 0.382683433); /* c6 */
z2 = ((FAST_FLOAT) 0.541196100) * tmp10 + z5; /* c2-c6 */
z4 = ((FAST_FLOAT) 1.306562965) * tmp12 + z5; /* c2+c6 */
z3 = tmp11 * ((FAST_FLOAT) 0.707106781); /* c4 */
z11 = tmp7 + z3; /* phase 5 */
z13 = tmp7 - z3;
dataptr[DCTSIZE*5] = z13 + z2; /* phase 6 */
dataptr[DCTSIZE*3] = z13 - z2;
dataptr[DCTSIZE*1] = z11 + z4;
dataptr[DCTSIZE*7] = z11 - z4;
dataptr++; /* advance pointer to next column */
}
}
#endif /* DCT_FLOAT_SUPPORTED */

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,241 @@
/*
* jidctflt.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1994, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains a floating-point implementation of the
* inverse DCT (Discrete Cosine Transform). In the IJG code, this routine
* must also perform dequantization of the input coefficients.
*
* This implementation should be more accurate than either of the integer
* IDCT implementations. However, it may not give the same results on all
* machines because of differences in roundoff behavior. Speed will depend
* on the hardware's floating point capacity.
*
* A 2-D IDCT can be done by 1-D IDCT on each column followed by 1-D IDCT
* on each row (or vice versa, but it's more convenient to emit a row at
* a time). Direct algorithms are also available, but they are much more
* complex and seem not to be any faster when reduced to code.
*
* This implementation is based on Arai, Agui, and Nakajima's algorithm for
* scaled DCT. Their original paper (Trans. IEICE E-71(11):1095) is in
* Japanese, but the algorithm is described in the Pennebaker & Mitchell
* JPEG textbook (see REFERENCES section in file README). The following code
* is based directly on figure 4-8 in P&M.
* While an 8-point DCT cannot be done in less than 11 multiplies, it is
* possible to arrange the computation so that many of the multiplies are
* simple scalings of the final outputs. These multiplies can then be
* folded into the multiplications or divisions by the JPEG quantization
* table entries. The AA&N method leaves only 5 multiplies and 29 adds
* to be done in the DCT itself.
* The primary disadvantage of this method is that with a fixed-point
* implementation, accuracy is lost due to imprecise representation of the
* scaled quantization values. However, that problem does not arise if
* we use floating point arithmetic.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
#include "jdct.h" /* Private declarations for DCT subsystem */
#ifdef DCT_FLOAT_SUPPORTED
/*
* This module is specialized to the case DCTSIZE = 8.
*/
#if DCTSIZE != 8
Sorry, this code only copes with 8x8 DCTs. /* deliberate syntax err */
#endif
/* Dequantize a coefficient by multiplying it by the multiplier-table
* entry; produce a float result.
*/
#define DEQUANTIZE(coef,quantval) (((FAST_FLOAT) (coef)) * (quantval))
/*
* Perform dequantization and inverse DCT on one block of coefficients.
*/
GLOBAL void
my_jpeg_idct_float (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JCOEFPTR coef_block,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION output_col)
{
FAST_FLOAT tmp0, tmp1, tmp2, tmp3, tmp4, tmp5, tmp6, tmp7;
FAST_FLOAT tmp10, tmp11, tmp12, tmp13;
FAST_FLOAT z5, z10, z11, z12, z13;
JCOEFPTR inptr;
FLOAT_MULT_TYPE * quantptr;
FAST_FLOAT * wsptr;
JSAMPROW outptr;
JSAMPLE *range_limit = IDCT_range_limit(cinfo);
int ctr;
FAST_FLOAT workspace[DCTSIZE2]; /* buffers data between passes */
SHIFT_TEMPS
/* Pass 1: process columns from input, store into work array. */
inptr = coef_block;
quantptr = (FLOAT_MULT_TYPE *) compptr->dct_table;
wsptr = workspace;
for (ctr = DCTSIZE; ctr > 0; ctr--) {
/* Due to quantization, we will usually find that many of the input
* coefficients are zero, especially the AC terms. We can exploit this
* by short-circuiting the IDCT calculation for any column in which all
* the AC terms are zero. In that case each output is equal to the
* DC coefficient (with scale factor as needed).
* With typical images and quantization tables, half or more of the
* column DCT calculations can be simplified this way.
*/
if ((inptr[DCTSIZE*1] | inptr[DCTSIZE*2] | inptr[DCTSIZE*3] |
inptr[DCTSIZE*4] | inptr[DCTSIZE*5] | inptr[DCTSIZE*6] |
inptr[DCTSIZE*7]) == 0) {
/* AC terms all zero */
FAST_FLOAT dcval = DEQUANTIZE(inptr[DCTSIZE*0], quantptr[DCTSIZE*0]);
wsptr[DCTSIZE*0] = dcval;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*1] = dcval;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*2] = dcval;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*3] = dcval;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*4] = dcval;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*5] = dcval;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*6] = dcval;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*7] = dcval;
inptr++; /* advance pointers to next column */
quantptr++;
wsptr++;
continue;
}
/* Even part */
tmp0 = DEQUANTIZE(inptr[DCTSIZE*0], quantptr[DCTSIZE*0]);
tmp1 = DEQUANTIZE(inptr[DCTSIZE*2], quantptr[DCTSIZE*2]);
tmp2 = DEQUANTIZE(inptr[DCTSIZE*4], quantptr[DCTSIZE*4]);
tmp3 = DEQUANTIZE(inptr[DCTSIZE*6], quantptr[DCTSIZE*6]);
tmp10 = tmp0 + tmp2; /* phase 3 */
tmp11 = tmp0 - tmp2;
tmp13 = tmp1 + tmp3; /* phases 5-3 */
tmp12 = (tmp1 - tmp3) * ((FAST_FLOAT) 1.414213562) - tmp13; /* 2*c4 */
tmp0 = tmp10 + tmp13; /* phase 2 */
tmp3 = tmp10 - tmp13;
tmp1 = tmp11 + tmp12;
tmp2 = tmp11 - tmp12;
/* Odd part */
tmp4 = DEQUANTIZE(inptr[DCTSIZE*1], quantptr[DCTSIZE*1]);
tmp5 = DEQUANTIZE(inptr[DCTSIZE*3], quantptr[DCTSIZE*3]);
tmp6 = DEQUANTIZE(inptr[DCTSIZE*5], quantptr[DCTSIZE*5]);
tmp7 = DEQUANTIZE(inptr[DCTSIZE*7], quantptr[DCTSIZE*7]);
z13 = tmp6 + tmp5; /* phase 6 */
z10 = tmp6 - tmp5;
z11 = tmp4 + tmp7;
z12 = tmp4 - tmp7;
tmp7 = z11 + z13; /* phase 5 */
tmp11 = (z11 - z13) * ((FAST_FLOAT) 1.414213562); /* 2*c4 */
z5 = (z10 + z12) * ((FAST_FLOAT) 1.847759065); /* 2*c2 */
tmp10 = ((FAST_FLOAT) 1.082392200) * z12 - z5; /* 2*(c2-c6) */
tmp12 = ((FAST_FLOAT) -2.613125930) * z10 + z5; /* -2*(c2+c6) */
tmp6 = tmp12 - tmp7; /* phase 2 */
tmp5 = tmp11 - tmp6;
tmp4 = tmp10 + tmp5;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*0] = tmp0 + tmp7;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*7] = tmp0 - tmp7;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*1] = tmp1 + tmp6;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*6] = tmp1 - tmp6;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*2] = tmp2 + tmp5;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*5] = tmp2 - tmp5;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*4] = tmp3 + tmp4;
wsptr[DCTSIZE*3] = tmp3 - tmp4;
inptr++; /* advance pointers to next column */
quantptr++;
wsptr++;
}
/* Pass 2: process rows from work array, store into output array. */
/* Note that we must descale the results by a factor of 8 == 2**3. */
wsptr = workspace;
for (ctr = 0; ctr < DCTSIZE; ctr++) {
outptr = output_buf[ctr] + output_col;
/* Rows of zeroes can be exploited in the same way as we did with columns.
* However, the column calculation has created many nonzero AC terms, so
* the simplification applies less often (typically 5% to 10% of the time).
* And testing floats for zero is relatively expensive, so we don't bother.
*/
/* Even part */
tmp10 = wsptr[0] + wsptr[4];
tmp11 = wsptr[0] - wsptr[4];
tmp13 = wsptr[2] + wsptr[6];
tmp12 = (wsptr[2] - wsptr[6]) * ((FAST_FLOAT) 1.414213562) - tmp13;
tmp0 = tmp10 + tmp13;
tmp3 = tmp10 - tmp13;
tmp1 = tmp11 + tmp12;
tmp2 = tmp11 - tmp12;
/* Odd part */
z13 = wsptr[5] + wsptr[3];
z10 = wsptr[5] - wsptr[3];
z11 = wsptr[1] + wsptr[7];
z12 = wsptr[1] - wsptr[7];
tmp7 = z11 + z13;
tmp11 = (z11 - z13) * ((FAST_FLOAT) 1.414213562);
z5 = (z10 + z12) * ((FAST_FLOAT) 1.847759065); /* 2*c2 */
tmp10 = ((FAST_FLOAT) 1.082392200) * z12 - z5; /* 2*(c2-c6) */
tmp12 = ((FAST_FLOAT) -2.613125930) * z10 + z5; /* -2*(c2+c6) */
tmp6 = tmp12 - tmp7;
tmp5 = tmp11 - tmp6;
tmp4 = tmp10 + tmp5;
/* Final output stage: scale down by a factor of 8 and range-limit */
outptr[0] = range_limit[(int) DESCALE((INT32) (tmp0 + tmp7), 3)
& RANGE_MASK];
outptr[7] = range_limit[(int) DESCALE((INT32) (tmp0 - tmp7), 3)
& RANGE_MASK];
outptr[1] = range_limit[(int) DESCALE((INT32) (tmp1 + tmp6), 3)
& RANGE_MASK];
outptr[6] = range_limit[(int) DESCALE((INT32) (tmp1 - tmp6), 3)
& RANGE_MASK];
outptr[2] = range_limit[(int) DESCALE((INT32) (tmp2 + tmp5), 3)
& RANGE_MASK];
outptr[5] = range_limit[(int) DESCALE((INT32) (tmp2 - tmp5), 3)
& RANGE_MASK];
outptr[4] = range_limit[(int) DESCALE((INT32) (tmp3 + tmp4), 3)
& RANGE_MASK];
outptr[3] = range_limit[(int) DESCALE((INT32) (tmp3 - tmp4), 3)
& RANGE_MASK];
wsptr += DCTSIZE; /* advance pointer to next row */
}
}
#endif /* DCT_FLOAT_SUPPORTED */

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
/*
* jinclude.h
*
* Copyright (C) 1991-1994, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file exists to provide a single place to fix any problems with
* including the wrong system include files. (Common problems are taken
* care of by the standard jconfig symbols, but on really weird systems
* you may have to edit this file.)
*
* NOTE: this file is NOT intended to be included by applications using the
* JPEG library. Most applications need only include jpeglib.h.
*/
/* Include auto-config file to find out which system include files we need. */
#include "jconfig.h" /* auto configuration options */
#define JCONFIG_INCLUDED /* so that jpeglib.h doesn't do it again */
/*
* We need the NULL macro and size_t typedef.
* On an ANSI-conforming system it is sufficient to include <stddef.h>.
* Otherwise, we get them from <stdlib.h> or <stdio.h>; we may have to
* pull in <sys/types.h> as well.
* Note that the core JPEG library does not require <stdio.h>;
* only the default error handler and data source/destination modules do.
* But we must pull it in because of the references to FILE in jpeglib.h.
* You can remove those references if you want to compile without <stdio.h>.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_STDDEF_H
#include <stddef.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
#include <stdlib.h>
#endif
#ifdef NEED_SYS_TYPES_H
#include <sys/types.h>
#endif
#include <stdio.h>
/*
* We need memory copying and zeroing functions, plus strncpy().
* ANSI and System V implementations declare these in <string.h>.
* BSD doesn't have the mem() functions, but it does have bcopy()/bzero().
* Some systems may declare memset and memcpy in <memory.h>.
*
* NOTE: we assume the size parameters to these functions are of type size_t.
* Change the casts in these macros if not!
*/
#ifdef NEED_BSD_STRINGS
#include <strings.h>
#define MEMZERO(target,size) bzero((void *)(target), (size_t)(size))
#define MEMCOPY(dest,src,size) bcopy((const void *)(src), (void *)(dest), (size_t)(size))
#else /* not BSD, assume ANSI/SysV string lib */
#include <string.h>
#define MEMZERO(target,size) memset((void *)(target), 0, (size_t)(size))
#define MEMCOPY(dest,src,size) memcpy((void *)(dest), (const void *)(src), (size_t)(size))
#endif
/*
* In ANSI C, and indeed any rational implementation, size_t is also the
* type returned by sizeof(). However, it seems there are some irrational
* implementations out there, in which sizeof() returns an int even though
* size_t is defined as long or unsigned long. To ensure consistent results
* we always use this SIZEOF() macro in place of using sizeof() directly.
*/
#define SIZEOF(object) ((size_t) sizeof(object))
/*
* The modules that use fread() and fwrite() always invoke them through
* these macros. On some systems you may need to twiddle the argument casts.
* CAUTION: argument order is different from underlying functions!
*/
#define JFREAD(file,buf,sizeofbuf) \
((size_t) fread((void *) (buf), (size_t) 1, (size_t) (sizeofbuf), (file)))
#define JFWRITE(file,buf,sizeofbuf) \
((size_t) fwrite((const void *) (buf), (size_t) 1, (size_t) (sizeofbuf), (file)))

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
/*
* jmemnobs.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1992-1994, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file provides a really simple implementation of the system-
* dependent portion of the JPEG memory manager. This implementation
* assumes that no backing-store files are needed: all required space
* can be obtained from ri.Malloc().
* This is very portable in the sense that it'll compile on almost anything,
* but you'd better have lots of main memory (or virtual memory) if you want
* to process big images.
* Note that the max_memory_to_use option is ignored by this implementation.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
#include "jmemsys.h" /* import the system-dependent declarations */
/*
* Memory allocation and ri.Freeing are controlled by the regular library
* routines ri.Malloc() and ri.Free().
*/
GLOBAL void *
my_jpeg_get_small (j_common_ptr cinfo, size_t sizeofobject)
{
return (void *) malloc(sizeofobject);
}
GLOBAL void
my_jpeg_free_small (j_common_ptr cinfo, void * object, size_t sizeofobject)
{
free(object);
}
/*
* "Large" objects are treated the same as "small" ones.
* NB: although we include FAR keywords in the routine declarations,
* this file won't actually work in 80x86 small/medium model; at least,
* you probably won't be able to process useful-size images in only 64KB.
*/
GLOBAL void FAR *
my_jpeg_get_large (j_common_ptr cinfo, size_t sizeofobject)
{
return (void FAR *) malloc(sizeofobject);
}
GLOBAL void
my_jpeg_free_large (j_common_ptr cinfo, void FAR * object, size_t sizeofobject)
{
free(object);
}
/*
* This routine computes the total memory space available for allocation.
* Here we always say, "we got all you want bud!"
*/
GLOBAL long
my_jpeg_mem_available (j_common_ptr cinfo, long min_bytes_needed,
long max_bytes_needed, long already_allocated)
{
return max_bytes_needed;
}
/*
* Backing store (temporary file) management.
* Since jpeg_mem_available always promised the moon,
* this should never be called and we can just error out.
*/
GLOBAL void
my_jpeg_open_backing_store (j_common_ptr cinfo, backing_store_ptr info,
long total_bytes_needed)
{
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_NO_BACKING_STORE);
}
/*
* These routines take care of any system-dependent initialization and
* cleanup required. Here, there isn't any.
*/
GLOBAL long
my_jpeg_mem_init (j_common_ptr cinfo)
{
return 0; /* just set max_memory_to_use to 0 */
}
GLOBAL void
my_jpeg_mem_term (j_common_ptr cinfo)
{
/* no work */
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,182 @@
/*
* jmemsys.h
*
* Copyright (C) 1992-1994, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This include file defines the interface between the system-independent
* and system-dependent portions of the JPEG memory manager. No other
* modules need include it. (The system-independent portion is jmemmgr.c;
* there are several different versions of the system-dependent portion.)
*
* This file works as-is for the system-dependent memory managers supplied
* in the IJG distribution. You may need to modify it if you write a
* custom memory manager. If system-dependent changes are needed in
* this file, the best method is to #ifdef them based on a configuration
* symbol supplied in jconfig.h, as we have done with USE_MSDOS_MEMMGR.
*/
/* Short forms of external names for systems with brain-damaged linkers. */
#ifdef NEED_SHORT_EXTERNAL_NAMES
#define my_jpeg_get_small jGetSmall
#define my_jpeg_free_small jFreeSmall
#define my_jpeg_get_large jGetLarge
#define my_jpeg_free_large jFreeLarge
#define my_jpeg_mem_available jMemAvail
#define my_jpeg_open_backing_store jOpenBackStore
#define my_jpeg_mem_init jMemInit
#define my_jpeg_mem_term jMemTerm
#endif /* NEED_SHORT_EXTERNAL_NAMES */
/*
* These two functions are used to allocate and release small chunks of
* memory. (Typically the total amount requested through jpeg_get_small is
* no more than 20K or so; this will be requested in chunks of a few K each.)
* Behavior should be the same as for the standard library functions malloc
* and free; in particular, jpeg_get_small must return NULL on failure.
* On most systems, these ARE malloc and free. jpeg_free_small is passed the
* size of the object being freed, just in case it's needed.
* On an 80x86 machine using small-data memory model, these manage near heap.
*/
EXTERN void * my_jpeg_get_small JPP((j_common_ptr cinfo, size_t sizeofobject));
EXTERN void my_jpeg_free_small JPP((j_common_ptr cinfo, void * object,
size_t sizeofobject));
/*
* These two functions are used to allocate and release large chunks of
* memory (up to the total free space designated by jpeg_mem_available).
* The interface is the same as above, except that on an 80x86 machine,
* far pointers are used. On most other machines these are identical to
* the jpeg_get/free_small routines; but we keep them separate anyway,
* in case a different allocation strategy is desirable for large chunks.
*/
EXTERN void FAR * my_jpeg_get_large JPP((j_common_ptr cinfo,size_t sizeofobject));
EXTERN void my_jpeg_free_large JPP((j_common_ptr cinfo, void FAR * object,
size_t sizeofobject));
/*
* The macro MAX_ALLOC_CHUNK designates the maximum number of bytes that may
* be requested in a single call to jpeg_get_large (and jpeg_get_small for that
* matter, but that case should never come into play). This macro is needed
* to model the 64Kb-segment-size limit of far addressing on 80x86 machines.
* On those machines, we expect that jconfig.h will provide a proper value.
* On machines with 32-bit flat address spaces, any large constant may be used.
*
* NB: jmemmgr.c expects that MAX_ALLOC_CHUNK will be representable as type
* size_t and will be a multiple of sizeof(align_type).
*/
#ifndef MAX_ALLOC_CHUNK /* may be overridden in jconfig.h */
#define MAX_ALLOC_CHUNK 1000000000L
#endif
/*
* This routine computes the total space still available for allocation by
* jpeg_get_large. If more space than this is needed, backing store will be
* used. NOTE: any memory already allocated must not be counted.
*
* There is a minimum space requirement, corresponding to the minimum
* feasible buffer sizes; jmemmgr.c will request that much space even if
* jpeg_mem_available returns zero. The maximum space needed, enough to hold
* all working storage in memory, is also passed in case it is useful.
* Finally, the total space already allocated is passed. If no better
* method is available, cinfo->mem->max_memory_to_use - already_allocated
* is often a suitable calculation.
*
* It is OK for jpeg_mem_available to underestimate the space available
* (that'll just lead to more backing-store access than is really necessary).
* However, an overestimate will lead to failure. Hence it's wise to subtract
* a slop factor from the true available space. 5% should be enough.
*
* On machines with lots of virtual memory, any large constant may be returned.
* Conversely, zero may be returned to always use the minimum amount of memory.
*/
EXTERN long my_jpeg_mem_available JPP((j_common_ptr cinfo,
long min_bytes_needed,
long max_bytes_needed,
long already_allocated));
/*
* This structure holds whatever state is needed to access a single
* backing-store object. The read/write/close method pointers are called
* by jmemmgr.c to manipulate the backing-store object; all other fields
* are private to the system-dependent backing store routines.
*/
#define TEMP_NAME_LENGTH 64 /* max length of a temporary file's name */
#ifdef USE_MSDOS_MEMMGR /* DOS-specific junk */
typedef unsigned short XMSH; /* type of extended-memory handles */
typedef unsigned short EMSH; /* type of expanded-memory handles */
typedef union {
short file_handle; /* DOS file handle if it's a temp file */
XMSH xms_handle; /* handle if it's a chunk of XMS */
EMSH ems_handle; /* handle if it's a chunk of EMS */
} handle_union;
#endif /* USE_MSDOS_MEMMGR */
typedef struct backing_store_struct * backing_store_ptr;
typedef struct backing_store_struct {
/* Methods for reading/writing/closing this backing-store object */
JMETHOD(void, read_backing_store, (j_common_ptr cinfo,
backing_store_ptr info,
void FAR * buffer_address,
long file_offset, long byte_count));
JMETHOD(void, write_backing_store, (j_common_ptr cinfo,
backing_store_ptr info,
void FAR * buffer_address,
long file_offset, long byte_count));
JMETHOD(void, close_backing_store, (j_common_ptr cinfo,
backing_store_ptr info));
/* Private fields for system-dependent backing-store management */
#ifdef USE_MSDOS_MEMMGR
/* For the MS-DOS manager (jmemdos.c), we need: */
handle_union handle; /* reference to backing-store storage object */
char temp_name[TEMP_NAME_LENGTH]; /* name if it's a file */
#else
/* For a typical implementation with temp files, we need: */
FILE * temp_file; /* stdio reference to temp file */
char temp_name[TEMP_NAME_LENGTH]; /* name of temp file */
#endif
} backing_store_info;
/*
* Initial opening of a backing-store object. This must fill in the
* read/write/close pointers in the object. The read/write routines
* may take an error exit if the specified maximum file size is exceeded.
* (If jpeg_mem_available always returns a large value, this routine can
* just take an error exit.)
*/
EXTERN void my_jpeg_open_backing_store JPP((j_common_ptr cinfo,
backing_store_ptr info,
long total_bytes_needed));
/*
* These routines take care of any system-dependent initialization and
* cleanup required. jpeg_mem_init will be called before anything is
* allocated (and, therefore, nothing in cinfo is of use except the error
* manager pointer). It should return a suitable default value for
* max_memory_to_use; this may subsequently be overridden by the surrounding
* application. (Note that max_memory_to_use is only important if
* jpeg_mem_available chooses to consult it ... no one else will.)
* jpeg_mem_term may assume that all requested memory has been freed and that
* all opened backing-store objects have been closed.
*/
EXTERN long my_jpeg_mem_init JPP((j_common_ptr cinfo));
EXTERN void my_jpeg_mem_term JPP((j_common_ptr cinfo));

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,346 @@
/*
* jmorecfg.h
*
* Copyright (C) 1991-1995, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains additional configuration options that customize the
* JPEG software for special applications or support machine-dependent
* optimizations. Most users will not need to touch this file.
*/
/*
* Define BITS_IN_JSAMPLE as either
* 8 for 8-bit sample values (the usual setting)
* 12 for 12-bit sample values
* Only 8 and 12 are legal data precisions for lossy JPEG according to the
* JPEG standard, and the IJG code does not support anything else!
* We do not support run-time selection of data precision, sorry.
*/
#define BITS_IN_JSAMPLE 8 /* use 8 or 12 */
/*
* Maximum number of components (color channels) allowed in JPEG image.
* To meet the letter of the JPEG spec, set this to 255. However, darn
* few applications need more than 4 channels (maybe 5 for CMYK + alpha
* mask). We recommend 10 as a reasonable compromise; use 4 if you are
* really short on memory. (Each allowed component costs a hundred or so
* bytes of storage, whether actually used in an image or not.)
*/
#define MAX_COMPONENTS 10 /* maximum number of image components */
/*
* Basic data types.
* You may need to change these if you have a machine with unusual data
* type sizes; for example, "char" not 8 bits, "short" not 16 bits,
* or "long" not 32 bits. We don't care whether "int" is 16 or 32 bits,
* but it had better be at least 16.
*/
/* Representation of a single sample (pixel element value).
* We frequently allocate large arrays of these, so it's important to keep
* them small. But if you have memory to burn and access to char or short
* arrays is very slow on your hardware, you might want to change these.
*/
#if BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 8
/* JSAMPLE should be the smallest type that will hold the values 0..255.
* You can use a signed char by having GETJSAMPLE mask it with 0xFF.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR
typedef unsigned char JSAMPLE;
#define GETJSAMPLE(value) ((int) (value))
#else /* not HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR */
typedef char JSAMPLE;
#ifdef CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED
#define GETJSAMPLE(value) ((int) (value))
#else
#define GETJSAMPLE(value) ((int) (value) & 0xFF)
#endif /* CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED */
#endif /* HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR */
#define MAXJSAMPLE 255
#define CENTERJSAMPLE 128
#endif /* BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 8 */
#if BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 12
/* JSAMPLE should be the smallest type that will hold the values 0..4095.
* On nearly all machines "short" will do nicely.
*/
typedef short JSAMPLE;
#define GETJSAMPLE(value) ((int) (value))
#define MAXJSAMPLE 4095
#define CENTERJSAMPLE 2048
#endif /* BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 12 */
/* Representation of a DCT frequency coefficient.
* This should be a signed value of at least 16 bits; "short" is usually OK.
* Again, we allocate large arrays of these, but you can change to int
* if you have memory to burn and "short" is really slow.
*/
typedef short JCOEF;
/* Compressed datastreams are represented as arrays of JOCTET.
* These must be EXACTLY 8 bits wide, at least once they are written to
* external storage. Note that when using the stdio data source/destination
* managers, this is also the data type passed to fread/fwrite.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR
typedef unsigned char JOCTET;
#define GETJOCTET(value) (value)
#else /* not HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR */
typedef char JOCTET;
#ifdef CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED
#define GETJOCTET(value) (value)
#else
#define GETJOCTET(value) ((value) & 0xFF)
#endif /* CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED */
#endif /* HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR */
/* These typedefs are used for various table entries and so forth.
* They must be at least as wide as specified; but making them too big
* won't cost a huge amount of memory, so we don't provide special
* extraction code like we did for JSAMPLE. (In other words, these
* typedefs live at a different point on the speed/space tradeoff curve.)
*/
/* UINT8 must hold at least the values 0..255. */
#ifdef HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR
typedef unsigned char UINT8;
#else /* not HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR */
#ifdef CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED
typedef char UINT8;
#else /* not CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED */
typedef short UINT8;
#endif /* CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED */
#endif /* HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR */
/* UINT16 must hold at least the values 0..65535. */
#ifdef HAVE_UNSIGNED_SHORT
typedef unsigned short UINT16;
#else /* not HAVE_UNSIGNED_SHORT */
typedef unsigned int UINT16;
#endif /* HAVE_UNSIGNED_SHORT */
/* INT16 must hold at least the values -32768..32767. */
#ifndef XMD_H /* X11/xmd.h correctly defines INT16 */
typedef short INT16;
#endif
/* INT32 must hold at least signed 32-bit values. */
//#ifndef XMD_H /* X11/xmd.h correctly defines INT32 */
//typedef long INT32;
//#endif
/* Datatype used for image dimensions. The JPEG standard only supports
* images up to 64K*64K due to 16-bit fields in SOF markers. Therefore
* "unsigned int" is sufficient on all machines. However, if you need to
* handle larger images and you don't mind deviating from the spec, you
* can change this datatype.
*/
typedef unsigned int JDIMENSION;
#define JPEG_MAX_DIMENSION 65500L /* a tad under 64K to prevent overflows */
/* These defines are used in all function definitions and extern declarations.
* You could modify them if you need to change function linkage conventions.
* Another application is to make all functions global for use with debuggers
* or code profilers that require it.
*/
#define METHODDEF static /* a function called through method pointers */
#define LOCAL static /* a function used only in its module */
#define GLOBAL /* a function referenced thru EXTERNs */
#define EXTERN extern /* a reference to a GLOBAL function */
/* Here is the pseudo-keyword for declaring pointers that must be "far"
* on 80x86 machines. Most of the specialized coding for 80x86 is handled
* by just saying "FAR *" where such a pointer is needed. In a few places
* explicit coding is needed; see uses of the NEED_FAR_POINTERS symbol.
*/
#ifdef NEED_FAR_POINTERS
#undef FAR
#define FAR far
#else
#undef FAR
#define FAR
#endif
/*
* On a few systems, type boolean and/or its values FALSE, TRUE may appear
* in standard header files. Or you may have conflicts with application-
* specific header files that you want to include together with these files.
* Defining HAVE_BOOLEAN before including jpeglib.h should make it work.
*/
//#ifndef HAVE_BOOLEAN
//typedef int boolean;
//#endif
#ifndef FALSE /* in case these macros already exist */
#define FALSE 0 /* values of boolean */
#endif
#ifndef TRUE
#define TRUE 1
#endif
/*
* The remaining options affect code selection within the JPEG library,
* but they don't need to be visible to most applications using the library.
* To minimize application namespace pollution, the symbols won't be
* defined unless JPEG_INTERNALS or JPEG_INTERNAL_OPTIONS has been defined.
*/
#ifdef JPEG_INTERNALS
#define JPEG_INTERNAL_OPTIONS
#endif
#ifdef JPEG_INTERNAL_OPTIONS
/*
* These defines indicate whether to include various optional functions.
* Undefining some of these symbols will produce a smaller but less capable
* library. Note that you can leave certain source files out of the
* compilation/linking process if you've #undef'd the corresponding symbols.
* (You may HAVE to do that if your compiler doesn't like null source files.)
*/
/* Arithmetic coding is unsupported for legal reasons. Complaints to IBM. */
/* Capability options common to encoder and decoder: */
#undef DCT_ISLOW_SUPPORTED /* slow but accurate integer algorithm */
#undef DCT_IFAST_SUPPORTED /* faster, less accurate integer method */
#define DCT_FLOAT_SUPPORTED /* floating-point: accurate, fast on fast HW */
/* Encoder capability options: */
#undef C_ARITH_CODING_SUPPORTED /* Arithmetic coding back end? */
#define C_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED /* Multiple-scan JPEG files? */
#define C_PROGRESSIVE_SUPPORTED /* Progressive JPEG? (Requires MULTISCAN)*/
#define ENTROPY_OPT_SUPPORTED /* Optimization of entropy coding parms? */
/* Note: if you selected 12-bit data precision, it is dangerous to turn off
* ENTROPY_OPT_SUPPORTED. The standard Huffman tables are only good for 8-bit
* precision, so jchuff.c normally uses entropy optimization to compute
* usable tables for higher precision. If you don't want to do optimization,
* you'll have to supply different default Huffman tables.
* The exact same statements apply for progressive JPEG: the default tables
* don't work for progressive mode. (This may get fixed, however.)
*/
#define INPUT_SMOOTHING_SUPPORTED /* Input image smoothing option? */
/* Decoder capability options: */
#undef D_ARITH_CODING_SUPPORTED /* Arithmetic coding back end? */
#undef D_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED /* Multiple-scan JPEG files? */
#undef D_PROGRESSIVE_SUPPORTED /* Progressive JPEG? (Requires MULTISCAN)*/
#undef BLOCK_SMOOTHING_SUPPORTED /* Block smoothing? (Progressive only) */
#undef IDCT_SCALING_SUPPORTED /* Output rescaling via IDCT? */
#undef UPSAMPLE_SCALING_SUPPORTED /* Output rescaling at upsample stage? */
#undef UPSAMPLE_MERGING_SUPPORTED /* Fast path for sloppy upsampling? */
#undef QUANT_1PASS_SUPPORTED /* 1-pass color quantization? */
#undef QUANT_2PASS_SUPPORTED /* 2-pass color quantization? */
/* more capability options later, no doubt */
/*
* Ordering of RGB data in scanlines passed to or from the application.
* If your application wants to deal with data in the order B,G,R, just
* change these macros. You can also deal with formats such as R,G,B,X
* (one extra byte per pixel) by changing RGB_PIXELSIZE. Note that changing
* the offsets will also change the order in which colormap data is organized.
* RESTRICTIONS:
* 1. The sample applications cjpeg,djpeg do NOT support modified RGB formats.
* 2. These macros only affect RGB<=>YCbCr color conversion, so they are not
* useful if you are using JPEG color spaces other than YCbCr or grayscale.
* 3. The color quantizer modules will not behave desirably if RGB_PIXELSIZE
* is not 3 (they don't understand about dummy color components!). So you
* can't use color quantization if you change that value.
*/
#define RGB_RED 0 /* Offset of Red in an RGB scanline element */
#define RGB_GREEN 1 /* Offset of Green */
#define RGB_BLUE 2 /* Offset of Blue */
#define RGB_PIXELSIZE 4 /* JSAMPLEs per RGB scanline element */
/* Definitions for speed-related optimizations. */
/* If your compiler supports inline functions, define INLINE
* as the inline keyword; otherwise define it as empty.
*/
#ifndef INLINE
#ifdef __GNUC__ /* for instance, GNU C knows about inline */
#define INLINE __inline__
#endif
#ifndef INLINE
#define INLINE /* default is to define it as empty */
#endif
#endif
/* On some machines (notably 68000 series) "int" is 32 bits, but multiplying
* two 16-bit shorts is faster than multiplying two ints. Define MULTIPLIER
* as short on such a machine. MULTIPLIER must be at least 16 bits wide.
*/
#ifndef MULTIPLIER
#define MULTIPLIER int /* type for fastest integer multiply */
#endif
/* FAST_FLOAT should be either float or double, whichever is done faster
* by your compiler. (Note that this type is only used in the floating point
* DCT routines, so it only matters if you've defined DCT_FLOAT_SUPPORTED.)
* Typically, float is faster in ANSI C compilers, while double is faster in
* pre-ANSI compilers (because they insist on converting to double anyway).
* The code below therefore chooses float if we have ANSI-style prototypes.
*/
#ifndef FAST_FLOAT
#ifdef HAVE_PROTOTYPES
#define FAST_FLOAT float
#else
#define FAST_FLOAT double
#endif
#endif
#endif /* JPEG_INTERNAL_OPTIONS */

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,388 @@
/*
* jpegint.h
*
* Copyright (C) 1991-1995, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file provides common declarations for the various JPEG modules.
* These declarations are considered internal to the JPEG library; most
* applications using the library shouldn't need to include this file.
*/
/* Declarations for both compression & decompression */
typedef enum { /* Operating modes for buffer controllers */
JBUF_PASS_THRU, /* Plain stripwise operation */
/* Remaining modes require a full-image buffer to have been created */
JBUF_SAVE_SOURCE, /* Run source subobject only, save output */
JBUF_CRANK_DEST, /* Run dest subobject only, using saved data */
JBUF_SAVE_AND_PASS /* Run both subobjects, save output */
} J_BUF_MODE;
/* Values of global_state field (jdapi.c has some dependencies on ordering!) */
#define CSTATE_START 100 /* after create_compress */
#define CSTATE_SCANNING 101 /* start_compress done, write_scanlines OK */
#define CSTATE_RAW_OK 102 /* start_compress done, write_raw_data OK */
#define CSTATE_WRCOEFS 103 /* jpeg_write_coefficients done */
#define DSTATE_START 200 /* after create_decompress */
#define DSTATE_INHEADER 201 /* reading header markers, no SOS yet */
#define DSTATE_READY 202 /* found SOS, ready for start_decompress */
#define DSTATE_PRELOAD 203 /* reading multiscan file in start_decompress*/
#define DSTATE_PRESCAN 204 /* performing dummy pass for 2-pass quant */
#define DSTATE_SCANNING 205 /* start_decompress done, read_scanlines OK */
#define DSTATE_RAW_OK 206 /* start_decompress done, read_raw_data OK */
#define DSTATE_BUFIMAGE 207 /* expecting jpeg_start_output */
#define DSTATE_BUFPOST 208 /* looking for SOS/EOI in jpeg_finish_output */
#define DSTATE_RDCOEFS 209 /* reading file in jpeg_read_coefficients */
#define DSTATE_STOPPING 210 /* looking for EOI in jpeg_finish_decompress */
/* Declarations for compression modules */
/* Master control module */
struct jpeg_comp_master {
JMETHOD(void, prepare_for_pass, (j_compress_ptr cinfo));
JMETHOD(void, pass_startup, (j_compress_ptr cinfo));
JMETHOD(void, finish_pass, (j_compress_ptr cinfo));
/* State variables made visible to other modules */
boolean call_pass_startup; /* True if pass_startup must be called */
boolean is_last_pass; /* True during last pass */
};
/* Main buffer control (downsampled-data buffer) */
struct jpeg_c_main_controller {
JMETHOD(void, start_pass, (j_compress_ptr cinfo, J_BUF_MODE pass_mode));
JMETHOD(void, process_data, (j_compress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPARRAY input_buf, JDIMENSION *in_row_ctr,
JDIMENSION in_rows_avail));
};
/* Compression preprocessing (downsampling input buffer control) */
struct jpeg_c_prep_controller {
JMETHOD(void, start_pass, (j_compress_ptr cinfo, J_BUF_MODE pass_mode));
JMETHOD(void, pre_process_data, (j_compress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPARRAY input_buf,
JDIMENSION *in_row_ctr,
JDIMENSION in_rows_avail,
JSAMPIMAGE output_buf,
JDIMENSION *out_row_group_ctr,
JDIMENSION out_row_groups_avail));
};
/* Coefficient buffer control */
struct jpeg_c_coef_controller {
JMETHOD(void, start_pass, (j_compress_ptr cinfo, J_BUF_MODE pass_mode));
JMETHOD(boolean, compress_data, (j_compress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPIMAGE input_buf));
};
/* Colorspace conversion */
struct jpeg_color_converter {
JMETHOD(void, start_pass, (j_compress_ptr cinfo));
JMETHOD(void, color_convert, (j_compress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPARRAY input_buf, JSAMPIMAGE output_buf,
JDIMENSION output_row, int num_rows));
};
/* Downsampling */
struct jpeg_downsampler {
JMETHOD(void, start_pass, (j_compress_ptr cinfo));
JMETHOD(void, downsample, (j_compress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPIMAGE input_buf, JDIMENSION in_row_index,
JSAMPIMAGE output_buf,
JDIMENSION out_row_group_index));
boolean need_context_rows; /* TRUE if need rows above & below */
};
/* Forward DCT (also controls coefficient quantization) */
struct jpeg_forward_dct {
JMETHOD(void, start_pass, (j_compress_ptr cinfo));
/* perhaps this should be an array??? */
JMETHOD(void, forward_DCT, (j_compress_ptr cinfo,
jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JSAMPARRAY sample_data, JBLOCKROW coef_blocks,
JDIMENSION start_row, JDIMENSION start_col,
JDIMENSION num_blocks));
};
/* Entropy encoding */
struct jpeg_entropy_encoder {
JMETHOD(void, start_pass, (j_compress_ptr cinfo, boolean gather_statistics));
JMETHOD(boolean, encode_mcu, (j_compress_ptr cinfo, JBLOCKROW *MCU_data));
JMETHOD(void, finish_pass, (j_compress_ptr cinfo));
};
/* Marker writing */
struct jpeg_marker_writer {
/* write_any_marker is exported for use by applications */
/* Probably only COM and APPn markers should be written */
JMETHOD(void, write_any_marker, (j_compress_ptr cinfo, int marker,
const JOCTET *dataptr, unsigned int datalen));
JMETHOD(void, write_file_header, (j_compress_ptr cinfo));
JMETHOD(void, write_frame_header, (j_compress_ptr cinfo));
JMETHOD(void, write_scan_header, (j_compress_ptr cinfo));
JMETHOD(void, write_file_trailer, (j_compress_ptr cinfo));
JMETHOD(void, write_tables_only, (j_compress_ptr cinfo));
};
/* Declarations for decompression modules */
/* Master control module */
struct jpeg_decomp_master {
JMETHOD(void, prepare_for_output_pass, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
JMETHOD(void, finish_output_pass, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
/* State variables made visible to other modules */
boolean is_dummy_pass; /* True during 1st pass for 2-pass quant */
};
/* Input control module */
struct jpeg_input_controller {
JMETHOD(int, consume_input, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
JMETHOD(void, reset_input_controller, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
JMETHOD(void, start_input_pass, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
JMETHOD(void, finish_input_pass, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
/* State variables made visible to other modules */
boolean has_multiple_scans; /* True if file has multiple scans */
boolean eoi_reached; /* True when EOI has been consumed */
};
/* Main buffer control (downsampled-data buffer) */
struct jpeg_d_main_controller {
JMETHOD(void, start_pass, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, J_BUF_MODE pass_mode));
JMETHOD(void, process_data, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION *out_row_ctr,
JDIMENSION out_rows_avail));
};
/* Coefficient buffer control */
struct jpeg_d_coef_controller {
JMETHOD(void, start_input_pass, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
JMETHOD(int, consume_data, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
JMETHOD(void, start_output_pass, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
JMETHOD(int, decompress_data, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPIMAGE output_buf));
/* Pointer to array of coefficient virtual arrays, or NULL if none */
jvirt_barray_ptr *coef_arrays;
};
/* Decompression postprocessing (color quantization buffer control) */
struct jpeg_d_post_controller {
JMETHOD(void, start_pass, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, J_BUF_MODE pass_mode));
JMETHOD(void, post_process_data, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPIMAGE input_buf,
JDIMENSION *in_row_group_ctr,
JDIMENSION in_row_groups_avail,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf,
JDIMENSION *out_row_ctr,
JDIMENSION out_rows_avail));
};
/* Marker reading & parsing */
struct jpeg_marker_reader {
JMETHOD(void, reset_marker_reader, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
/* Read markers until SOS or EOI.
* Returns same codes as are defined for jpeg_consume_input:
* JPEG_SUSPENDED, JPEG_REACHED_SOS, or JPEG_REACHED_EOI.
*/
JMETHOD(int, read_markers, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
/* Read a restart marker --- exported for use by entropy decoder only */
jpeg_marker_parser_method read_restart_marker;
/* Application-overridable marker processing methods */
jpeg_marker_parser_method process_COM;
jpeg_marker_parser_method process_APPn[16];
/* State of marker reader --- nominally internal, but applications
* supplying COM or APPn handlers might like to know the state.
*/
boolean saw_SOI; /* found SOI? */
boolean saw_SOF; /* found SOF? */
int next_restart_num; /* next restart number expected (0-7) */
unsigned int discarded_bytes; /* # of bytes skipped looking for a marker */
};
/* Entropy decoding */
struct jpeg_entropy_decoder {
JMETHOD(void, start_pass, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
JMETHOD(boolean, decode_mcu, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JBLOCKROW *MCU_data));
};
/* Inverse DCT (also performs dequantization) */
typedef JMETHOD(void, inverse_DCT_method_ptr,
(j_decompress_ptr cinfo, jpeg_component_info * compptr,
JCOEFPTR coef_block,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, JDIMENSION output_col));
struct jpeg_inverse_dct {
JMETHOD(void, start_pass, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
/* It is useful to allow each component to have a separate IDCT method. */
inverse_DCT_method_ptr inverse_DCT[MAX_COMPONENTS];
};
/* Upsampling (note that upsampler must also call color converter) */
struct jpeg_upsampler {
JMETHOD(void, start_pass, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
JMETHOD(void, upsample, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPIMAGE input_buf,
JDIMENSION *in_row_group_ctr,
JDIMENSION in_row_groups_avail,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf,
JDIMENSION *out_row_ctr,
JDIMENSION out_rows_avail));
boolean need_context_rows; /* TRUE if need rows above & below */
};
/* Colorspace conversion */
struct jpeg_color_deconverter {
JMETHOD(void, start_pass, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
JMETHOD(void, color_convert, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPIMAGE input_buf, JDIMENSION input_row,
JSAMPARRAY output_buf, int num_rows));
};
/* Color quantization or color precision reduction */
struct jpeg_color_quantizer {
JMETHOD(void, start_pass, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, boolean is_pre_scan));
JMETHOD(void, color_quantize, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
JSAMPARRAY input_buf, JSAMPARRAY output_buf,
int num_rows));
JMETHOD(void, finish_pass, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
JMETHOD(void, new_color_map, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
};
/* Miscellaneous useful macros */
#undef MAX
#define MAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
#undef MIN
#define MIN(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))
/* We assume that right shift corresponds to signed division by 2 with
* rounding towards minus infinity. This is correct for typical "arithmetic
* shift" instructions that shift in copies of the sign bit. But some
* C compilers implement >> with an unsigned shift. For these machines you
* must define RIGHT_SHIFT_IS_UNSIGNED.
* RIGHT_SHIFT provides a proper signed right shift of an INT32 quantity.
* It is only applied with constant shift counts. SHIFT_TEMPS must be
* included in the variables of any routine using RIGHT_SHIFT.
*/
#ifdef RIGHT_SHIFT_IS_UNSIGNED
#define SHIFT_TEMPS INT32 shift_temp;
#define RIGHT_SHIFT(x,shft) \
((shift_temp = (x)) < 0 ? \
(shift_temp >> (shft)) | ((~((INT32) 0)) << (32-(shft))) : \
(shift_temp >> (shft)))
#else
#define SHIFT_TEMPS
#define RIGHT_SHIFT(x,shft) ((x) >> (shft))
#endif
/* Short forms of external names for systems with brain-damaged linkers. */
#ifdef NEED_SHORT_EXTERNAL_NAMES
#define jinit_compress_master jICompress
#define jinit_c_master_control jICMaster
#define jinit_c_main_controller jICMainC
#define jinit_c_prep_controller jICPrepC
#define jinit_c_coef_controller jICCoefC
#define jinit_color_converter jICColor
#define jinit_downsampler jIDownsampler
#define jinit_forward_dct jIFDCT
#define jinit_huff_encoder jIHEncoder
#define jinit_phuff_encoder jIPHEncoder
#define jinit_marker_writer jIMWriter
#define jinit_master_decompress jIDMaster
#define jinit_d_main_controller jIDMainC
#define jinit_d_coef_controller jIDCoefC
#define jinit_d_post_controller jIDPostC
#define jinit_input_controller jIInCtlr
#define jinit_marker_reader jIMReader
#define jinit_huff_decoder jIHDecoder
#define jinit_phuff_decoder jIPHDecoder
#define jinit_inverse_dct jIIDCT
#define jinit_upsampler jIUpsampler
#define jinit_color_deconverter jIDColor
#define jinit_1pass_quantizer jI1Quant
#define jinit_2pass_quantizer jI2Quant
#define jinit_merged_upsampler jIMUpsampler
#define jinit_memory_mgr jIMemMgr
#define jdiv_round_up jDivRound
#define jround_up jRound
#define jcopy_sample_rows jCopySamples
#define jcopy_block_row jCopyBlocks
#define jzero_far jZeroFar
#define jpeg_zigzag_order jZIGTable
#define jpeg_natural_order jZAGTable
#endif /* NEED_SHORT_EXTERNAL_NAMES */
/* Compression module initialization routines */
EXTERN void jinit_compress_master JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo));
EXTERN void jinit_c_master_control JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo,
boolean transcode_only));
EXTERN void jinit_c_main_controller JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo,
boolean need_full_buffer));
EXTERN void jinit_c_prep_controller JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo,
boolean need_full_buffer));
EXTERN void jinit_c_coef_controller JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo,
boolean need_full_buffer));
EXTERN void jinit_color_converter JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo));
EXTERN void jinit_downsampler JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo));
EXTERN void jinit_forward_dct JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo));
EXTERN void jinit_huff_encoder JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo));
EXTERN void jinit_phuff_encoder JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo));
EXTERN void jinit_marker_writer JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo));
/* Decompression module initialization routines */
EXTERN void jinit_master_decompress JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
EXTERN void jinit_d_main_controller JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
boolean need_full_buffer));
EXTERN void jinit_d_coef_controller JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
boolean need_full_buffer));
EXTERN void jinit_d_post_controller JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
boolean need_full_buffer));
EXTERN void jinit_input_controller JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
EXTERN void jinit_marker_reader JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
EXTERN void jinit_huff_decoder JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
EXTERN void jinit_phuff_decoder JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
EXTERN void jinit_inverse_dct JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
EXTERN void jinit_upsampler JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
EXTERN void jinit_color_deconverter JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
EXTERN void jinit_1pass_quantizer JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
EXTERN void jinit_2pass_quantizer JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
EXTERN void jinit_merged_upsampler JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
/* Memory manager initialization */
EXTERN void jinit_memory_mgr JPP((j_common_ptr cinfo));
/* Utility routines in jutils.c */
EXTERN long jdiv_round_up JPP((long a, long b));
EXTERN long jround_up JPP((long a, long b));
EXTERN void jcopy_sample_rows JPP((JSAMPARRAY input_array, int source_row,
JSAMPARRAY output_array, int dest_row,
int num_rows, JDIMENSION num_cols));
EXTERN void jcopy_block_row JPP((JBLOCKROW input_row, JBLOCKROW output_row,
JDIMENSION num_blocks));
EXTERN void jzero_far JPP((void FAR * target, size_t bytestozero));
/* Constant tables in jutils.c */
extern const int jpeg_zigzag_order[]; /* natural coef order to zigzag order */
extern const int jpeg_natural_order[]; /* zigzag coef order to natural order */
/* Suppress undefined-structure complaints if necessary. */
#ifdef INCOMPLETE_TYPES_BROKEN
#ifndef AM_MEMORY_MANAGER /* only jmemmgr.c defines these */
struct jvirt_sarray_control { long dummy; };
struct jvirt_barray_control { long dummy; };
#endif
#endif /* INCOMPLETE_TYPES_BROKEN */

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
/*
* jutils.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1991-1995, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains tables and miscellaneous utility routines needed
* for both compression and decompression.
* Note we prefix all global names with "j" to minimize conflicts with
* a surrounding application.
*/
#define JPEG_INTERNALS
#include "jinclude.h"
#include "jpeglib.h"
/*
* jpeg_zigzag_order[i] is the zigzag-order position of the i'th element
* of a DCT block read in natural order (left to right, top to bottom).
*/
const int jpeg_zigzag_order[DCTSIZE2] = {
0, 1, 5, 6, 14, 15, 27, 28,
2, 4, 7, 13, 16, 26, 29, 42,
3, 8, 12, 17, 25, 30, 41, 43,
9, 11, 18, 24, 31, 40, 44, 53,
10, 19, 23, 32, 39, 45, 52, 54,
20, 22, 33, 38, 46, 51, 55, 60,
21, 34, 37, 47, 50, 56, 59, 61,
35, 36, 48, 49, 57, 58, 62, 63
};
/*
* jpeg_natural_order[i] is the natural-order position of the i'th element
* of zigzag order.
*
* When reading corrupted data, the Huffman decoders could attempt
* to reference an entry beyond the end of this array (if the decoded
* zero run length reaches past the end of the block). To prevent
* wild stores without adding an inner-loop test, we put some extra
* "63"s after the real entries. This will cause the extra coefficient
* to be stored in location 63 of the block, not somewhere random.
* The worst case would be a run-length of 15, which means we need 16
* fake entries.
*/
const int jpeg_natural_order[DCTSIZE2+16] = {
0, 1, 8, 16, 9, 2, 3, 10,
17, 24, 32, 25, 18, 11, 4, 5,
12, 19, 26, 33, 40, 48, 41, 34,
27, 20, 13, 6, 7, 14, 21, 28,
35, 42, 49, 56, 57, 50, 43, 36,
29, 22, 15, 23, 30, 37, 44, 51,
58, 59, 52, 45, 38, 31, 39, 46,
53, 60, 61, 54, 47, 55, 62, 63,
63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, /* extra entries for safety in decoder */
63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63
};
/*
* Arithmetic utilities
*/
GLOBAL long
jdiv_round_up (long a, long b)
/* Compute a/b rounded up to next integer, ie, ceil(a/b) */
/* Assumes a >= 0, b > 0 */
{
return (a + b - 1L) / b;
}
GLOBAL long
jround_up (long a, long b)
/* Compute a rounded up to next multiple of b, ie, ceil(a/b)*b */
/* Assumes a >= 0, b > 0 */
{
a += b - 1L;
return a - (a % b);
}
/* On normal machines we can apply MEMCOPY() and MEMZERO() to sample arrays
* and coefficient-block arrays. This won't work on 80x86 because the arrays
* are FAR and we're assuming a small-pointer memory model. However, some
* DOS compilers provide far-pointer versions of memcpy() and memset() even
* in the small-model libraries. These will be used if USE_FMEM is defined.
* Otherwise, the routines below do it the hard way. (The performance cost
* is not all that great, because these routines aren't very heavily used.)
*/
#ifndef NEED_FAR_POINTERS /* normal case, same as regular macros */
#define FMEMCOPY(dest,src,size) MEMCOPY(dest,src,size)
#define FMEMZERO(target,size) MEMZERO(target,size)
#else /* 80x86 case, define if we can */
#ifdef USE_FMEM
#define FMEMCOPY(dest,src,size) _fmemcpy((void FAR *)(dest), (const void FAR *)(src), (size_t)(size))
#define FMEMZERO(target,size) _fmemset((void FAR *)(target), 0, (size_t)(size))
#endif
#endif
GLOBAL void
jcopy_sample_rows (JSAMPARRAY input_array, int source_row,
JSAMPARRAY output_array, int dest_row,
int num_rows, JDIMENSION num_cols)
/* Copy some rows of samples from one place to another.
* num_rows rows are copied from input_array[source_row++]
* to output_array[dest_row++]; these areas may overlap for duplication.
* The source and destination arrays must be at least as wide as num_cols.
*/
{
register JSAMPROW inptr, outptr;
#ifdef FMEMCOPY
register size_t count = (size_t) (num_cols * SIZEOF(JSAMPLE));
#else
register JDIMENSION count;
#endif
register int row;
input_array += source_row;
output_array += dest_row;
for (row = num_rows; row > 0; row--) {
inptr = *input_array++;
outptr = *output_array++;
#ifdef FMEMCOPY
FMEMCOPY(outptr, inptr, count);
#else
for (count = num_cols; count > 0; count--)
*outptr++ = *inptr++; /* needn't bother with GETJSAMPLE() here */
#endif
}
}
GLOBAL void
jcopy_block_row (JBLOCKROW input_row, JBLOCKROW output_row,
JDIMENSION num_blocks)
/* Copy a row of coefficient blocks from one place to another. */
{
#ifdef FMEMCOPY
FMEMCOPY(output_row, input_row, num_blocks * (DCTSIZE2 * SIZEOF(JCOEF)));
#else
register JCOEFPTR inptr, outptr;
register long count;
inptr = (JCOEFPTR) input_row;
outptr = (JCOEFPTR) output_row;
for (count = (long) num_blocks * DCTSIZE2; count > 0; count--) {
*outptr++ = *inptr++;
}
#endif
}
GLOBAL void
jzero_far (void FAR * target, size_t bytestozero)
/* Zero out a chunk of FAR memory. */
/* This might be sample-array data, block-array data, or alloc_large data. */
{
#ifdef FMEMZERO
FMEMZERO(target, bytestozero);
#else
register char FAR * ptr = (char FAR *) target;
register size_t count;
for (count = bytestozero; count > 0; count--) {
*ptr++ = 0;
}
#endif
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
/*
* jversion.h
*
* Copyright (C) 1991-1995, Thomas G. Lane.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains software version identification.
*/
#define JVERSION "6 2-Aug-95"
#define JCOPYRIGHT "Copyright (C) 1995, Thomas G. Lane"

Binary file not shown.

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,279 @@
/* zconf.h -- configuration of the zlib compression library
* Copyright (C) 1995-1998 Jean-loup Gailly.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in zlib.h
*/
/* @(#) $Id$ */
#ifndef _ZCONF_H
#define _ZCONF_H
/*
* If you *really* need a unique prefix for all types and library functions,
* compile with -DZ_PREFIX. The "standard" zlib should be compiled without it.
*/
#ifdef Z_PREFIX
# define deflateInit_ z_deflateInit_
# define deflate z_deflate
# define deflateEnd z_deflateEnd
# define inflateInit_ z_inflateInit_
# define inflate z_inflate
# define inflateEnd z_inflateEnd
# define deflateInit2_ z_deflateInit2_
# define deflateSetDictionary z_deflateSetDictionary
# define deflateCopy z_deflateCopy
# define deflateReset z_deflateReset
# define deflateParams z_deflateParams
# define inflateInit2_ z_inflateInit2_
# define inflateSetDictionary z_inflateSetDictionary
# define inflateSync z_inflateSync
# define inflateSyncPoint z_inflateSyncPoint
# define inflateReset z_inflateReset
# define compress z_compress
# define compress2 z_compress2
# define uncompress z_uncompress
# define adler32 z_adler32
# define crc32 z_crc32
# define get_crc_table z_get_crc_table
# define Byte z_Byte
# define uInt z_uInt
# define uLong z_uLong
# define Bytef z_Bytef
# define charf z_charf
# define intf z_intf
# define uIntf z_uIntf
# define uLongf z_uLongf
# define voidpf z_voidpf
# define voidp z_voidp
#endif
#if (defined(_WIN32) || defined(__WIN32__)) && !defined(WIN32)
# define WIN32
#endif
#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(WIN32) || defined(__386__) || defined(i386)
# ifndef __32BIT__
# define __32BIT__
# endif
#endif
#if defined(__MSDOS__) && !defined(MSDOS)
# define MSDOS
#endif
/*
* Compile with -DMAXSEG_64K if the alloc function cannot allocate more
* than 64k bytes at a time (needed on systems with 16-bit int).
*/
#if defined(MSDOS) && !defined(__32BIT__)
# define MAXSEG_64K
#endif
#ifdef MSDOS
# define UNALIGNED_OK
#endif
#if (defined(MSDOS) || defined(_WINDOWS) || defined(WIN32)) && !defined(STDC)
# define STDC
#endif
#if defined(__STDC__) || defined(__cplusplus) || defined(__OS2__)
# ifndef STDC
# define STDC
# endif
#endif
#ifndef STDC
# ifndef const /* cannot use !defined(STDC) && !defined(const) on Mac */
# define const
# endif
#endif
/* Some Mac compilers merge all .h files incorrectly: */
#if defined(__MWERKS__) || defined(applec) ||defined(THINK_C) ||defined(__SC__)
# define NO_DUMMY_DECL
#endif
/* Old Borland C incorrectly complains about missing returns: */
#if defined(__BORLANDC__) && (__BORLANDC__ < 0x500)
# define NEED_DUMMY_RETURN
#endif
/* Maximum value for memLevel in deflateInit2 */
#ifndef MAX_MEM_LEVEL
# ifdef MAXSEG_64K
# define MAX_MEM_LEVEL 8
# else
# define MAX_MEM_LEVEL 9
# endif
#endif
/* Maximum value for windowBits in deflateInit2 and inflateInit2.
* WARNING: reducing MAX_WBITS makes minigzip unable to extract .gz files
* created by gzip. (Files created by minigzip can still be extracted by
* gzip.)
*/
#ifndef MAX_WBITS
# define MAX_WBITS 15 /* 32K LZ77 window */
#endif
/* The memory requirements for deflate are (in bytes):
(1 << (windowBits+2)) + (1 << (memLevel+9))
that is: 128K for windowBits=15 + 128K for memLevel = 8 (default values)
plus a few kilobytes for small objects. For example, if you want to reduce
the default memory requirements from 256K to 128K, compile with
make CFLAGS="-O -DMAX_WBITS=14 -DMAX_MEM_LEVEL=7"
Of course this will generally degrade compression (there's no free lunch).
The memory requirements for inflate are (in bytes) 1 << windowBits
that is, 32K for windowBits=15 (default value) plus a few kilobytes
for small objects.
*/
/* Type declarations */
#ifndef OF /* function prototypes */
# ifdef STDC
# define OF(args) args
# else
# define OF(args) ()
# endif
#endif
/* The following definitions for FAR are needed only for MSDOS mixed
* model programming (small or medium model with some far allocations).
* This was tested only with MSC; for other MSDOS compilers you may have
* to define NO_MEMCPY in zutil.h. If you don't need the mixed model,
* just define FAR to be empty.
*/
#if (defined(M_I86SM) || defined(M_I86MM)) && !defined(__32BIT__)
/* MSC small or medium model */
# define SMALL_MEDIUM
# ifdef _MSC_VER
# define FAR _far
# else
# define FAR far
# endif
#endif
#if defined(__BORLANDC__) && (defined(__SMALL__) || defined(__MEDIUM__))
# ifndef __32BIT__
# define SMALL_MEDIUM
# define FAR _far
# endif
#endif
/* Compile with -DZLIB_DLL for Windows DLL support */
#if defined(ZLIB_DLL)
# if defined(_WINDOWS) || defined(WINDOWS)
# ifdef FAR
# undef FAR
# endif
# include <windows.h>
# define ZEXPORT WINAPI
# ifdef WIN32
# define ZEXPORTVA WINAPIV
# else
# define ZEXPORTVA FAR _cdecl _export
# endif
# endif
# if defined (__BORLANDC__)
# if (__BORLANDC__ >= 0x0500) && defined (WIN32)
# include <windows.h>
# define ZEXPORT __declspec(dllexport) WINAPI
# define ZEXPORTRVA __declspec(dllexport) WINAPIV
# else
# if defined (_Windows) && defined (__DLL__)
# define ZEXPORT _export
# define ZEXPORTVA _export
# endif
# endif
# endif
#endif
#if defined (__BEOS__)
# if defined (ZLIB_DLL)
# define ZEXTERN extern __declspec(dllexport)
# else
# define ZEXTERN extern __declspec(dllimport)
# endif
#endif
#ifndef ZEXPORT
# define ZEXPORT
#endif
#ifndef ZEXPORTVA
# define ZEXPORTVA
#endif
#ifndef ZEXTERN
# define ZEXTERN extern
#endif
#ifndef FAR
# define FAR
#endif
#if !defined(MACOS) && !defined(TARGET_OS_MAC)
typedef unsigned char Byte; /* 8 bits */
#endif
typedef unsigned int uInt; /* 16 bits or more */
typedef unsigned long uLong; /* 32 bits or more */
#ifdef SMALL_MEDIUM
/* Borland C/C++ and some old MSC versions ignore FAR inside typedef */
# define Bytef Byte FAR
#else
typedef Byte FAR Bytef;
#endif
typedef char FAR charf;
typedef int FAR intf;
typedef uInt FAR uIntf;
typedef uLong FAR uLongf;
#ifdef STDC
typedef void FAR *voidpf;
typedef void *voidp;
#else
typedef Byte FAR *voidpf;
typedef Byte *voidp;
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
# include <sys/types.h> /* for off_t */
# include <unistd.h> /* for SEEK_* and off_t */
# define z_off_t off_t
#endif
#ifndef SEEK_SET
# define SEEK_SET 0 /* Seek from beginning of file. */
# define SEEK_CUR 1 /* Seek from current position. */
# define SEEK_END 2 /* Set file pointer to EOF plus "offset" */
#endif
#ifndef z_off_t
# define z_off_t long
#endif
/* MVS linker does not support external names larger than 8 bytes */
#if defined(__MVS__)
# pragma map(deflateInit_,"DEIN")
# pragma map(deflateInit2_,"DEIN2")
# pragma map(deflateEnd,"DEEND")
# pragma map(inflateInit_,"ININ")
# pragma map(inflateInit2_,"ININ2")
# pragma map(inflateEnd,"INEND")
# pragma map(inflateSync,"INSY")
# pragma map(inflateSetDictionary,"INSEDI")
# pragma map(inflate_blocks,"INBL")
# pragma map(inflate_blocks_new,"INBLNE")
# pragma map(inflate_blocks_free,"INBLFR")
# pragma map(inflate_blocks_reset,"INBLRE")
# pragma map(inflate_codes_free,"INCOFR")
# pragma map(inflate_codes,"INCO")
# pragma map(inflate_fast,"INFA")
# pragma map(inflate_flush,"INFLU")
# pragma map(inflate_mask,"INMA")
# pragma map(inflate_set_dictionary,"INSEDI2")
# pragma map(inflate_copyright,"INCOPY")
# pragma map(inflate_trees_bits,"INTRBI")
# pragma map(inflate_trees_dynamic,"INTRDY")
# pragma map(inflate_trees_fixed,"INTRFI")
# pragma map(inflate_trees_free,"INTRFR")
#endif
#endif /* _ZCONF_H */

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,893 @@
/* zlib.h -- interface of the 'zlib' general purpose compression library
version 1.1.3, July 9th, 1998
Copyright (C) 1995-1998 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
Jean-loup Gailly Mark Adler
jloup@gzip.org madler@alumni.caltech.edu
The data format used by the zlib library is described by RFCs (Request for
Comments) 1950 to 1952 in the files ftp://ds.internic.net/rfc/rfc1950.txt
(zlib format), rfc1951.txt (deflate format) and rfc1952.txt (gzip format).
*/
#ifndef _ZLIB_H
#define _ZLIB_H
#include "zconf.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#define ZLIB_VERSION "1.1.3"
/*
The 'zlib' compression library provides in-memory compression and
decompression functions, including integrity checks of the uncompressed
data. This version of the library supports only one compression method
(deflation) but other algorithms will be added later and will have the same
stream interface.
Compression can be done in a single step if the buffers are large
enough (for example if an input file is mmap'ed), or can be done by
repeated calls of the compression function. In the latter case, the
application must provide more input and/or consume the output
(providing more output space) before each call.
The library also supports reading and writing files in gzip (.gz) format
with an interface similar to that of stdio.
The library does not install any signal handler. The decoder checks
the consistency of the compressed data, so the library should never
crash even in case of corrupted input.
*/
typedef voidpf (*alloc_func) OF((voidpf opaque, uInt items, uInt size));
typedef void (*free_func) OF((voidpf opaque, voidpf address));
struct internal_state;
typedef struct z_stream_s {
Bytef *next_in; /* next input byte */
uInt avail_in; /* number of bytes available at next_in */
uLong total_in; /* total nb of input bytes read so far */
Bytef *next_out; /* next output byte should be put there */
uInt avail_out; /* remaining free space at next_out */
uLong total_out; /* total nb of bytes output so far */
char *msg; /* last error message, NULL if no error */
struct internal_state FAR *state; /* not visible by applications */
alloc_func zalloc; /* used to allocate the internal state */
free_func zfree; /* used to free the internal state */
voidpf opaque; /* private data object passed to zalloc and zfree */
int data_type; /* best guess about the data type: ascii or binary */
uLong adler; /* adler32 value of the uncompressed data */
uLong reserved; /* reserved for future use */
} z_stream;
typedef z_stream FAR *z_streamp;
/*
The application must update next_in and avail_in when avail_in has
dropped to zero. It must update next_out and avail_out when avail_out
has dropped to zero. The application must initialize zalloc, zfree and
opaque before calling the init function. All other fields are set by the
compression library and must not be updated by the application.
The opaque value provided by the application will be passed as the first
parameter for calls of zalloc and zfree. This can be useful for custom
memory management. The compression library attaches no meaning to the
opaque value.
zalloc must return Z_NULL if there is not enough memory for the object.
If zlib is used in a multi-threaded application, zalloc and zfree must be
thread safe.
On 16-bit systems, the functions zalloc and zfree must be able to allocate
exactly 65536 bytes, but will not be required to allocate more than this
if the symbol MAXSEG_64K is defined (see zconf.h). WARNING: On MSDOS,
pointers returned by zalloc for objects of exactly 65536 bytes *must*
have their offset normalized to zero. The default allocation function
provided by this library ensures this (see zutil.c). To reduce memory
requirements and avoid any allocation of 64K objects, at the expense of
compression ratio, compile the library with -DMAX_WBITS=14 (see zconf.h).
The fields total_in and total_out can be used for statistics or
progress reports. After compression, total_in holds the total size of
the uncompressed data and may be saved for use in the decompressor
(particularly if the decompressor wants to decompress everything in
a single step).
*/
/* constants */
#define Z_NO_FLUSH 0
#define Z_PARTIAL_FLUSH 1 /* will be removed, use Z_SYNC_FLUSH instead */
#define Z_SYNC_FLUSH 2
#define Z_FULL_FLUSH 3
#define Z_FINISH 4
/* Allowed flush values; see deflate() below for details */
#define Z_OK 0
#define Z_STREAM_END 1
#define Z_NEED_DICT 2
#define Z_ERRNO (-1)
#define Z_STREAM_ERROR (-2)
#define Z_DATA_ERROR (-3)
#define Z_MEM_ERROR (-4)
#define Z_BUF_ERROR (-5)
#define Z_VERSION_ERROR (-6)
/* Return codes for the compression/decompression functions. Negative
* values are errors, positive values are used for special but normal events.
*/
#define Z_NO_COMPRESSION 0
#define Z_BEST_SPEED 1
#define Z_BEST_COMPRESSION 9
#define Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION (-1)
/* compression levels */
#define Z_FILTERED 1
#define Z_HUFFMAN_ONLY 2
#define Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY 0
/* compression strategy; see deflateInit2() below for details */
#define Z_BINARY 0
#define Z_ASCII 1
#define Z_UNKNOWN 2
/* Possible values of the data_type field */
#define Z_DEFLATED 8
/* The deflate compression method (the only one supported in this version) */
#define Z_NULL 0 /* for initializing zalloc, zfree, opaque */
#define zlib_version zlibVersion()
/* for compatibility with versions < 1.0.2 */
/* basic functions */
ZEXTERN const char * ZEXPORT zlibVersion OF((void));
/* The application can compare zlibVersion and ZLIB_VERSION for consistency.
If the first character differs, the library code actually used is
not compatible with the zlib.h header file used by the application.
This check is automatically made by deflateInit and inflateInit.
*/
/*
ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT deflateInit OF((z_streamp strm, int level));
Initializes the internal stream state for compression. The fields
zalloc, zfree and opaque must be initialized before by the caller.
If zalloc and zfree are set to Z_NULL, deflateInit updates them to
use default allocation functions.
The compression level must be Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION, or between 0 and 9:
1 gives best speed, 9 gives best compression, 0 gives no compression at
all (the input data is simply copied a block at a time).
Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION requests a default compromise between speed and
compression (currently equivalent to level 6).
deflateInit returns Z_OK if success, Z_MEM_ERROR if there was not
enough memory, Z_STREAM_ERROR if level is not a valid compression level,
Z_VERSION_ERROR if the zlib library version (zlib_version) is incompatible
with the version assumed by the caller (ZLIB_VERSION).
msg is set to null if there is no error message. deflateInit does not
perform any compression: this will be done by deflate().
*/
ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT deflate OF((z_streamp strm, int flush));
/*
deflate compresses as much data as possible, and stops when the input
buffer becomes empty or the output buffer becomes full. It may introduce some
output latency (reading input without producing any output) except when
forced to flush.
The detailed semantics are as follows. deflate performs one or both of the
following actions:
- Compress more input starting at next_in and update next_in and avail_in
accordingly. If not all input can be processed (because there is not
enough room in the output buffer), next_in and avail_in are updated and
processing will resume at this point for the next call of deflate().
- Provide more output starting at next_out and update next_out and avail_out
accordingly. This action is forced if the parameter flush is non zero.
Forcing flush frequently degrades the compression ratio, so this parameter
should be set only when necessary (in interactive applications).
Some output may be provided even if flush is not set.
Before the call of deflate(), the application should ensure that at least
one of the actions is possible, by providing more input and/or consuming
more output, and updating avail_in or avail_out accordingly; avail_out
should never be zero before the call. The application can consume the
compressed output when it wants, for example when the output buffer is full
(avail_out == 0), or after each call of deflate(). If deflate returns Z_OK
and with zero avail_out, it must be called again after making room in the
output buffer because there might be more output pending.
If the parameter flush is set to Z_SYNC_FLUSH, all pending output is
flushed to the output buffer and the output is aligned on a byte boundary, so
that the decompressor can get all input data available so far. (In particular
avail_in is zero after the call if enough output space has been provided
before the call.) Flushing may degrade compression for some compression
algorithms and so it should be used only when necessary.
If flush is set to Z_FULL_FLUSH, all output is flushed as with
Z_SYNC_FLUSH, and the compression state is reset so that decompression can
restart from this point if previous compressed data has been damaged or if
random access is desired. Using Z_FULL_FLUSH too often can seriously degrade
the compression.
If deflate returns with avail_out == 0, this function must be called again
with the same value of the flush parameter and more output space (updated
avail_out), until the flush is complete (deflate returns with non-zero
avail_out).
If the parameter flush is set to Z_FINISH, pending input is processed,
pending output is flushed and deflate returns with Z_STREAM_END if there
was enough output space; if deflate returns with Z_OK, this function must be
called again with Z_FINISH and more output space (updated avail_out) but no
more input data, until it returns with Z_STREAM_END or an error. After
deflate has returned Z_STREAM_END, the only possible operations on the
stream are deflateReset or deflateEnd.
Z_FINISH can be used immediately after deflateInit if all the compression
is to be done in a single step. In this case, avail_out must be at least
0.1% larger than avail_in plus 12 bytes. If deflate does not return
Z_STREAM_END, then it must be called again as described above.
deflate() sets strm->adler to the adler32 checksum of all input read
so far (that is, total_in bytes).
deflate() may update data_type if it can make a good guess about
the input data type (Z_ASCII or Z_BINARY). In doubt, the data is considered
binary. This field is only for information purposes and does not affect
the compression algorithm in any manner.
deflate() returns Z_OK if some progress has been made (more input
processed or more output produced), Z_STREAM_END if all input has been
consumed and all output has been produced (only when flush is set to
Z_FINISH), Z_STREAM_ERROR if the stream state was inconsistent (for example
if next_in or next_out was NULL), Z_BUF_ERROR if no progress is possible
(for example avail_in or avail_out was zero).
*/
ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT deflateEnd OF((z_streamp strm));
/*
All dynamically allocated data structures for this stream are freed.
This function discards any unprocessed input and does not flush any
pending output.
deflateEnd returns Z_OK if success, Z_STREAM_ERROR if the
stream state was inconsistent, Z_DATA_ERROR if the stream was freed
prematurely (some input or output was discarded). In the error case,
msg may be set but then points to a static string (which must not be
deallocated).
*/
/*
ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflateInit OF((z_streamp strm));
Initializes the internal stream state for decompression. The fields
next_in, avail_in, zalloc, zfree and opaque must be initialized before by
the caller. If next_in is not Z_NULL and avail_in is large enough (the exact
value depends on the compression method), inflateInit determines the
compression method from the zlib header and allocates all data structures
accordingly; otherwise the allocation will be deferred to the first call of
inflate. If zalloc and zfree are set to Z_NULL, inflateInit updates them to
use default allocation functions.
inflateInit returns Z_OK if success, Z_MEM_ERROR if there was not enough
memory, Z_VERSION_ERROR if the zlib library version is incompatible with the
version assumed by the caller. msg is set to null if there is no error
message. inflateInit does not perform any decompression apart from reading
the zlib header if present: this will be done by inflate(). (So next_in and
avail_in may be modified, but next_out and avail_out are unchanged.)
*/
ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflate OF((z_streamp strm, int flush));
/*
inflate decompresses as much data as possible, and stops when the input
buffer becomes empty or the output buffer becomes full. It may some
introduce some output latency (reading input without producing any output)
except when forced to flush.
The detailed semantics are as follows. inflate performs one or both of the
following actions:
- Decompress more input starting at next_in and update next_in and avail_in
accordingly. If not all input can be processed (because there is not
enough room in the output buffer), next_in is updated and processing
will resume at this point for the next call of inflate().
- Provide more output starting at next_out and update next_out and avail_out
accordingly. inflate() provides as much output as possible, until there
is no more input data or no more space in the output buffer (see below
about the flush parameter).
Before the call of inflate(), the application should ensure that at least
one of the actions is possible, by providing more input and/or consuming
more output, and updating the next_* and avail_* values accordingly.
The application can consume the uncompressed output when it wants, for
example when the output buffer is full (avail_out == 0), or after each
call of inflate(). If inflate returns Z_OK and with zero avail_out, it
must be called again after making room in the output buffer because there
might be more output pending.
If the parameter flush is set to Z_SYNC_FLUSH, inflate flushes as much
output as possible to the output buffer. The flushing behavior of inflate is
not specified for values of the flush parameter other than Z_SYNC_FLUSH
and Z_FINISH, but the current implementation actually flushes as much output
as possible anyway.
inflate() should normally be called until it returns Z_STREAM_END or an
error. However if all decompression is to be performed in a single step
(a single call of inflate), the parameter flush should be set to
Z_FINISH. In this case all pending input is processed and all pending
output is flushed; avail_out must be large enough to hold all the
uncompressed data. (The size of the uncompressed data may have been saved
by the compressor for this purpose.) The next operation on this stream must
be inflateEnd to deallocate the decompression state. The use of Z_FINISH
is never required, but can be used to inform inflate that a faster routine
may be used for the single inflate() call.
If a preset dictionary is needed at this point (see inflateSetDictionary
below), inflate sets strm-adler to the adler32 checksum of the
dictionary chosen by the compressor and returns Z_NEED_DICT; otherwise
it sets strm->adler to the adler32 checksum of all output produced
so far (that is, total_out bytes) and returns Z_OK, Z_STREAM_END or
an error code as described below. At the end of the stream, inflate()
checks that its computed adler32 checksum is equal to that saved by the
compressor and returns Z_STREAM_END only if the checksum is correct.
inflate() returns Z_OK if some progress has been made (more input processed
or more output produced), Z_STREAM_END if the end of the compressed data has
been reached and all uncompressed output has been produced, Z_NEED_DICT if a
preset dictionary is needed at this point, Z_DATA_ERROR if the input data was
corrupted (input stream not conforming to the zlib format or incorrect
adler32 checksum), Z_STREAM_ERROR if the stream structure was inconsistent
(for example if next_in or next_out was NULL), Z_MEM_ERROR if there was not
enough memory, Z_BUF_ERROR if no progress is possible or if there was not
enough room in the output buffer when Z_FINISH is used. In the Z_DATA_ERROR
case, the application may then call inflateSync to look for a good
compression block.
*/
ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflateEnd OF((z_streamp strm));
/*
All dynamically allocated data structures for this stream are freed.
This function discards any unprocessed input and does not flush any
pending output.
inflateEnd returns Z_OK if success, Z_STREAM_ERROR if the stream state
was inconsistent. In the error case, msg may be set but then points to a
static string (which must not be deallocated).
*/
/* Advanced functions */
/*
The following functions are needed only in some special applications.
*/
/*
ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT deflateInit2 OF((z_streamp strm,
int level,
int method,
int windowBits,
int memLevel,
int strategy));
This is another version of deflateInit with more compression options. The
fields next_in, zalloc, zfree and opaque must be initialized before by
the caller.
The method parameter is the compression method. It must be Z_DEFLATED in
this version of the library.
The windowBits parameter is the base two logarithm of the window size
(the size of the history buffer). It should be in the range 8..15 for this
version of the library. Larger values of this parameter result in better
compression at the expense of memory usage. The default value is 15 if
deflateInit is used instead.
The memLevel parameter specifies how much memory should be allocated
for the internal compression state. memLevel=1 uses minimum memory but
is slow and reduces compression ratio; memLevel=9 uses maximum memory
for optimal speed. The default value is 8. See zconf.h for total memory
usage as a function of windowBits and memLevel.
The strategy parameter is used to tune the compression algorithm. Use the
value Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY for normal data, Z_FILTERED for data produced by a
filter (or predictor), or Z_HUFFMAN_ONLY to force Huffman encoding only (no
string match). Filtered data consists mostly of small values with a
somewhat random distribution. In this case, the compression algorithm is
tuned to compress them better. The effect of Z_FILTERED is to force more
Huffman coding and less string matching; it is somewhat intermediate
between Z_DEFAULT and Z_HUFFMAN_ONLY. The strategy parameter only affects
the compression ratio but not the correctness of the compressed output even
if it is not set appropriately.
deflateInit2 returns Z_OK if success, Z_MEM_ERROR if there was not enough
memory, Z_STREAM_ERROR if a parameter is invalid (such as an invalid
method). msg is set to null if there is no error message. deflateInit2 does
not perform any compression: this will be done by deflate().
*/
ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT deflateSetDictionary OF((z_streamp strm,
const Bytef *dictionary,
uInt dictLength));
/*
Initializes the compression dictionary from the given byte sequence
without producing any compressed output. This function must be called
immediately after deflateInit, deflateInit2 or deflateReset, before any
call of deflate. The compressor and decompressor must use exactly the same
dictionary (see inflateSetDictionary).
The dictionary should consist of strings (byte sequences) that are likely
to be encountered later in the data to be compressed, with the most commonly
used strings preferably put towards the end of the dictionary. Using a
dictionary is most useful when the data to be compressed is short and can be
predicted with good accuracy; the data can then be compressed better than
with the default empty dictionary.
Depending on the size of the compression data structures selected by
deflateInit or deflateInit2, a part of the dictionary may in effect be
discarded, for example if the dictionary is larger than the window size in
deflate or deflate2. Thus the strings most likely to be useful should be
put at the end of the dictionary, not at the front.
Upon return of this function, strm->adler is set to the Adler32 value
of the dictionary; the decompressor may later use this value to determine
which dictionary has been used by the compressor. (The Adler32 value
applies to the whole dictionary even if only a subset of the dictionary is
actually used by the compressor.)
deflateSetDictionary returns Z_OK if success, or Z_STREAM_ERROR if a
parameter is invalid (such as NULL dictionary) or the stream state is
inconsistent (for example if deflate has already been called for this stream
or if the compression method is bsort). deflateSetDictionary does not
perform any compression: this will be done by deflate().
*/
ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT deflateCopy OF((z_streamp dest,
z_streamp source));
/*
Sets the destination stream as a complete copy of the source stream.
This function can be useful when several compression strategies will be
tried, for example when there are several ways of pre-processing the input
data with a filter. The streams that will be discarded should then be freed
by calling deflateEnd. Note that deflateCopy duplicates the internal
compression state which can be quite large, so this strategy is slow and
can consume lots of memory.
deflateCopy returns Z_OK if success, Z_MEM_ERROR if there was not
enough memory, Z_STREAM_ERROR if the source stream state was inconsistent
(such as zalloc being NULL). msg is left unchanged in both source and
destination.
*/
ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT deflateReset OF((z_streamp strm));
/*
This function is equivalent to deflateEnd followed by deflateInit,
but does not free and reallocate all the internal compression state.
The stream will keep the same compression level and any other attributes
that may have been set by deflateInit2.
deflateReset returns Z_OK if success, or Z_STREAM_ERROR if the source
stream state was inconsistent (such as zalloc or state being NULL).
*/
ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT deflateParams OF((z_streamp strm,
int level,
int strategy));
/*
Dynamically update the compression level and compression strategy. The
interpretation of level and strategy is as in deflateInit2. This can be
used to switch between compression and straight copy of the input data, or
to switch to a different kind of input data requiring a different
strategy. If the compression level is changed, the input available so far
is compressed with the old level (and may be flushed); the new level will
take effect only at the next call of deflate().
Before the call of deflateParams, the stream state must be set as for
a call of deflate(), since the currently available input may have to
be compressed and flushed. In particular, strm->avail_out must be non-zero.
deflateParams returns Z_OK if success, Z_STREAM_ERROR if the source
stream state was inconsistent or if a parameter was invalid, Z_BUF_ERROR
if strm->avail_out was zero.
*/
/*
ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflateInit2 OF((z_streamp strm,
int windowBits));
This is another version of inflateInit with an extra parameter. The
fields next_in, avail_in, zalloc, zfree and opaque must be initialized
before by the caller.
The windowBits parameter is the base two logarithm of the maximum window
size (the size of the history buffer). It should be in the range 8..15 for
this version of the library. The default value is 15 if inflateInit is used
instead. If a compressed stream with a larger window size is given as
input, inflate() will return with the error code Z_DATA_ERROR instead of
trying to allocate a larger window.
inflateInit2 returns Z_OK if success, Z_MEM_ERROR if there was not enough
memory, Z_STREAM_ERROR if a parameter is invalid (such as a negative
memLevel). msg is set to null if there is no error message. inflateInit2
does not perform any decompression apart from reading the zlib header if
present: this will be done by inflate(). (So next_in and avail_in may be
modified, but next_out and avail_out are unchanged.)
*/
ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflateSetDictionary OF((z_streamp strm,
const Bytef *dictionary,
uInt dictLength));
/*
Initializes the decompression dictionary from the given uncompressed byte
sequence. This function must be called immediately after a call of inflate
if this call returned Z_NEED_DICT. The dictionary chosen by the compressor
can be determined from the Adler32 value returned by this call of
inflate. The compressor and decompressor must use exactly the same
dictionary (see deflateSetDictionary).
inflateSetDictionary returns Z_OK if success, Z_STREAM_ERROR if a
parameter is invalid (such as NULL dictionary) or the stream state is
inconsistent, Z_DATA_ERROR if the given dictionary doesn't match the
expected one (incorrect Adler32 value). inflateSetDictionary does not
perform any decompression: this will be done by subsequent calls of
inflate().
*/
ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflateSync OF((z_streamp strm));
/*
Skips invalid compressed data until a full flush point (see above the
description of deflate with Z_FULL_FLUSH) can be found, or until all
available input is skipped. No output is provided.
inflateSync returns Z_OK if a full flush point has been found, Z_BUF_ERROR
if no more input was provided, Z_DATA_ERROR if no flush point has been found,
or Z_STREAM_ERROR if the stream structure was inconsistent. In the success
case, the application may save the current current value of total_in which
indicates where valid compressed data was found. In the error case, the
application may repeatedly call inflateSync, providing more input each time,
until success or end of the input data.
*/
ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflateReset OF((z_streamp strm));
/*
This function is equivalent to inflateEnd followed by inflateInit,
but does not free and reallocate all the internal decompression state.
The stream will keep attributes that may have been set by inflateInit2.
inflateReset returns Z_OK if success, or Z_STREAM_ERROR if the source
stream state was inconsistent (such as zalloc or state being NULL).
*/
/* utility functions */
/*
The following utility functions are implemented on top of the
basic stream-oriented functions. To simplify the interface, some
default options are assumed (compression level and memory usage,
standard memory allocation functions). The source code of these
utility functions can easily be modified if you need special options.
*/
ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT compress OF((Bytef *dest, uLongf *destLen,
const Bytef *source, uLong sourceLen));
/*
Compresses the source buffer into the destination buffer. sourceLen is
the byte length of the source buffer. Upon entry, destLen is the total
size of the destination buffer, which must be at least 0.1% larger than
sourceLen plus 12 bytes. Upon exit, destLen is the actual size of the
compressed buffer.
This function can be used to compress a whole file at once if the
input file is mmap'ed.
compress returns Z_OK if success, Z_MEM_ERROR if there was not
enough memory, Z_BUF_ERROR if there was not enough room in the output
buffer.
*/
ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT compress2 OF((Bytef *dest, uLongf *destLen,
const Bytef *source, uLong sourceLen,
int level));
/*
Compresses the source buffer into the destination buffer. The level
parameter has the same meaning as in deflateInit. sourceLen is the byte
length of the source buffer. Upon entry, destLen is the total size of the
destination buffer, which must be at least 0.1% larger than sourceLen plus
12 bytes. Upon exit, destLen is the actual size of the compressed buffer.
compress2 returns Z_OK if success, Z_MEM_ERROR if there was not enough
memory, Z_BUF_ERROR if there was not enough room in the output buffer,
Z_STREAM_ERROR if the level parameter is invalid.
*/
ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT uncompress OF((Bytef *dest, uLongf *destLen,
const Bytef *source, uLong sourceLen));
/*
Decompresses the source buffer into the destination buffer. sourceLen is
the byte length of the source buffer. Upon entry, destLen is the total
size of the destination buffer, which must be large enough to hold the
entire uncompressed data. (The size of the uncompressed data must have
been saved previously by the compressor and transmitted to the decompressor
by some mechanism outside the scope of this compression library.)
Upon exit, destLen is the actual size of the compressed buffer.
This function can be used to decompress a whole file at once if the
input file is mmap'ed.
uncompress returns Z_OK if success, Z_MEM_ERROR if there was not
enough memory, Z_BUF_ERROR if there was not enough room in the output
buffer, or Z_DATA_ERROR if the input data was corrupted.
*/
typedef voidp gzFile;
ZEXTERN gzFile ZEXPORT gzopen OF((const char *path, const char *mode));
/*
Opens a gzip (.gz) file for reading or writing. The mode parameter
is as in fopen ("rb" or "wb") but can also include a compression level
("wb9") or a strategy: 'f' for filtered data as in "wb6f", 'h' for
Huffman only compression as in "wb1h". (See the description
of deflateInit2 for more information about the strategy parameter.)
gzopen can be used to read a file which is not in gzip format; in this
case gzread will directly read from the file without decompression.
gzopen returns NULL if the file could not be opened or if there was
insufficient memory to allocate the (de)compression state; errno
can be checked to distinguish the two cases (if errno is zero, the
zlib error is Z_MEM_ERROR). */
ZEXTERN gzFile ZEXPORT gzdopen OF((int fd, const char *mode));
/*
gzdopen() associates a gzFile with the file descriptor fd. File
descriptors are obtained from calls like open, dup, creat, pipe or
fileno (in the file has been previously opened with fopen).
The mode parameter is as in gzopen.
The next call of gzclose on the returned gzFile will also close the
file descriptor fd, just like fclose(fdopen(fd), mode) closes the file
descriptor fd. If you want to keep fd open, use gzdopen(dup(fd), mode).
gzdopen returns NULL if there was insufficient memory to allocate
the (de)compression state.
*/
ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT gzsetparams OF((gzFile file, int level, int strategy));
/*
Dynamically update the compression level or strategy. See the description
of deflateInit2 for the meaning of these parameters.
gzsetparams returns Z_OK if success, or Z_STREAM_ERROR if the file was not
opened for writing.
*/
ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT gzread OF((gzFile file, voidp buf, unsigned len));
/*
Reads the given number of uncompressed bytes from the compressed file.
If the input file was not in gzip format, gzread copies the given number
of bytes into the buffer.
gzread returns the number of uncompressed bytes actually read (0 for
end of file, -1 for error). */
ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT gzwrite OF((gzFile file,
const voidp buf, unsigned len));
/*
Writes the given number of uncompressed bytes into the compressed file.
gzwrite returns the number of uncompressed bytes actually written
(0 in case of error).
*/
ZEXTERN int ZEXPORTVA gzprintf OF((gzFile file, const char *format, ...));
/*
Converts, formats, and writes the args to the compressed file under
control of the format string, as in fprintf. gzprintf returns the number of
uncompressed bytes actually written (0 in case of error).
*/
ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT gzputs OF((gzFile file, const char *s));
/*
Writes the given null-terminated string to the compressed file, excluding
the terminating null character.
gzputs returns the number of characters written, or -1 in case of error.
*/
ZEXTERN char * ZEXPORT gzgets OF((gzFile file, char *buf, int len));
/*
Reads bytes from the compressed file until len-1 characters are read, or
a newline character is read and transferred to buf, or an end-of-file
condition is encountered. The string is then terminated with a null
character.
gzgets returns buf, or Z_NULL in case of error.
*/
ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT gzputc OF((gzFile file, int c));
/*
Writes c, converted to an unsigned char, into the compressed file.
gzputc returns the value that was written, or -1 in case of error.
*/
ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT gzgetc OF((gzFile file));
/*
Reads one byte from the compressed file. gzgetc returns this byte
or -1 in case of end of file or error.
*/
ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT gzflush OF((gzFile file, int flush));
/*
Flushes all pending output into the compressed file. The parameter
flush is as in the deflate() function. The return value is the zlib
error number (see function gzerror below). gzflush returns Z_OK if
the flush parameter is Z_FINISH and all output could be flushed.
gzflush should be called only when strictly necessary because it can
degrade compression.
*/
ZEXTERN z_off_t ZEXPORT gzseek OF((gzFile file,
z_off_t offset, int whence));
/*
Sets the starting position for the next gzread or gzwrite on the
given compressed file. The offset represents a number of bytes in the
uncompressed data stream. The whence parameter is defined as in lseek(2);
the value SEEK_END is not supported.
If the file is opened for reading, this function is emulated but can be
extremely slow. If the file is opened for writing, only forward seeks are
supported; gzseek then compresses a sequence of zeroes up to the new
starting position.
gzseek returns the resulting offset location as measured in bytes from
the beginning of the uncompressed stream, or -1 in case of error, in
particular if the file is opened for writing and the new starting position
would be before the current position.
*/
ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT gzrewind OF((gzFile file));
/*
Rewinds the given file. This function is supported only for reading.
gzrewind(file) is equivalent to (int)gzseek(file, 0L, SEEK_SET)
*/
ZEXTERN z_off_t ZEXPORT gztell OF((gzFile file));
/*
Returns the starting position for the next gzread or gzwrite on the
given compressed file. This position represents a number of bytes in the
uncompressed data stream.
gztell(file) is equivalent to gzseek(file, 0L, SEEK_CUR)
*/
ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT gzeof OF((gzFile file));
/*
Returns 1 when EOF has previously been detected reading the given
input stream, otherwise zero.
*/
ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT gzclose OF((gzFile file));
/*
Flushes all pending output if necessary, closes the compressed file
and deallocates all the (de)compression state. The return value is the zlib
error number (see function gzerror below).
*/
ZEXTERN const char * ZEXPORT gzerror OF((gzFile file, int *errnum));
/*
Returns the error message for the last error which occurred on the
given compressed file. errnum is set to zlib error number. If an
error occurred in the file system and not in the compression library,
errnum is set to Z_ERRNO and the application may consult errno
to get the exact error code.
*/
/* checksum functions */
/*
These functions are not related to compression but are exported
anyway because they might be useful in applications using the
compression library.
*/
ZEXTERN uLong ZEXPORT adler32 OF((uLong adler, const Bytef *buf, uInt len));
/*
Update a running Adler-32 checksum with the bytes buf[0..len-1] and
return the updated checksum. If buf is NULL, this function returns
the required initial value for the checksum.
An Adler-32 checksum is almost as reliable as a CRC32 but can be computed
much faster. Usage example:
uLong adler = adler32(0L, Z_NULL, 0);
while (read_buffer(buffer, length) != EOF) {
adler = adler32(adler, buffer, length);
}
if (adler != original_adler) error();
*/
ZEXTERN uLong ZEXPORT crc32 OF((uLong crc, const Bytef *buf, uInt len));
/*
Update a running crc with the bytes buf[0..len-1] and return the updated
crc. If buf is NULL, this function returns the required initial value
for the crc. Pre- and post-conditioning (one's complement) is performed
within this function so it shouldn't be done by the application.
Usage example:
uLong crc = crc32(0L, Z_NULL, 0);
while (read_buffer(buffer, length) != EOF) {
crc = crc32(crc, buffer, length);
}
if (crc != original_crc) error();
*/
/* various hacks, don't look :) */
/* deflateInit and inflateInit are macros to allow checking the zlib version
* and the compiler's view of z_stream:
*/
ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT deflateInit_ OF((z_streamp strm, int level,
const char *version, int stream_size));
ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflateInit_ OF((z_streamp strm,
const char *version, int stream_size));
ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT deflateInit2_ OF((z_streamp strm, int level, int method,
int windowBits, int memLevel,
int strategy, const char *version,
int stream_size));
ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflateInit2_ OF((z_streamp strm, int windowBits,
const char *version, int stream_size));
#define deflateInit(strm, level) \
deflateInit_((strm), (level), ZLIB_VERSION, sizeof(z_stream))
#define inflateInit(strm) \
inflateInit_((strm), ZLIB_VERSION, sizeof(z_stream))
#define deflateInit2(strm, level, method, windowBits, memLevel, strategy) \
deflateInit2_((strm),(level),(method),(windowBits),(memLevel),\
(strategy), ZLIB_VERSION, sizeof(z_stream))
#define inflateInit2(strm, windowBits) \
inflateInit2_((strm), (windowBits), ZLIB_VERSION, sizeof(z_stream))
#if !defined(_Z_UTIL_H) && !defined(NO_DUMMY_DECL)
struct internal_state {int dummy;}; /* hack for buggy compilers */
#endif
ZEXTERN const char * ZEXPORT zError OF((int err));
ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflateSyncPoint OF((z_streamp z));
ZEXTERN const uLongf * ZEXPORT get_crc_table OF((void));
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* _ZLIB_H */

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,358 @@
/*=============================================================================
TexManShadows.cpp : Common Texture shadows manager implementation.
Copyright (c) 2001 Crytek Studios. All Rights Reserved.
Revision history:
* Created by Khonich Andrey
=============================================================================*/
#include "RenderPCH.h"
#include "../CommonRender.h"
STexPic* STexShadow::m_pBasisTex[2];
#define BASISMAPSIZE 32
STexShadow::STexShadow()
{
}
STexShadow::~STexShadow()
{
int i;
for(i=0; i<2; i++)
{
m_pHorizonTex[i]->Release(false);
}
}
bool STexShadow::Init(byte *pHeightMap, int Width, int Height, bool bHeightmap)
{
int i;
FLOAT fRange = PI/4;
int flags = FT_HASALPHA;
char name[128];
//now set up the basis maps
if (!m_pBasisTex[0])
{
byte *pBasisMap[8];
for(i=0; i<8; i++)
{
pBasisMap[i] = new BYTE[BASISMAPSIZE*BASISMAPSIZE];
BuildBasisMap(pBasisMap[i],((FLOAT)(PI*i))/4.0f,fRange);
}
UCol *pBasisTex = new UCol[BASISMAPSIZE*BASISMAPSIZE];
if(!BuildInterleavedMap(pBasisTex,pBasisMap[0],pBasisMap[1],pBasisMap[2],pBasisMap[3],BASISMAPSIZE,BASISMAPSIZE))
return false;
sprintf(name, "$AutoBasis_%d", gRenDev->m_TexGenID++);
m_pBasisTex[0] = gRenDev->m_TexMan->CreateTexture(name, BASISMAPSIZE, BASISMAPSIZE, 1, flags, FT2_NODXT, (byte *)pBasisTex, eTT_Base, -1.0f, -1.0f, 0, NULL, 0, eTF_8888);
if(!BuildInterleavedMap(pBasisTex,pBasisMap[4],pBasisMap[5],pBasisMap[6],pBasisMap[7],BASISMAPSIZE,BASISMAPSIZE))
return false;
sprintf(name, "$AutoBasis_%d", gRenDev->m_TexGenID++);
m_pBasisTex[1] = gRenDev->m_TexMan->CreateTexture(name, BASISMAPSIZE, BASISMAPSIZE, 1, flags, FT2_NODXT, (byte *)pBasisTex, eTT_Base, -1.0f, -1.0f, 0, NULL, 0, eTF_8888);
delete [] pBasisTex;
for(i=0; i<8; i++)
{
delete [] pBasisMap[i];
}
}
byte* pHorizonMap[8];
/*float *pHeight = NULL;
float fRangeH;
if (!bHeightmap)
{
int x, y;
pHeight = new float[Width*Height];
memset(pHeight, 0, 4*Width*Height);
int mx = Width-1;
int my = Height-1;
for(y=0; y<Height; y++)
{
for(x=0; x<Width; x++)
{
float fCur = pHeight[y*Width+x];
byte *pNor = &pHeightMap[y*Width*3+x*3];
float fDX = ((float)(pNor[2])-128.0f)/127.0f;
float fDY = ((float)(pNor[1])-128.0f)/127.0f;
pHeight[y*Width+((x+1)&mx)] = fCur-fDX;
pHeight[((y+1)&my)*Width+x] = fCur-fDY;
}
}
float fMinH = 99999.0f;
float fMaxH = -99999.0f;
for(y=0; y<Height; y++)
{
for(x=0; x<Width; x++)
{
fMinH = Min(pHeight[y*Width+x], fMinH);
fMaxH = Max(pHeight[y*Width+x], fMaxH);
}
}
fRangeH = fMaxH-fMinH;
{
byte *data = new byte[Width*Height*4];
for(y=0; y<Height; y++)
{
for(x=0; x<Width; x++)
{
byte b = (byte)((pHeight[y*Width+x]-fMinH)/fRangeH*255.0f);
data[y*Width*4+x*4+0] = b;
data[y*Width*4+x*4+1] = b;
data[y*Width*4+x*4+2] = b;
}
}
::WriteJPG(data, Width, Height, "Heightmap.jpg");
delete [] data;
}
}*/
//now set up the horizon maps
for(i=0; i<8; i++)
{
pHorizonMap[i] = new BYTE[Width*Height];
if(pHorizonMap[i] == NULL)
return false;
if (bHeightmap)
BuildHorizonMap_FromHeightmap(pHorizonMap[i], pHeightMap, cry_cosf((FLOAT)(PI*i)/4.0f), cry_sinf((FLOAT)(PI*i)/4.0f), 15, Width, Height, TRUE, TRUE);
else
BuildHorizonMap_FromNormalmap(pHorizonMap[i], pHeightMap, cry_cosf((FLOAT)(PI*i)/4.0f), cry_sinf((FLOAT)(PI*i)/4.0f), 15, Width, Height, TRUE, TRUE);
}
//SAFE_DELETE_ARRAY(pHeight);
UCol *pHorizonTex = new UCol[Width*Height];
//build the interleave maps, use the Alpha to
//basis maps are not-content specific - they are just LERP tables
if(!BuildInterleavedMap(pHorizonTex,pHorizonMap[0],pHorizonMap[1],pHorizonMap[2],pHorizonMap[3],Width, Height))
return false;
sprintf(name, "$AutoHorizon_%d", gRenDev->m_TexGenID++);
m_pHorizonTex[0] = gRenDev->m_TexMan->CreateTexture(name, Width, Height, 1, flags, FT2_NODXT, (byte *)pHorizonTex, eTT_Base, -1.0f, -1.0f, 0, NULL, 0, eTF_8888);
if(!BuildInterleavedMap(pHorizonTex,pHorizonMap[4],pHorizonMap[5],pHorizonMap[6],pHorizonMap[7],Width, Height))
return false;
sprintf(name, "$AutoHorizon_%d", gRenDev->m_TexGenID++);
m_pHorizonTex[1] = gRenDev->m_TexMan->CreateTexture(name, Width, Height, 1, flags, FT2_NODXT, (byte *)pHorizonTex, eTT_Base, -1.0f, -1.0f, 0, NULL, 0, eTF_8888);
delete [] pHorizonTex;
for(i=0; i<8; i++)
{
delete [] pHorizonMap[i];
}
return true;
}
bool STexShadow::BuildInterleavedMap(UCol *newTex, BYTE *r, BYTE *g, BYTE *b, BYTE *a, INT width, INT height)
{
BYTE *pBase,*pLine;
INT x,y;
pBase = (BYTE *)newTex;
for(y = 0;y < height;y++)
{
pLine = &pBase[y*width*4];
for(x = 0;x < width;x++)
{
if(r)
pLine[2] = r[y*width + x];
else
pLine[2] = 128;
if(g)
pLine[1] = g[y*width + x];
else
pLine[1] = 128;
if(b)
pLine[0] = b[y*width + x];
else
pLine[0] = 128;
if(a)
pLine[3] = a[y*width + x];
else
pLine[3] = 128;
pLine+=4;
}
}
return TRUE;
}
// this builds a basis map
// the basis maps will be interleaved, or we will pack 3 of them into one texture
// (we could pack 4, but we can't use the alpha channel in our dot multiplies)
// but we will assume that the u,v represent the angle with respect to the center of the
// of the texture (.5,.5), So if we want the basis function for the light vector
// (1,.5) we'd look at the point (1,.75)
VOID STexShadow::BuildBasisMap(byte *pBasis, float PrimAngle, float fAngle2)
{
INT x,y;
FLOAT fEndX,fEndY,fAngle,fPercent;
FLOAT u,v,dot,nx,ny,fsq;
BYTE *pCurLine;
u = cry_cosf(PrimAngle);
v = cry_sinf(PrimAngle);
for(y = 0;y < BASISMAPSIZE;y++)
{
pCurLine = &pBasis[y*BASISMAPSIZE];
for(x = 0;x < BASISMAPSIZE;x++)
{
fEndX = x - .5f*BASISMAPSIZE;
fEndY = y - .5f*BASISMAPSIZE;
//take the dot product of the normalized vectors
fsq = cry_sqrtf(fEndX*fEndX+fEndY*fEndY);
if(fsq == 0)
{
fPercent = 128;
}
else
{
// we remember our definiton of dot product,
// cos(Angle) = DotProduct of Normalzed vectors
// so Angle = acos(DotProduct)
nx = fEndX/fsq;
ny = fEndY/fsq;
dot = nx*u + ny*v;
if( dot < -1.0f )
dot = -1.0f;
if( dot > 1.0f )
dot = 1.0f;
fAngle = cry_acosf(dot);
if(fabs(fAngle) < fAngle2)
{
fPercent = 128 + fabsf(fAngle-fAngle2)*127/fAngle2;
if(fPercent>255)
fPercent=255;
}
else
{
fPercent = 128;
}
}
*pCurLine = (BYTE)fPercent;
pCurLine++;
}
}
}
#define MAPHEIGHT 0.04f
#define MAPHEIGHT2 (0.04f*255.0f)
VOID STexShadow::BuildHorizonMap_FromHeightmap(BYTE *pHor, BYTE* pHeight, FLOAT dx, FLOAT dy, INT iStepLength, INT iWidth,INT iHeight,BOOL bWrapU,BOOL bWrapV)
{
INT x,y;
INT imx,imy,i;
FLOAT fpx,fpy;
BYTE *pCurHorLine;
FLOAT fMaxAngle,fNewAngle,fDeltaX,fDeltaY,fHeight;
int mx = iWidth-1;
int my = iHeight-1;
for(y = 0;y < iHeight;y++)
{
pCurHorLine = &pHor[y*iWidth];
for(x = 0;x < iWidth;x ++)
{
//we assume its completly visible at zero
fMaxAngle = 0;
fpx = (FLOAT)x;
fpy = (FLOAT)y;
for(i = 0;i < iStepLength;i++)
{
fpx += dx;
fpy += dy;
imx = (INT) fpx;
imy = (INT) fpy;
//don't check against ourselves for blocking
if(imx == x && imy == y)
continue;
fDeltaX = fpx - x;
fDeltaY = fpy - y;
fHeight = pHeight[((imy&my)*iWidth)+(imx&mx)]*MAPHEIGHT-pHeight[y*iWidth+x]*MAPHEIGHT;
//this is the dot prodoct
//Since we are dotting against the normal, (0,0,1) this is just
// the Height normalized, or the Height over the length of the vector
fNewAngle = fHeight/cry_sqrtf(fDeltaX*fDeltaX + fDeltaY*fDeltaY + fHeight*fHeight);
//if we found a further obstruction, use it
if(fNewAngle > fMaxAngle)
fMaxAngle = fNewAngle;
}
//centered around 128
*pCurHorLine = 128 + (BYTE) ((FLOAT)fMaxAngle*127);
pCurHorLine++;
}
}
}
void STexShadow::BuildHorizonMap_FromNormalmap(BYTE *pHor, byte* pHeight, FLOAT dx, FLOAT dy, INT iStepLength, INT iWidth,INT iHeight,BOOL bWrapU,BOOL bWrapV)
{
INT x,y;
INT imx,imy,i;
FLOAT fpx,fpy;
BYTE *pCurHorLine;
FLOAT fMaxAngle,fNewAngle,fHeight,fDeltaX,fDeltaY;
int mx = iWidth-1;
int my = iHeight-1;
for(y=0; y<iHeight; y++)
{
pCurHorLine = &pHor[y*iWidth];
for(x=0; x<iWidth; x++)
{
//we assume its completly visible at zero
fMaxAngle = 0;
fpx = (FLOAT)x;
fpy = (FLOAT)y;
for(i = 0;i < iStepLength;i++)
{
fpx += dx;
fpy += dy;
imx = (INT) fpx;
imy = (INT) fpy;
//don't check against ourselves for blocking
if(imx == x && imy == y)
continue;
fDeltaX = fpx - x;
fDeltaY = fpy - y;
fHeight = pHeight[((imy&my)*iWidth*4)+(imx&mx)*4+3]*MAPHEIGHT-pHeight[y*iWidth*4+x*4+3]*MAPHEIGHT;
//this is the dot prodoct
//Since we are dotting against the normal, (0,0,1) this is just
// the Height normalized, or the Height over the length of the vector
fNewAngle = fHeight/cry_sqrtf(fDeltaX*fDeltaX + fDeltaY*fDeltaY + fHeight*fHeight);
//if we found a further obstruction, use it
if(fNewAngle > fMaxAngle)
fMaxAngle = fNewAngle;
}
//centered around 128
*pCurHorLine = 128 + (BYTE) ((FLOAT)fMaxAngle*127);
pCurHorLine++;
}
}
}

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,220 @@
/****************************************************************************************
Copyright (C) NVIDIA Corporation 2003
TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED
*AS IS* AND NVIDIA AND ITS SUPPLIERS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES, EITHER EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL NVIDIA OR ITS SUPPLIERS
BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
WHATSOEVER (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF BUSINESS PROFITS,
BUSINESS INTERRUPTION, LOSS OF BUSINESS INFORMATION, OR ANY OTHER PECUNIARY LOSS)
ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF NVIDIA HAS
BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
*****************************************************************************************/
#pragma once
#include "nvdxt_options.h"
typedef void (*MIPFiltercallback)(int miplevel, int TotalMIPs);
typedef HRESULT (*MIPcallback)(void * data, int miplevel, DWORD size, int width, int height, void * user_data);
void set_mip_filter_callback(MIPFiltercallback callback);
// call back
// pointer to data
// mip level
// size of chunk
#ifndef TRGBA
#define TRGBA
typedef struct
{
BYTE rgba[4];
} rgba_t;
#endif
#ifndef TPIXEL
#define TPIXEL
union tPixel
{
unsigned long u;
rgba_t c;
};
#endif
#ifndef ISPOWER2
inline bool IsPower2(unsigned int x)
{
if ( x < 1 )
return false;
if (x == 1)
return true;
if ( x & (x-1) )
return false;
return true;
}
#define ISPOWER2
#endif
/*
Compresses an image with a user supplied callback with the data for each MIP level created
Only supports input of RGB 24 or ARGB 32 bpp
*/
#ifdef NVDXTC
extern "C" {
#endif
HRESULT nvDXTcompress(unsigned char * raw_data, // pointer to data (24 or 32 bit)
unsigned long w, // width in texels
unsigned long h, // height in texels
DWORD byte_pitch,
CompressionOptions * options,
DWORD planes, // 3 or 4
MIPcallback callback = NULL, // callback for generated levels
RECT * rect = NULL); // subrect to operate on, NULL is whole image
#ifdef NVDXTC
}
#endif
// if callback is == 0 (or not specified), then WriteDTXnFile is called with all file info
//
// You must write the routines (or provide stubs)
// void WriteDTXnFile(count, buffer);
// void ReadDTXnFile(count, buffer);
//
//
#ifdef NVDXTDLL
typedef void (*DXTDataTransfer)(DWORD count, void *buffer);
#ifdef NVDXTC
extern "C" {
#endif
void SetReadDTXnFile(DXTDataTransfer UserReadDTXnFile);
void SetWriteDTXnFile(DXTDataTransfer UserWriteDTXnFile);
#ifdef NVDXTC
}
#endif
#else
void WriteDTXnFile(DWORD count, void * buffer, void * userData);
void ReadDTXnFile(DWORD count, void * buffer, void * userData);
#endif // NVDXTC
#define DXTERR_INPUT_POINTER_ZERO -1
#define DXTERR_DEPTH_IS_NOT_3_OR_4 -2
#define DXTERR_NON_POWER_2 -3
/* example
LPDIRECT3DTEXTURE8 pCurrentTexture = 0;
HRESULT LoadAllMipSurfaces(void * data, int iLevel)
{
HRESULT hr;
LPDIRECT3DSURFACE8 psurf;
D3DSURFACE_DESC sd;
D3DLOCKED_RECT lr;
hr = pCurrentTexture->GetSurfaceLevel(iLevel, &psurf);
if (FAILED(hr))
return hr;
psurf->GetDesc(&sd);
hr = pCurrentTexture->LockRect(iLevel, &lr, NULL, 0);
if (FAILED(hr))
return hr;
memcpy(lr.pBits, data, sd.Size);
hr = pCurrentTexture->UnlockRect(iLevel);
ReleasePpo(&psurf);
return 0;
}
hr = D3DXCreateTexture(m_pd3dDevice, Width, Height, nMips, 0, D3DFMT_DXT3, D3DPOOL_MANAGED, &pCurrentTexture);
nvDXTcompress(raw_data, Width, Height, DXT3, true, 4, LoadAllMipSurfaces, NULL);
*/
/*
src_format
dDXT1
dDXT1a // DXT1 with one bit alpha
dDXT3 // explicit alpha
dDXT5 // interpolated alpha
d4444 // a4 r4 g4 b4
d1555 // a1 r5 g5 b5
d565 // a0 r5 g6 b5
d8888 // a8 r8 g8 b8
d888 // a0 r8 g8 b8
d555 // a0 r5 g5 b5
d8 // paletted
dV8U8 // DuDv
dCxV8U8 // normal map
dA8 // A8
*/
#ifdef NVDXTC
extern "C" {
#endif
/*
SpecifiedMipMaps, number of MIP maps to load. 0 is all
*/
unsigned char * nvDXTdecompress(int & w, int & h, int & depth, int & total_width, int & rowBytes, int & src_format,
int SpecifiedMipMaps = 0);
#ifdef NVDXTC
}
#endif
#ifndef COLOR_FORMAT_ENUM
#define COLOR_FORMAT_ENUM
enum ColorFormat
{
COLOR_RGB,
COLOR_ARGB,
COLOR_BGR,
COLOR_BGRA,
COLOR_RGBA,
COLOR_ABGR,
};
#endif

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,595 @@
/****************************************************************************************
Copyright (C) NVIDIA Corporation 2003
TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED
*AS IS* AND NVIDIA AND ITS SUPPLIERS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES, EITHER EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL NVIDIA OR ITS SUPPLIERS
BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
WHATSOEVER (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF BUSINESS PROFITS,
BUSINESS INTERRUPTION, LOSS OF BUSINESS INFORMATION, OR ANY OTHER PECUNIARY LOSS)
ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF NVIDIA HAS
BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
*****************************************************************************************/
#pragma once
#if defined(LINUX)
#include "WinBase.h"
#else
#include <windows.h>
#endif
typedef HRESULT (*MIPcallback)(void * data, int miplevel, DWORD size, int width, int height, void * user_data);
inline char * GetDXTCVersion() { return "Version 6.54";}
enum
{
dBackgroundNameStatic = 3,
dProfileDirNameStatic = 4,
dSaveButton = 5,
dProfileNameStatic = 6,
dbSwapRGB = 29,
dGenerateMipMaps = 30,
dMIPMapSourceFirst = dGenerateMipMaps,
dUseExistingMipMaps = 31,
dNoMipMaps = 32,
dMIPMapSourceLast = dNoMipMaps,
dSpecifiedMipMapsCombo = 39,
dbShowDifferences = 40,
dbShowFiltering = 41,
dbShowMipMapping = 42,
dbShowAnisotropic = 43,
dChangeClearColorButton = 50,
dDitherColor = 53,
dLoadBackgroundImageButton = 54,
dUseBackgroundImage = 55,
dbBinaryAlpha = 56,
dAlphaBlending = 57,
dFadeColor = 58, //.
dFadeAlpha = 59,
dFadeToColorButton = 60,
dAlphaBorder = 61,
dBorder = 62,
dBorderColorButton = 63,
dNormalMapCombo = 64,
dDitherMIP0 = 66,
dGreyScale = 67,
dQuickCompress = 68,
dLightingEnable = 69,
dbPreviewDisableMIPmaps = 71,
// WarpSharp is currently disabled
/*dSharpenEdgeRadius = 71,
dSharpenLambda = 72,
dSharpenMu = 73,
dSharpenTheta = 74,
dbSharpenUseTwoComponents = 75,
dbSharpenNonMaximalSuppression = 76,
dbSharpenFlavor2 = 77,
dbSharpenSharpBlur = 78,*/
dZoom = 79,
dTextureTypeCombo = 80,
dFadeAmount = 90,
dFadeToAlpha = 91,
dFadeToDelay = 92,
dBinaryAlphaThreshold = 94,
dFilterGamma = 100,
dFilterBlur = 101,
dFilterWidth = 102,
dbOverrideFilterWidth = 103,
dLoadProfile = 104,
dSaveProfile = 105,
dSharpenMethodCombo = 106,
dProfileCombo = 107,
dSelectProfileDirectory = 108,
dViewDXT1 = 200,
dViewDXT2 = 201,
dViewDXT3 = 202,
dViewDXT5 = 203,
dViewA4R4G4B4 = 204,
dViewA1R5G5B5 = 205,
dViewR5G6B5 = 206,
dViewA8R8G8B8 = 207,
// 3d viewing options
d3DPreviewButton = 300,
d2DPreviewButton = 301,
dPreviewRefresh = 302,
dAskToLoadMIPMaps = 400,
dShowAlphaWarning = 401,
dShowPower2Warning = 402,
dTextureFormatBasedOnAlpha = 403,
dSystemMessage = 404,
dHidePreviewButtons = 405,
dSpecifyAlphaBlendingButton = 500,
dUserSpecifiedFadingAmounts = 501,
dSharpenSettingsButton = 502,
dFilterSettingsButton = 503,
dNormalMapGenerationSettingsButton = 504,
dConfigSettingsButton = 505,
dFadingDialogButton = 506,
dPreviewDialogButton = 507,
dResetDefaultsButton = 508,
dImageDialogButton = 510,
dSaveTextureFormatCombo = 600,
dMIPFilterCombo = 601,
/////////// Normal Map
dScaleEditText = 1003,
dProxyItem = 1005,
dMinZEditText = 1008,
dALPHA = 1009,
dFirstCnvRadio = dALPHA,
dAVERAGE_RGB = 1010,
dBIASED_RGB = 1011,
dRED = 1012,
dGREEN = 1013,
dBLUE = 1014,
dMAX = 1015,
dCOLORSPACE = 1016,
dNORMALIZE = 1017,
dConvertToHeightMap = 1018,
dLastCnvRadio = dConvertToHeightMap,
d3DPreview = 1021,
dDecalTexture = 1022,
dbUseDecalTexture = 1023,
dbBrighten = 1024,
dbAnimateLight = 1025,
dStaticDecalName = 1026,
dbSignedOutput = 1027,
dbNormalMapSwapRGB = 1028,
dbWrap = 1030,
dbMultipleLayers = 1031,
db_16_16 = 1032,
dAlphaNone = 1033,
dFirstAlphaRadio = dAlphaNone,
dAlphaHeight = 1034,
dAlphaClear = 1035,
dAlphaWhite = 1036,
dLastAlphaRadio = dAlphaWhite,
dbInvertY = 1037,
db_12_12_8 = 1038,
dbInvertX = 1039,
dFilter4x = 1040,
dFirstFilterRadio = dFilter4x,
dFilter3x3 = 1041,
dFilter5x5 = 1042,
dFilterDuDv = 1043,
dFilter7x7 = 1044,
dFilter9x9 = 1045,
dLastFilterRadio = dFilter9x9,
dbNormalMapConversion = 1050,
dbErrorDiffusion = 1051,
dCustomFilterFirst = 2000,
// 5x5 Filter 0- 24
dCustomDiv = 2025,
dCustomBias = 2026,
dUnSharpRadius = 2027,
dUnSharpAmount = 2028,
dUnSharpThreshold = 2029,
dXSharpenStrength = 2030,
dXSharpenThreshold = 2031,
/*dWarpSharpenDisplaceAmount = 2032,
dWarpSharpenEdgeStrength = 2033,
dWarpSharpenRadius = 2034,
dWarpSharpenDepth = 2035,
dWarpSharpenElevation = 2036,*/
dCustomFilterLast = dXSharpenThreshold,
dSharpenTimesMIP0 = 2100,
dSharpenTimesFirst = dSharpenTimesMIP0,
dSharpenTimesMIP1 = 2101,
dSharpenTimesMIP2 = 2102,
dSharpenTimesMIP3 = 2103,
dSharpenTimesMIP4 = 2104,
dSharpenTimesMIP5 = 2105,
dSharpenTimesMIP6 = 2106,
dSharpenTimesMIP7 = 2107,
dSharpenTimesMIP8 = 2108,
dSharpenTimesMIP9 = 2109,
dSharpenTimesMIP10 = 2110,
dSharpenTimesMIP11 = 2111,
dSharpenTimesMIP12 = 2112,
dSharpenTimesMIP13 = 2113,
dSharpenTimesLast = dSharpenTimesMIP13,
dDeriveDiv = 2200, // balance
dDeriveBias = 2201,
};
#ifndef TRGBA
#define TRGBA
typedef struct
{
unsigned char rgba[4];
} rgba_t;
#endif
#ifndef TPIXEL
#define TPIXEL
union tPixel
{
unsigned long u;
rgba_t c;
};
#endif
// Windows handle for our plug-in (seen as a dynamically linked library):
extern HANDLE hDllInstance;
class CMyD3DApplication;
typedef enum RescaleTypes
{
RESCALE_NONE, // no rescale
RESCALE_NEAREST_POWER2, // rescale to nearest power of two
RESCALE_BIGGEST_POWER2, // rescale to next bigger power of 2
RESCALE_SMALLEST_POWER2, // rescale to smaller power of 2
RESCALE_NEXT_SMALLEST_POWER2, // rescale to next smaller power of 2
RESCALE_PRESCALE, // rescale to this size
RESCALE_RELSCALE, // relative rescale
RESCALE_CLAMP, //
RESCALE_LAST, //
} RescaleTypes;
enum SharpenFilterTypes
{
kSharpenFilterNone,
kSharpenFilterNegative,
kSharpenFilterLighter,
kSharpenFilterDarker,
kSharpenFilterContrastMore,
kSharpenFilterContrastLess,
kSharpenFilterSmoothen,
kSharpenFilterSharpenSoft,
kSharpenFilterSharpenMedium,
kSharpenFilterSharpenStrong,
kSharpenFilterFindEdges,
kSharpenFilterContour,
kSharpenFilterEdgeDetect,
kSharpenFilterEdgeDetectSoft,
kSharpenFilterEmboss,
kSharpenFilterMeanRemoval,
kSharpenFilterUnSharp,
kSharpenFilterXSharpen,
kSharpenFilterWarpSharp,
kSharpenFilterCustom,
kSharpenFilterLast,
};
enum MIPFilterTypes
{
kMIPFilterPoint ,
kMIPFilterBox ,
kMIPFilterTriangle ,
kMIPFilterQuadratic ,
kMIPFilterCubic ,
kMIPFilterCatrom ,
kMIPFilterMitchell ,
kMIPFilterGaussian ,
kMIPFilterSinc ,
kMIPFilterBessel ,
kMIPFilterHanning ,
kMIPFilterHamming ,
kMIPFilterBlackman ,
kMIPFilterKaiser,
kMIPFilterLast,
};
enum TextureFormats
{
kDXT1 ,
kDXT1a , // DXT1 with one bit alpha
kDXT3 , // explicit alpha
kDXT5 , // interpolated alpha
k4444 , // a4 r4 g4 b4
k1555 , // a1 r5 g5 b5
k565 , // a0 r5 g6 b5
k8888 , // a8 r8 g8 b8
k888 , // a0 r8 g8 b8
k555 , // a0 r5 g5 b5
k8 , // paletted
kV8U8 , // DuDv
kCxV8U8 , // normal map
kA8 , // alpha only
k4 , // 16 bit color
kQ8W8V8U8,
kA8L8,
kTextureFormatLast
};
enum TextureTypes
{
kTextureType2D,
kTextureTypeCube,
kTextureTypeVolume,
kTextureTypeLast,
};
enum NormalMapTypes
{
kColorTextureMap,
kTangentSpaceNormalMap,
kObjectSpaceNormalMap,
};
#define CUSTOM_FILTER_ENTRIES 27
#define UNSHARP_ENTRIES 3
#define XSHARP_ENTRIES 3
//#define WARPSHARP_ENTRIES 5
#define CUSTOM_DATA_ENTRIES (CUSTOM_FILTER_ENTRIES+UNSHARP_ENTRIES+XSHARP_ENTRIES)
#define SHARP_TIMES_ENTRIES 14
typedef struct CompressionOptions
{
CompressionOptions()
{
rescaleImageType = RESCALE_NONE;
scaleX = 1;
scaleY = 1;
//bMipMapsInImage = false; // mip have been loaded in during read
MipMapType = dGenerateMipMaps; // dNoMipMaps, dUseExistingMipMaps, dGenerateMipMaps
SpecifiedMipMaps = 0; // if dSpecifyMipMaps or dUseExistingMipMaps is set (number of mipmaps to generate)
MIPFilterType = kMIPFilterTriangle; // for MIP maps
/*
for MIPFilterType, specify one betwee dMIPFilterFirst and dMIPFilterLast
*/
bBinaryAlpha = false; // zero or one alpha channel
normalMapType = kColorTextureMap;
bAlphaBorder= false; // make an alpha border
bBorder= false; // make a color border
BorderColor.u = 0; // color of border
bFadeColor = false; // fade color over MIP maps
bFadeAlpha = false; // fade alpha over MIP maps
FadeToColor.u = 0; // color to fade to
FadeToAlpha = 0; // alpha value to fade to (0-255)
FadeToDelay = 0; // start fading after 'n' MIP maps
FadeAmount = 0; // percentage of color to fade in
BinaryAlphaThreshold = 128; // When Binary Alpha is selected, below this value, alpha is zero
bDitherColor = false; // enable dithering during 16 bit conversion
bDitherMIP0 = false;// enable dithering during 16 bit conversion for each MIP level (after filtering)
bGreyScale = false; // treat image as a grey scale
bQuickCompress = false; // Fast compression scheme
bForceDXT1FourColors = false; // do not let DXT1 use 3 color representation
SharpenFilterType = kSharpenFilterNone;
bErrorDiffusion = false;
// sharpening after creating each MIP map level
// warp sharp filter parameters
// look here for details:
//
// "Enhancement by Image-Dependent Warping",
// IEEE Transactions on Image Processing, 1999, Vol. 8, No. 8, S. 1063
// Nur Arad and Craig Gotsman
// http://www.cs.technion.ac.il/~gotsman/AmendedPubl/EnhancementByImage/EnhancementByI-D.pdf
/*SharpenEdgeRadius = 2;
SharpenLambda = 10.0f;
SharpenMu = 0.01f;
SharpenTheta = 0.75;
bSharpenUseTwoComponents = false;
bSharpenNonMaximalSuppression = false;
bSharpenSharpBlur = false;
bSharpenFlavor2 = false;*/
// gamma value for Kaiser, Light Linear
FilterGamma = 2.2f;
// alpha value for
FilterBlur = 1.0f;
// width of filter
FilterWidth = 10.0f;
bOverrideFilterWidth = false;
TextureType = kTextureType2D; // regular decal, cube or volume
/*
for TextureType, specify one of:
dTextureType2D
dTextureTypeCube
dTextureTypeImage
dTextureTypeVolume
*/
TextureFormat = kDXT1;
/*
for TextureFormat, specify any from dTextureFormatFirst to
dTextureFormatLast
*/
bSwapRGB = false; // swap color positions R and G
user_data = 0;
};
RescaleTypes rescaleImageType; // changes to just rescale
float scaleX;
float scaleY;
//bool bMipMapsInImage; // mip have been loaded in during read
short MipMapType; // dNoMipMaps, dSpecifyMipMaps, dUseExistingMipMaps, dGenerateMipMaps
short SpecifiedMipMaps; // if dSpecifyMipMaps or dUseExistingMipMaps is set (number of mipmaps to generate)
MIPFilterTypes MIPFilterType; // for MIP map, select from MIPFilterTypes
bool bBinaryAlpha; // zero or one alpha channel
NormalMapTypes normalMapType; //
bool bAlphaBorder; // make an alpha border
bool bBorder; // make a color border
tPixel BorderColor; // color of border
bool bFadeColor; // fade color over MIP maps
bool bFadeAlpha; // fade alpha over MIP maps
tPixel FadeToColor; // color to fade to
int FadeToAlpha; // alpha value to fade to (0-255)
int FadeToDelay; // start fading after 'n' MIP maps
int FadeAmount; // percentage of color to fade in
int BinaryAlphaThreshold; // When Binary Alpha is selected, below this value, alpha is zero
bool bDitherColor; // enable dithering during 16 bit conversion
bool bDitherMIP0;// enable dithering during 16 bit conversion for each MIP level (after filtering)
bool bGreyScale; // treat image as a grey scale
bool bQuickCompress; // Fast compression scheme
bool bForceDXT1FourColors; // do not let DXT1 use 3 color representation
// sharpening after creating each MIP map level
float custom_data[CUSTOM_DATA_ENTRIES];
int sharpening_passes_per_mip_level[SHARP_TIMES_ENTRIES];
SharpenFilterTypes SharpenFilterType;
bool bErrorDiffusion; // diffuse error
// warp sharp filter parameters (disabled)
// look here for details:
//
// "Enhancement by Image-Dependent Warping",
// IEEE Transactions on Image Processing, 1999, Vol. 8, No. 8, S. 1063
// Nur Arad and Craig Gotsman
// http://www.cs.technion.ac.il/~gotsman/AmendedPubl/EnhancementByImage/EnhancementByI-D.pdf
/*int SharpenEdgeRadius;
float SharpenLambda;
float SharpenMu;
float SharpenTheta;
bool bSharpenUseTwoComponents;
bool bSharpenNonMaximalSuppression;
bool bSharpenSharpBlur;
bool bSharpenFlavor2;*/
// gamma value for Kaiser, Light Linear
float FilterGamma; // not implemented yet
// alpha value for kaiser filter
float FilterBlur;
// width of filter
float FilterWidth;
bool bOverrideFilterWidth; // use the specified width,instead of the default
TextureTypes TextureType;
TextureFormats TextureFormat;
bool bSwapRGB; // swap color positions R and G
void * user_data;
} CompressionOptions;